UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 6-K

 

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

For the month of May, 2021.   Commission File Number: 001-14446

 

 

The Toronto-Dominion Bank

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

 

c/o General Counsel’s Office

P.O. Box 1, Toronto Dominion Centre,

Toronto, Ontario, M5K 1A2

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:

Form 20-F  ☐            Form 40-F  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):  ☐

This Form 6-K, excluding Exhibit 99.4, Exhibit 99.5 and Exhibit 99.6 hereto, is incorporated by reference into all outstanding Registration Statements of The Toronto-Dominion Bank filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

 


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

  

Description

99.1    2nd Quarter 2021 Report to Shareholders
99.2    Earnings Coverage
99.3    Return on Assets, Dividend Payouts, and Equity to Assets Ratios
99.4    Q2 2021 Earnings News Release
99.5    Q2 2021 Dividend News Release
99.6    CEO and CFO Certificates
101    Interactive Data File


FORM 6-K

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

      THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
DATE: May 27, 2021       By:  

/s/ Caroline Cook

      Name:   Caroline Cook
      Title:   Associate Vice President, Legal
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

     LOGO

 

  

TD Bank Group Reports Second Quarter 2021 Results

Report to Shareholders • Three and Six months ended April 30, 2021

 

The financial information in this document is reported in Canadian dollars and is based on the Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), unless otherwise noted.

Reported results conform to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted measures are non-GAAP measures. Refer to the “How the Bank Reports” section of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) for an explanation of reported and adjusted results.

SECOND QUARTER FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS, compared with the second quarter last year:

•  

Reported diluted earnings per share were $1.99, compared with $0.80.

•  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share were $2.04, compared with $0.85.

•  

Reported net income was $3,695 million, compared with $1,515 million.

•  

Adjusted net income was $3,775 million, compared with $1,599 million.

YEAR-TO-DATE FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS, six months ended April 30, 2021, compared with the corresponding period last year:

•  

Reported diluted earnings per share were $3.76, compared with $2.42.

•  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share were $3.86, compared with $2.51.

•  

Reported net income was $6,972 million, compared with $4,504 million.

•  

Adjusted net income was $7,155 million, compared with $4,671 million.

SECOND QUARTER ADJUSTMENTS (ITEMS OF NOTE)

The second quarter reported earnings figures included the following items of note:

•  

Amortization of acquired intangibles of $69 million ($62 million after-tax or 3 cents per share), compared with $68 million ($59 million after-tax or 3 cents per share) in the second quarter last year.

• Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction of $19 million ($18 million after-tax or 1 cent per share).

TORONTO, May 27, 2021 – TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) today announced its financial results for the second quarter ended April 30, 2021. Reported earnings were $3.7 billion, up 144% compared with the second quarter last year, and adjusted earnings were $3.8 billion, up 136%.

“TD reported strong results in the second quarter, reflecting the underlying strength of our diversified businesses, improving economic conditions and our prudent approach to managing risk,” said Bharat Masrani, Group President and CEO, TD Bank Group. “We continued to invest in our people, capabilities and technology to position our business for growth as economies re-open and consumer and business activity recovers.”

“While we are encouraged by the progress being made on vaccinations, COVID-19 continues to be a factor in our lives and our focus remains on the safety of our people and on supporting the evolving needs of our customers and clients,” added Masrani. “As we look toward the future, we will continue to advance our strategy and contribute to a robust and inclusive recovery, guided by our purpose to enrich the lives of our customers, colleagues and communities.”

Canadian Retail

Canadian Retail reported net income was $2,182 million, an increase of 86% compared with the second quarter last year, mainly reflecting lower provisions for credit losses (PCL) and record results in wealth and insurance. Revenue increased 1%, reflecting growth in non-interest income and strong loan and deposit volumes, partially offset by lower margins and premium rebates for customers in the insurance business. PCL was lower by $1,190 million from the prior year, reflecting lower impaired and performing PCL. Reported expenses increased 4%, with higher volume-driven and employee-related expenses, partially offset by prior year charges related to the Greystone acquisition.

Business momentum accelerated this quarter, with mortgage originations up strongly, credit card transactions rising, and good account growth across all of the businesses. TD Insurance continued to take market share, becoming the third largest home and auto personal insurance provider in Canada, with strong customer engagement in its end-to-end digital capabilities. For the fourth year in a row, TD Auto Finance was ranked Highest in Dealer Satisfaction among Non-Captive Lenders with Retail Credit by J.D. Power. Canadian Retail continues to invest in its advice and service capabilities to help customers navigate change and plan for their financial future through personalized advice and tools. TD was also recognized by the Business Intelligence Group for its AI-powered digital experiences and, as of April 2021, continues to lead in the number of Interac e-Transfer and Flash transactions.

U.S. Retail

U.S. Retail net income was $1,316 million (US$1,047 million), an increase of 292% compared with the second quarter last year. The Bank’s investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”) contributed $246 million (US$194 million) in earnings, compared with the contribution of $234 million (US$174 million) from TD Ameritrade a year ago.

The U.S. Retail Bank, which excludes the Bank’s investment in Schwab, reported net income of $1,070 million (US$853 million), an increase of 949% from the second quarter last year, mainly reflecting lower PCL. In U.S. dollars, revenue increased 2% reflecting higher non-interest income, partially offset by lower deposit margins. PCL was lower by US$987 million ($1,350 million) reflecting lower impaired and performing PCL. Expenses increased 4%, reflecting store optimization costs and higher employee-related expenses, partly offset by lower legal provisions. In Canadian dollars, revenue and expenses declined 7% and 5%, respectively, primarily as a result of appreciation in the Canadian dollar since the second quarter last year.

The U.S. Retail Bank continued to advance key strategic initiatives to enhance the customer experience this quarter, introducing the new Double Up Credit Card with one of the most valuable cash back offerings in the market. For small business customers, TD continued to facilitate access to Small Business Administration (SBA) Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) financing, ranking seventh nationwide through Round 2 of the program. TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient Bank® was also proud to be recognized by Forbes as a Best Employer for Diversity 2021 for the third consecutive year.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 1  


Table of Contents

Wholesale

Wholesale Banking reported net income of $383 million this quarter, an increase of 83% compared to the second quarter last year, reflecting lower PCL, partially offset by lower revenue and higher non-interest expenses. Revenue for the quarter was $1,157 million, a decrease of 8% from a year ago, primarily reflecting lower trading-related revenue. PCL was lower by $437 million from the prior year, reflecting lower impaired and performing PCL.

The Wholesale Bank’s results benefited from its diversified business mix and client-focused franchise, which provides trusted advice and critical access to markets. This quarter, TD announced an agreement to acquire Headlands Tech Global Markets LLC, a Chicago-based quantitative fixed income trading company, to strengthen its electronic bond trading infrastructure, deliver data-driven innovation and grow its global platform. The deal is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2021, subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.

Capital

TD’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 14.2%.

Conclusion

“TD is strong and well-capitalized, and we continue to adapt and grow through this time of disruption. Our performance demonstrates the strength of our proven business model, brought to life through the efforts and resilience of our 90,000 colleagues across the globe who live our purpose and demonstrate a deep commitment to the Bank, those we serve, and the communities where we live and work,” concluded Masrani.

The foregoing contains forward-looking statements. Please refer to the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 4.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 2  


Table of Contents

ENHANCED DISCLOSURE TASK FORCE

The Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) was established by the Financial Stability Board in 2012 to identify fundamental disclosure principles, recommendations and leading practices to enhance risk disclosures of banks. The index below includes the recommendations (as published by the EDTF) and lists the location of the related EDTF disclosures presented in the second quarter 2021 Report to Shareholders (RTS), Supplemental Financial Information (SFI), or Supplemental Regulatory Disclosures (SRD). Information on TD’s website, SFI, and SRD is not and should not be considered incorporated herein by reference into the second quarter 2021 RTS, Management’s Discussion and Analysis, or the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain disclosure references have been made to the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report.

 

Type of    

Risk    

   Topic      EDTF Disclosure   

 

Page

 

   RTS

Second

Quarter

2021

    

SFI

Second

Quarter

2021

 

 

 

 

   SRD

Second

Quarter

2021

   Annual

Report

2020

       
General    1   

Present all related risk information together in any particular report.

 

   Refer to below for location of disclosures

 

   2   

The bank’s risk terminology and risk measures and present key parameter values used.

 

                      80-85, 89, 95-98,

108-110

   3   

Describe and discuss top and emerging risks.

 

                      73-79
   4   

Outline plans to meet each new key regulatory ratio once applicable rules are finalized.

 

   27, 40                  68, 102-103, 105
Risk Governance and Risk Management and  Business Model    5   

Summarize the bank’s risk management organization, processes, and key functions.

 

                      81-84
   6   

Description of the bank’s risk culture and procedures applied to support the culture.

 

                      80-81
   7   

Description of key risks that arise from the bank’s business models and activities.

 

                      67, 80, 85-110
   8   

Description of stress testing within the bank’s risk governance and capital frameworks.

 

   30                  66, 84, 92-93,

108

Capital Adequacy and Risk Weighted Assets    9   

Pillar 1 capital requirements and the impact for global systemically important banks.

 

   25-27, 77             1-3, 6    62-65, 69, 214
   10   

Composition of capital and reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to the regulatory balance sheet.

 

                 1-3, 5    62
   11   

Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital.

 

                 4     
   12   

Discussion of capital planning within a more general discussion of management’s strategic planning.

 

                      63-66, 108
   13   

Analysis of how risk-weighted asset (RWA) relate to business activities and related risks.

 

          8-11           66-67
   14   

Analysis of capital requirements for each method used for calculating RWA.

 

                 10    86-89, 91-92
   15   

Tabulate credit risk in the banking book for Basel asset classes and major portfolios.

 

                 23-38, 43-48     
   16   

Flow statement reconciling the movements of RWA by risk type.

 

                 11-12     
   17   

Discussion of Basel III back-testing requirements.

 

                 60    88, 92, 96
Liquidity    18   

The bank’s management of liquidity needs and liquidity reserves.

 

   32-34, 36-37                  98-100
Funding    19   

Encumbered and unencumbered assets in a table by balance sheet category.

 

   35                  101, 208-209
   20   

Tabulate consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date.

 

   40-42                  105-107
   21   

Discussion of the bank’s funding sources and the bank’s funding strategy.

 

   35-40                  104-105
Market Risk    22   

Linkage of market risk measures for trading and non-trading portfolio and balance sheet.

 

   29                  90
   23   

Breakdown of significant trading and non-trading market risk factors.

 

   29-31                  90, 92-94
   24   

Significant market risk measurement model limitations and validation procedures.

 

   30                  91-94, 96
   25   

Primary risk management techniques beyond reported risk measures and parameters.

 

   30                  91-94
Credit Risk    26   

Provide information that facilitates users’ understanding of the bank’s credit risk profile, including any significant credit risk concentrations.

 

   21-24, 62-69      20-35      1-5, 10-11,

13-60

   48-61, 85-89,
165-171, 181,
184-185, 212-213
   27   

Description of the bank’s policies for identifying impaired loans.

 

   69                  56,140-142,

147-148, 171

   28   

Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans in the period and the allowance for loan losses.

 

   22, 64-67      24, 28           53, 168-169
   29   

Analysis of the bank’s counterparty credit risks that arise from derivative transactions.

 

                 40-42, 49-53    88, 152, 176-177,
181, 184-185
   30   

Discussion of credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources of credit risk.

 

                      88, 144-145, 152
Other Risks    31   

Description of ‘other risk’ types based on management’s classifications and discuss how each one is identified, governed, measured, and managed.

 

                      95-97, 108-110
   32    Discuss publicly known risk events related to other risks.    75            79, 206-208

 

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 3  


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

4

  Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

5

  Financial Highlights

5

  How We Performed

10

  Financial Results Overview

13

  How Our Businesses Performed

19

  Quarterly Results

20

  Balance Sheet Review

21

  Credit Portfolio Quality

25

  Capital Position

28

  Managing Risk

43

  Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

43

  Accounting Policies and Estimates

45

  Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
  INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

46

  Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet

47

  Interim Consolidated Statement of Income

48

  Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

49

  Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

50

  Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

51

  Notes to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

79

  SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION
 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF OPERATING PERFORMANCE

 

This MD&A is presented to enable readers to assess material changes in the financial condition and operating results of TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, compared with the corresponding periods shown. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes included in this Report to Shareholders and with the 2020 Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes and 2020 MD&A. This MD&A is dated May 26, 2021. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars and have been primarily derived from the Bank’s 2020 Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes or Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Note that certain comparative amounts have been revised to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period. Additional information relating to the Bank, including the Bank’s 2020 Annual Information Form, is available on the Bank’s website at http://www.td.com, as well as on SEDAR at http://www.sedar.com and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov (EDGAR filers section).

 

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

From time to time, the Bank (as defined in this document) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including in this document, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in other communications. In addition, representatives of the Bank may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbour” provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, applicable Canadian and U.S. securities legislation, including the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in this document under the heading “How We Performed”, including under the sub-headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “The Bank’s Response to COVID-19”, and under the heading “Managing Risk”, and statements made in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“2020 MD&A”) in the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report under the headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “The Bank’s Response to COVID-19”, for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments under headings “Key Priorities for 2021”, and for the Corporate segment, “Focus for 2021”, and in other statements regarding the Bank’s objectives and priorities for 2021 and beyond and strategies to achieve them, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates, the Bank’s anticipated financial performance, and the potential economic, financial and other impacts of the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19). Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “will”, “would”, “should”, “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “goal”, “target”, “may”, and “could”.

By their very nature, these forward-looking statements require the Bank to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific. Especially in light of the uncertainty related to the physical, financial, economic, political, and regulatory environments, such risks and uncertainties – many of which are beyond the Bank’s control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict – may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Risk factors that could cause, individually or in the aggregate, such differences include: strategic, credit, market (including equity, commodity, foreign exchange, interest rate, and credit spreads), operational (including technology, cyber security, and infrastructure), model, insurance, liquidity, capital adequacy, legal, regulatory compliance and conduct, reputational, environmental and social, and other risks. Examples of such risk factors include the economic, financial, and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic; general business and economic conditions in the regions in which the Bank operates; geopolitical risk; the ability of the Bank to execute on long-term strategies and shorter-term key strategic priorities, including the successful completion of acquisitions and dispositions, business retention plans, and strategic plans; technology and cyber security risk (including cyber-attacks or data security breaches) on the Bank’s information technology, internet, network access or other voice or data communications systems or services; model risk; fraud to which the Bank is exposed; the failure of third parties to comply with their obligations to the Bank or its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information, and other risks arising from the Bank’s use of third-party service providers; the impact of new and changes to, or application of, current laws and regulations, including without limitation tax laws, capital guidelines and liquidity regulatory guidance and the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime; regulatory oversight and compliance risk; increased competition from incumbents and new entrants (including Fintechs and big technology competitors); shifts in consumer attitudes and disruptive technology; environmental and social risk; exposure related to significant litigation and regulatory matters; ability of the Bank to attract, develop, and retain key talent; changes to the Bank’s credit ratings; changes in currency and interest rates (including the possibility of negative interest rates); increased funding costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR) transition risk; critical accounting estimates and changes to accounting standards, policies, and methods used by the Bank; existing and potential international debt crises; environmental and social risk; and the occurrence of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims resulting from such events. The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and other factors could also adversely affect the Bank’s results. For more detailed information, please refer to the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2020 MD&A, as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders and news releases (as applicable) related to any events or transactions discussed under the heading “Significant and Subsequent Events, and Pending Acquisitions” in the relevant MD&A, which applicable releases may be found on www.td.com. All such factors, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements, should be considered carefully when making decisions with respect to the Bank. The Bank cautions readers not to place undue reliance on the Bank’s forward-looking statements.

Material economic assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out in the 2020 MD&A under the headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “The Bank’s Response to COVID-19”, for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments, “Key Priorities for 2021”, and for the Corporate segment, “Focus for 2021”, each as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders.

Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank’s shareholders and analysts in understanding the Bank’s financial position, objectives and priorities and anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on its behalf, except as required under applicable securities legislation.

This document was reviewed by the Bank’s Audit Committee and was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors, on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, prior to its release.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 4  


Table of Contents

TABLE 1:  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     As at or for the three months ended       As at or for the six months ended  
      

April 30

2021

 

 

   

January 31

2021

 

 

   

April 30

2020

 

 

   

April 30

2021

 

 

   

April 30

2020

 

 

Results of operations

          

Total revenue

   $ 10,228     $ 10,812     $ 10,528     $ 21,040     $ 21,137  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (377 )      313       3,218       (64 )      4,137  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780       671       1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses – reported

     5,729       5,784       5,121       11,513       10,588  

Non-interest expenses – adjusted1

     5,691       5,744       5,051       11,435       10,448  

Net income – reported

     3,695       3,277       1,515       6,972       4,504  

Net income – adjusted1

     3,775       3,380       1,599       7,155       4,671  

Financial position (billions of Canadian dollars)

          

Total loans net of allowance for loan losses

   $ 708.4     $ 706.0     $ 747.0     $ 708.4     $ 747.0  

Total assets

         1,669.1           1,735.6           1,673.7           1,669.1           1,673.7  

Total deposits

     1,118.5       1,139.2       1,078.3       1,118.5       1,078.3  

Total equity

     94.5       95.4       93.3       94.5       93.3  

Total Common Equity Tier 1 Capital risk-weighted assets

     455.0       467.2       524.0       455.0       524.0  

Financial ratios

          

Return on common equity (ROE) – reported

     16.7  %      14.3  %      6.9  %      15.5  %      10.5  % 

Return on common equity – adjusted1,2

     17.1       14.7       7.3       15.9       10.9  

Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE)2

     23.0       19.9       9.6       21.5       14.5  

Return on tangible common equity – adjusted1,2

     23.1       20.1       9.8       21.6       14.7  

Efficiency ratio – reported

     56.0       53.5       48.6       54.7       50.1  

Efficiency ratio – adjusted1

     55.6       53.1       48.0       54.4       49.4  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses as a % of net average loans and acceptances3

     (0.21 )      0.17       1.76       (0.02 )      1.15  

Common share information – reported (Canadian dollars)

          

Per share earnings

          

Basic

   $ 2.00     $ 1.77     $ 0.80     $ 3.77     $ 2.42  

Diluted

     1.99       1.77       0.80       3.76       2.42  

Dividends per share

     0.79       0.79       0.79       1.58       1.53  

Book value per share

     49.25       49.44       48.54       49.25       48.54  

Closing share price4

     84.50       72.46       58.16       84.50       58.16  

Shares outstanding (millions)

          

Average basic

     1,817.4       1,814.2       1,803.0       1,815.7       1,807.0  

Average diluted

     1,819.9       1,815.8       1,804.4       1,817.8       1,809.0  

End of period

     1,818.7       1,816.0       1,803.4       1,818.7       1,803.4  

Market capitalization (billions of Canadian dollars)

   $ 153.7     $ 131.6     $ 104.9     $ 153.7     $ 104.9  

Dividend yield5

     3.9  %      4.5  %      5.0  %      4.2  %      4.4  % 

Dividend payout ratio

     39.5       44.6       98.2       41.9       63.2  

Price-earnings ratio6

     10.9       11.0       10.2       10.9       10.2  

Total shareholder return (1 year)7

     52.1       4.1       (20.6 )      52.1       (20.6 ) 

Common share information – adjusted (Canadian dollars)1

          

Per share earnings

          

Basic

   $ 2.04     $ 1.83     $ 0.85     $ 3.87     $ 2.51  

Diluted

     2.04       1.83       0.85       3.86       2.51  

Dividend payout ratio

     38.7  %      43.2  %      92.8  %      40.8  %      60.8  % 

Price-earnings ratio6

     12.6       13.1       9.9       12.6       9.9  

Capital ratios

          

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio2

     14.2  %      13.6  %      11.0  %      14.2  %      11.0  % 

Tier 1 Capital ratio2

     15.4       14.8       12.3       15.4       12.3  

Total Capital ratio2

     18.0       17.4       15.3       18.0       15.3  

Leverage ratio

     4.6       4.5       4.2       4.6       4.2  
1 

Adjusted measures are non-GAAP measures. Refer to the “How the Bank Reports” section of this document for an explanation of reported and adjusted results.

2 

Metrics are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to the “Return on Common Equity” and “Return on Tangible Common Equity” sections of this document for an explanation.

3 

Excludes acquired credit-impaired (ACI) loans.

4 

Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) closing market price.

5 

Dividend yield is calculated as the annualized dividend per common share paid divided by daily average closing stock price in the relevant period. Dividend per common share is derived as follows: a) for the quarter – by annualizing the dividend per common share paid during the quarter; and b) for the year-to-date – by annualizing the year-to-date dividend per common share paid.

6 

Price-earnings ratio is calculated based on a trailing four quarters’ earnings per share (EPS).

7 

Total shareholder return is calculated based on share price movement and dividends reinvested over a trailing one-year period.

 

 

HOW WE PERFORMED

CORPORATE OVERVIEW

The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). TD is the fifth largest bank in North America by assets and serves over 26 million customers in three key businesses operating in a number of locations in financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the personal and business banking operations, wealth management services, and the Bank’s investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”); and Wholesale Banking. TD also ranks among the world’s leading online financial services firms, with more than 15 million active online and mobile customers. TD had $1.7 trillion in assets on April 30, 2021. The Toronto-Dominion Bank trades under the symbol “TD” on the Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 5  


Table of Contents

ECONOMIC SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to have a profound impact on the global economy. A successful vaccination campaign globally will be key to sustaining the economic recovery. During this third wave of the pandemic, advanced economies appear to have adapted to restrictions on activity, and the economic disruption from subsequent lockdowns has been less severe than last year. However, until large segments of the population are immunized, including emerging markets where vaccination rates have lagged, the spread of more contagious variants may continue to cause periodic setbacks.

In Europe, a slow start to the vaccination campaign (outside the United Kingdom) saw a third wave of the virus take hold in several countries. It now appears to be subsiding and economic activity in the region is picking up again. Conditions are less favourable in emerging markets, many of which continue to struggle with inadequate vaccine supplies. In China, where progress on vaccination fueled a strong recovery, GDP growth is now moderating, as authorities tighten monetary policy to shift the economy back to a more balanced growth path.

By contrast, the U.S. economy has been a stand-out on the global stage. The vaccination rollout has outpaced that in many peer countries, with the benefits evident in resurgent activity. The economy grew by 6.4% annualized in the first calendar quarter and looks set to accelerate in the second quarter. Several rounds of economic stimulus payments have boosted consumer spending, which grew by 10.7% annualized in the first calendar quarter. Business investment has also been stronger than expected, led by information technology equipment and software investment, reflecting rapid growth in digital adoption. Housing has been another source of strength, as strong demand and limited supply have pushed home price growth into double-digit territory across much of the country.

Fiscal policy is expected to remain supportive. In addition to the US$1.9 trillion American Rescue Plan signed into law in March, the Biden administration has recently proposed additional infrastructure and social spending plans, which it intends to finance in part through higher taxes on corporations and high net worth individuals. It remains to be seen which parts of the plans will pass Congress and when, but the underlying composition of spending has the potential to add to economic momentum in the years ahead.

While acknowledging stronger domestic economic growth, the Federal Reserve has thus far reiterated its commitment to keeping the federal funds rate at the current range of 0.0% to 0.25%. In part, this reflects a deliberate strategy to allow a modest overshoot of the Federal Reserve’s long-run 2% inflation target for a period of time. By the second half of 2022, TD Economics expects the unemployment rate to have returned to near historic lows and inflation to have exceeded the 2% threshold for several quarters. Should this materialize, the Federal Reserve is likely to begin raising its policy rate in the final calendar quarter of 2022, bringing it to a range of 0.25% to 0.50%.

Canada’s economy also appears to have started calendar 2021 on a relatively strong footing, growing at an estimated 5.8% annualized rate. In the months since, much of Canada has been hit hard by a third wave of COVID-19. Thanks to more effective treatments and a vaccination program targeted at more vulnerable groups, death rates have been much lower than in previous rounds of the pandemic. Still, to relieve the pressure on healthcare systems, renewed restrictions on businesses were implemented across much of the country this spring. This is likely to interrupt the labour market recovery in the near-term, but the overall economy is expected to continue growing, as households and businesses have demonstrated greater adaptability during successive waves of the pandemic. Vaccination rates increased during the first calendar quarter and have accelerated since. This should permit some easing in restrictions during the second calendar quarter and beyond. Growth will continue to benefit from government supports for workers and businesses, which were extended until the fall of 2021 in the spring Federal Budget.

The Canadian housing market has been a pillar of strength, even through the third wave of the pandemic. Low mortgage rates continue to spur demand in a tightly supplied market, and an upcoming tightening of mortgage qualification rules may result in some pull forward in demand this spring. Eroding affordability is expected to put some natural limits on demand, but a tight supply of highly sought after detached homes is likely to maintain a solid floor under home prices.

Reflecting the resilience of the Canadian economy and housing market, as well as ongoing support from fiscal policy, the Bank of Canada upgraded its economic forecasts. The central bank now expects economic slack to be absorbed and inflation to be at its 2% goal in the latter half of 2022, versus a previous expectation for 2023. This is consistent with TD Economics’ own forecast. Alongside the Federal Reserve, the Bank of Canada is expected to raise its overnight rate in the final calendar quarter of 2022. With similar policy rates in both countries, TD Economics expects the Canadian dollar to remain in a range of 79-81 U.S. cents over the next two years.

THE BANK’S RESPONSE TO COVID-19

Although economic conditions in Canada and the U.S. are improving, the COVID-19 pandemic continues to have a significant impact on economies around the world. While the commencement of vaccination against COVID-19 constitutes an encouraging development, some uncertainty remains as to the effectiveness, supply and distribution of vaccines, as well as their acceptance by the public, and governments’ ability to inoculate a sufficient proportion of the population quickly enough to enable widespread easing of containment measures and support the transition to a fully reopened economy. It also remains uncertain how effective vaccines will be against new variants of COVID-19, some of which may be more contagious or harmful. TD remains actively engaged with governments, supervisory agencies and public health authorities in the response to COVID-19, guided by the principles of supporting the well-being of its customers and colleagues and maintaining the Bank’s operational and financial resilience.

In fiscal 2020, the Bank offered several forms of direct financial assistance to customers experiencing financial hardship due to COVID-19, including deferral of loan payments. The bulk of this assistance has now largely run its course, except for deferrals of real estate secured loans in the U.S., where the original program allowed deferrals to be extended for up to 12 months. There have been few other customer requests for extensions. As of April 30, 2021, the gross loan balances that remained subject to COVID-related deferral programs was approximately $0.04 billion in Canada ($0.7 billion as at January 31, 2021), primarily reflecting Small Business Banking and Commercial Lending portfolios and US$1.1 billion in the United States (US$1.4 billion as at January 31, 2021), primarily in the Real Estate Secured Lending portfolio. Delinquency rates for customers that have exited deferral are higher than for the broader population but remain low in absolute terms, reflecting the continuation of government support and TD’s proactive outreach to clients. The Bank continues to provide advice and assistance to customers through its usual channels, TD Helps in Canada and TD Cares in the U.S. Any financial relief offered through these channels is not included in the balances disclosed above.

In addition to direct financial assistance, the Bank continues to support programs for individuals and businesses introduced by the Canadian and U.S. governments described below.

Canada Emergency Business Account Program

Under the Canada Emergency Business Account (CEBA) Program, with funding provided by Her Majesty in Right of Canada (the “Government of Canada”) and Export Development Canada (EDC) as the Government of Canada’s agent, the Bank provides eligible business banking customers with an interest-free, partially forgivable loan of up to $60,000 until December 31, 2022. If the loan is not repaid by December 31, 2022, it will be extended for an additional 3-year term bearing an interest rate of 5% per annum. As of April 30, 2021, the Bank had provided approximately 206,000 customers (January 31, 2021 – 194,000) with CEBA loans and had funded approximately $11.0 billion (January 31, 2021 – $9.8 billion) in loans under the program.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 6  


Table of Contents

U.S. Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, Paycheck Protection Program

Under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) implemented by the Small Business Administration (SBA), the Bank provides loans to small businesses to assist them in retaining workers, maintaining payroll, and covering other expenses. PPP loans have a 2-year or 5-year term, bear an interest rate of 1% per annum, and are 100% guaranteed by the SBA. The full principal amount of the loan and any accrued interest are eligible for forgiveness if the loan is used for qualifying expenses. The Bank will be paid by the SBA for any portion of the loan that is forgiven. As of April 30, 2021, the Bank had approximately 98,000 PPP loans outstanding (January 31, 2021 – 79,000) with a gross carrying amount of approximately US$9.8 billion (January 31, 2021 – US$7.5 billion). During the three months ended April 30, 2021, approximately 45,000 new PPP loans (US$3.4 billion) were originated (three months ended January 31, 2021 – nil) and approximately 26,000 PPP loans (US$1.1 billion) were forgiven (three months ended January 31, 2021 – 6,000 PPP loans, US$0.7 billion).

Other Programs

The Bank continues to work with federal Crown Corporations, including EDC and the Business Development Bank of Canada (BDC) to deliver various other guarantee and co-lending programs for the Bank’s clients. This includes the Highly Affected Sectors Credit Availability Program (HASCAP) Guarantee to provide support to Canadian businesses that have been highly affected by and are facing economic hardship as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic which launched in the second fiscal quarter. In addition, TD is working with Canada’s federal government to facilitate access to the Canada Recovery Benefit (CRB) and Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy (CEWS) through Canada Revenue Agency direct deposit.

HOW THE BANK REPORTS

The Bank prepares its Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS and refers to results prepared in accordance with IFRS as “reported” results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures referred to as “adjusted” results to assess each of its businesses and to measure the Bank’s overall performance. The Bank believes that adjusted results provide the reader with a better understanding of how management views the Bank’s performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank removes “items of note”, from reported results. The items of note relate to items which management does not believe are indicative of underlying business performance. The items of note are disclosed in Table 3. As explained, adjusted results differ from reported results determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted results, items of note, and related terms used in this document are not defined terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

The Bank’s U.S. strategic cards portfolio comprises agreements with certain U.S. retailers pursuant to which TD is the U.S. issuer of private label and co-branded consumer credit cards to the retailers’ U.S. customers. Under the terms of the individual agreements, the Bank and the retailers share in the profits generated by the relevant portfolios after the provision for credit losses (PCL). Under IFRS, TD is required to present the gross amount of revenue and PCL related to these portfolios in the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Statement of Income. The Corporate segment reflects the retailer program partners’ share of revenues and PCL, with an offsetting amount reflecting the partners’ net share recorded in Non-interest expenses. This results in no impact to the Corporate segment reported net income (loss). The U.S. Retail segment reflects only the portion of revenue and PCL attributable to TD under the agreements in its reported net income.

On October 6, 2020, the Bank acquired an approximately 13.5% stake in Schwab following the completion of Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade (“Schwab transaction”). The Bank accounts for its investment in Schwab using the equity method and reports its after-tax share of Schwab’s earnings with a one-month lag. The U.S. Retail segment reflects the Bank’s share of net income from its investment in Schwab. The Corporate segment net income (loss) includes amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction.

The following table provides the operating results on a reported basis for the Bank.

 

TABLE 2:  OPERATING RESULTS – Reported1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    January 31
2021
     April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Net interest income

   $ 5,835     $ 6,030      $ 6,200      $ 11,865     $ 12,369  

Non-interest income

     4,393       4,782        4,328        9,175       8,768  

Total revenue

         10,228           10,812            10,528            21,040           21,137  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (377 )      313        3,218        (64 )      4,137  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780        671        1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses

     5,729       5,784        5,121        11,513       10,588  

Income before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     4,435       3,935        1,518        8,370       4,961  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     962       827        250        1,789       909  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     222       169        247        391       452  

Net income – reported

     3,695       3,277        1,515        6,972       4,504  

Preferred dividends

     65       65        68        130       135  

Net income available to common shareholders and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   $ 3,630     $ 3,212      $ 1,447      $ 6,842     $ 4,369  

Attributable to:

            

Common shareholders

   $ 3,630     $ 3,212      $ 1,447      $ 6,842     $ 4,369  

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 7  


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation between the Bank’s adjusted and reported results.

 

TABLE 3:  NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    January 31
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Operating results – adjusted

          

Net interest income

   $ 5,835     $ 6,030     $ 6,200     $ 11,865     $ 12,369  

Non-interest income

     4,393       4,782       4,328       9,175       8,768  

Total revenue

         10,228           10,812           10,528           21,040           21,137  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (377 )      313       3,218       (64 )      4,137  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780       671       1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses2

     5,691       5,744       5,051       11,435       10,448  

Income before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     4,473       3,975       1,588       8,448       5,101  

Provision for income taxes

     970       836       260       1,806       930  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade3

     272       241       271       513       500  

Net income – adjusted

     3,775       3,380       1,599       7,155       4,671  

Preferred dividends

     65       65       68       130       135  

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

     3,710       3,315       1,531       7,025       4,536  

Pre-tax adjustments for items of note

          

Amortization of acquired intangibles4

     (69 )      (74 )      (68 )      (143 )      (138 ) 

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction5

     (19 )      (38 )      –       (57 )      –  

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone2

     –       –       (26 )      –       (50 ) 

Less: Impact of income taxes

          

Amortization of acquired intangibles

     (7 )      (9 )      (9 )      (16 )      (20 ) 

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction5

     (1 )      –       –       (1 )      –  

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone

     –       –       (1 )      –       (1 ) 

Total adjustments for items of note

     (80 )      (103 )      (84 )      (183 )      (167 ) 

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

   $ 3,630     $ 3,212     $ 1,447     $ 6,842     $ 4,369  

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note related to the Bank’s own asset acquisitions and business combinations:

  i.

Amortization of acquired intangibles – Q2 2021: $35 million, Q1 2021: $39 million, Q2 2020: $44 million, Q1 2020: $46 million. These charges are reported in the Corporate segment.

  ii.

The Bank’s own integration costs related to the Schwab transaction – Q2 2021: $3 million, Q1 2021: $1 million. These costs are reported in the Corporate segment.

  iii.

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone – Q2 2020: $26 million, Q1 2020: $24 million. These charges were reported in the Canadian Retail segment.

3 

Adjusted share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade excludes the following items of note on an after-tax basis. The earnings impact of both items is reported in the Corporate segment:

  i.

Amortization of Schwab and TD Ameritrade-related acquired intangibles – Q2 2021: $34 million, Q1 2021: $35 million, Q2 2020: $24 million, Q1 2020: $24 million; and

  ii.

The Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade – Q2 2021: $16 million, Q1 2021: $37 million.

4 

Amortization of acquired intangibles relates to intangibles acquired as a result of asset acquisitions and business combinations, including the after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles relating to the Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade, both reported in the Corporate segment. Refer to footnotes 2 and 3 for amounts.

5 

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction include the Bank’s own integration costs, as well as the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade on an after-tax basis, both reported in the Corporate segment. Refer to footnotes 2 and 3 for amounts.

 

TABLE 4:  RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED TO ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE1

 

                                                                                                   
(Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
     January 31
2021
     April 30
2020
    

April 30

2021

     April 30
2020
 

Basic earnings per share – reported

   $ 2.00      $ 1.77      $ 0.80      $ 3.77      $ 2.42  

Adjustments for items of note2

     0.04        0.06        0.05        0.10        0.09  

Basic earnings per share – adjusted

   $ 2.04      $ 1.83      $ 0.85      $ 3.87      $ 2.51  

Diluted earnings per share – reported

   $ 1.99      $ 1.77      $ 0.80      $ 3.76      $ 2.42  

Adjustments for items of note2

     0.04        0.06        0.05        0.10        0.09  

Diluted earnings per share – adjusted

   $     2.04      $     1.83      $     0.85      $     3.86      $     2.51  

 

1 

EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Numbers may not add due to rounding.

2 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

 

TABLE 5:  AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES, NET OF INCOME TAXES1

 

                                                                                                   
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
     January 31
2021
     April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
     April 30
2020
 

TD Bank, National Association (TD Bank, N.A.)

   $ 8      $ 9      $ 14      $ 17      $ 31  

Schwab and TD Ameritrade2

     34        35        24        69        48  

MBNA Canada

     6        7        7        13        14  

Aeroplan

     7        6        5        13        9  

Other

     7        8        9        15        16  
     62        65        59        127        118  

Software and asset servicing rights

     107        110        125        217        249  

Amortization of intangibles, net of income taxes

   $     169      $     175      $     184      $     344      $     367  

 

1 

Amortization of intangibles, with the exception of software and asset servicing rights, is included as items of note. For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

2 

Included in Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 8  


Table of Contents

Return on Common Equity

The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity. The consolidated Bank adjusted ROE is calculated as adjusted net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity. Adjusted ROE is a non-GAAP financial measure as it is not a defined term under IFRS. Readers are cautioned that earnings and other measures adjusted to a basis other than IFRS do not have standardized meanings under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

The Bank’s methodology for allocating capital to its business segments is largely aligned with the common equity capital requirements under Basel III. Capital allocated to the business segments is based on 9% Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital in fiscal 2021. Capital allocated to the business segments was decreased to 9% CET1 Capital effective the second quarter of 2020 compared with 10.5% in the first quarter of 2020.

 

TABLE 6:  RETURN ON COMMON EQUITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

   

January 31

2021

   

April 30

2020

   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Average common equity

   $     89,069     $         89,211     $     85,603     $     89,049     $     83,876  

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

     3,630       3,212       1,447       6,842       4,369  

Items of note, net of income taxes1

     80       103       84       183       167  

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

   $ 3,710     $ 3,315     $ 1,531     $ 7,025     $ 4,536  

Return on common equity – reported

     16.7 %      14.3 %      6.9 %      15.5 %      10.5 % 

Return on common equity – adjusted

     17.1       14.7       7.3       15.9       10.9  

 

1 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

Return on Tangible Common Equity

Tangible common equity (TCE) is calculated as common shareholders’ equity less goodwill, imputed goodwill and intangibles on the investments in Schwab and TD Ameritrade and other acquired intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE is calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders after adjusting for the after-tax amortization of acquired intangibles, which are treated as an item of note, as a percentage of average TCE. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated using reported net income available to common shareholders, adjusted for all items of note, as a percentage of average TCE. Adjusted ROTCE provides a useful measure of the performance of the Bank’s income producing assets, independent of whether they were acquired or developed internally. TCE, ROTCE, and adjusted ROTCE are each non-GAAP financial measures and are not defined terms under IFRS. Readers are cautioned that earnings and other measures adjusted to a basis other than IFRS do not have standardized meanings under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

 

TABLE 7:  RETURN ON TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      

April 30

2021

 

 

   

January 31

2021

 

 

   

April 30

2020

 

 

   

April 30

2021

 

 

   

April 30

2020

 

 

Average common equity

   $     89,069     $     89,211     $     85,603     $     89,049     $     83,876  

Average goodwill

     16,320       16,743       17,531       16,530       17,280  

Average imputed goodwill and intangibles on investments in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     6,670       6,903       4,217       6,786       4,160  

Average other acquired intangibles1

     366       407       531       387       548  

Average related deferred tax liabilities

     (167 )      (173 )      (265 )      (170 )      (263 ) 

Average tangible common equity

     65,880       65,331       63,589       65,516       62,151  

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

     3,630       3,212       1,447       6,842       4,369  

Amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income taxes2

     62       65       59       127       118  

Net income available to common shareholders adjusted for amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income taxes

     3,692       3,277       1,506       6,969       4,487  
           

Other items of note, net of income taxes2

     18       38       25       56       49  

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

   $ 3,710     $ 3,315     $ 1,531     $ 7,025     $ 4,536  

Return on tangible common equity

     23.0 %      19.9 %      9.6 %      21.5 %      14.5 % 

Return on tangible common equity – adjusted

     23.1       20.1       9.8       21.6       14.7  

 

1 

Excludes intangibles relating to software and asset servicing rights.

2 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

SIGNIFICANT AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS, AND PENDING ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of Wells Fargo’s Canadian Direct Equipment Finance Business

On May 1, 2021, the Bank acquired the Canadian Direct Equipment Finance business of Wells Fargo & Company (“Wells Fargo”) which had a net book value of approximately $1.4 billion, for consideration of approximately $1.5 billion. The acquisition is accounted for as a business combination under the purchase method. On finalization of the purchase price allocation, the excess of accounting consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired will be allocated to goodwill. The results of the acquired business will be consolidated from the acquisition date and will be included in the Canadian Retail segment.

Announced Acquisition of Headlands Tech Global Markets, LLC

On March 23, 2021, the Bank and Headlands Tech Holdings, LLC announced a definitive agreement for the Bank to acquire Headlands Tech Global Markets, LLC, a Chicago-based quantitative fixed income trading company. The transaction is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2021, subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. The results of the acquired business will be consolidated from the acquisition date and will be included in the Wholesale Banking segment.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 9  


Table of Contents

 

FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW

Performance Summary

Outlined below is an overview of the Bank’s performance for the second quarter of 2021. Shareholder performance indicators help guide and benchmark the Bank’s accomplishments. For the purposes of this analysis, the Bank utilizes adjusted earnings, which excludes items of note from the reported results that are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Reported and adjusted results and items of note are explained in the “How the Bank Reports” section of this document. In addition, a general economic update and a summary of the Bank’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic are explained in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

•  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share for the six months ended April 30, 2021, increased 54% from the same period last year.

•  

Adjusted ROTCE for the six months ended April 30, 2021, was 21.6%.

•  

For the twelve months ended April 30, 2021, the total shareholder return was 52.1% compared to the Canadian peer1 average of 56.7%.

Net Income

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Reported net income for the quarter was $3,695 million, an increase of $2,180 million, or 144%, compared with the second quarter last year. The increase reflects lower PCL, and lower insurance claims, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses, and lower revenue. Adjusted net income for the quarter was $3,775 million, an increase of $2,176 million, or 136%.

By segment, the increase in reported net income reflects an increase in Canadian Retail of $1,010 million, an increase in U.S. Retail of $980 million, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $174 million, and a lower net loss in Corporate segment of $16 million.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Reported net income for the quarter increased $418 million, or 13%, compared with the prior quarter. The increase reflects lower PCL, and lower insurance claims, partially offset by lower revenue. Adjusted net income for the quarter increased $395 million, or 12%.

By segment, the increase in reported net income reflects an increase in U.S. Retail of $316 million, an increase in Canadian Retail of $145 million, and an increase in Corporate segment of $11 million, partially offset by a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $54 million.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Reported net income of $6,972 million increased $2,468 million, or 55%, compared with the same period last year. The increase reflects lower PCL, and lower insurance claims, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses. Adjusted net income was $7,155 million, an increase of $2,484 million, or 53%, compared with the same period last year.

By segment, the increase in reported net income reflects an increase in Canadian Retail of $1,258 million, an increase in U.S. Retail of $834 million, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $330 million, and a lower net loss in Corporate segment of $46 million.

Net Interest Income

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Reported Net interest income for the quarter was $5,835 million, a decrease of $365 million, or 6%, compared with the second quarter last year. The decrease reflects lower margins in the Canadian and U.S. Retail segments and the impact of foreign exchange translation, partially offset by volume growth in the personal and commercial banking businesses, and higher trading net interest income.

By segment, the decrease in reported net interest income reflects a decrease in U.S. Retail of $361 million, a decrease in Canadian Retail of $129 million, and a decrease in Corporate segment of $30 million, partially offset by an increase in Wholesale Banking of $155 million.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Reported Net interest income for the quarter decreased $195 million, or 3% compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting the impact of fewer days in the second quarter and the impact of foreign exchange translation.

By segment, the decrease in reported net interest income reflects a decrease in Canadian Retail of $105 million, a decrease in U.S. Retail of $81 million, and a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $13 million, partially offset by an increase in Corporate segment of $4 million.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Reported Net interest income was $11,865 million, a decrease of $504 million, or 4%, compared with the same period last year. The decrease reflects lower margins in the Canadian and U.S. Retail segments and the impact of foreign exchange translation, partially offset by volume growth in the personal and commercial banking businesses and higher trading net interest income.

By segment, the decrease in reported net interest income reflects a decrease in U.S. Retail of $526 million, a decrease in Canadian Retail of $318 million, and a decrease in Corporate segment of $119 million, partially offset by an increase in Wholesale Banking of $459 million.

Non-Interest Income

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Reported non-interest income for the quarter was $4,393 million, an increase of $65 million, or 2%, compared with the second quarter last year. The increase reflects higher transaction and fee-based revenue in the wealth and banking businesses, and higher insurance volumes, partially offset by lower trading revenue, and premium rebates for customers in the insurance business.

By segment, the increase in reported non-interest income reflects an increase in U.S. Retail of $172 million, and an increase in Canadian Retail of $168 million, partially offset by a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $259 million, and a decrease in Corporate segment of $16 million.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Reported non-interest income for the quarter decreased $389 million, or 8%, compared with the prior quarter. The decrease primarily reflects lower trading revenue, premium rebates for customers in the insurance business, and lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities, partially offset by higher transaction and fee-based revenue in the wealth business.

By segment, the decrease in reported non-interest income reflects a decrease in Canadian Retail of $178 million, a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $140 million, and a decrease in Corporate segment of $81 million, partially offset by an increase in U.S. Retail of $10 million.

 

1 

Canadian peers include Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Royal Bank of Canada, and The Bank of Nova Scotia.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 10  


Table of Contents

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Reported non-interest income was $9,175 million, an increase of $407 million, or 5%, compared with the same period last year. The increase reflects higher transaction and fee-based revenue in the wealth business, higher revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities, higher insurance premiums, and a higher valuation on certain investments in the U.S. Retail segment, partially offset by lower trading revenue and premium rebates for customers in the insurance business.

By segment, the increase in reported non-interest income reflects an increase in Canadian Retail of $447 million, an increase in Corporate segment of $140 million, and an increase in U.S. Retail of $119 million, partially offset by a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $299 million.

Provision for Credit Losses

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

PCL for the quarter was a recovery of $377 million, lower by $3,595 million compared with the second quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $381 million, a decrease of $586 million, primarily reflecting the continued impact of government economic support programs on the consumer lending portfolios, and prior year credit migration in the Wholesale lending portfolio. PCL – performing was a recovery of $758 million, lower by $3,009 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.21%, a decrease of 197 basis points (bps), compared with the second quarter last year.

By segment, lower PCL is reflected in U.S. Retail of $1,350 million, in Canadian Retail of $1,190 million, in Corporate segment of $618 million, and in Wholesale Banking of $437 million.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

PCL for the quarter was lower by $690 million, compared with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired was $381 million, a decrease of $85 million, primarily reflected in the U.S. consumer lending portfolios. PCL – performing was a recovery of $758 million, lower by $605 million reflecting a performing allowance release this quarter, largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.21%, a decrease of 38 bps, compared with the prior quarter.

By segment, lower PCL is reflected in U.S Retail of $348 million, in Canadian Retail of $179 million, in Wholesale Banking of $83 million, and in Corporate segment of $80 million.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

PCL was a recovery of $64 million, lower by $4,201 million, compared with the same period last year. PCL – impaired was $847 million, a decrease of $926 million, primarily reflecting the continued impact of government economic support programs on the consumer lending portfolios, and prior year credit migration in the Wholesale lending portfolio. PCL – performing was a recovery of $911 million, lower by $3,275 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.02%.

By segment, lower PCL is reflected in U.S. Retail of $1,534 million, in Canadian Retail of $1,439 million, in Corporate segment of $794 million, and in Wholesale Banking of $434 million.

 

TABLE 8:  PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES1

 

                                                                                                             
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
      

April 30

2021

 

 

   

January 31

2021

 

 

   

April 30

2020

 

 

    

April 30

2021

 

 

   

April 30

2020

 

 

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 3 (impaired)

           

Canadian Retail

   $       191     $       167     $       365      $       358     $       685  

U.S. Retail

     117       190       287        307       560  

Wholesale Banking

     12       10       194        22       246  

Corporate2

     61       99       121        160       282  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 3

     381       466       967        847       1,773  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 1 and Stage 2 (performing)

           

Canadian Retail

     (228 )      (25 )      788        (253 )      859  

U.S. Retail

     (330 )      (55 )      850        (385 )      896  

Wholesale Banking

     (75 )      10       180        (65 )      145  

Corporate2

     (125 )      (83 )      433        (208 )      464  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 1 and Stage 2

     (758 )      (153 )      2,251        (911 )      2,364  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

   $ (377 )    $ 313     $ 3,218      $ (64 )    $ 4,137  

 

1 

Includes PCL for off-balance sheet instruments.

2 

Includes PCL on the retailer program partners’ share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.

Insurance claims and related expenses

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter were $441 million, a decrease of $230 million, or 34%, compared with the second quarter last year reflecting lower current year claims, a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter decreased $339 million, or 43%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting lower current year claims, a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Insurance claims and related expenses were $1,221 million, a decrease of $230 million, or 16%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, lower current year claims, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 11  


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Expenses and Efficiency Ratio

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Reported non-interest expenses were $5,729 million, an increase of $608 million, or 12%, compared with the second quarter last year, mainly due to an increase in the retailer program partners’ net share of the profits from the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, primarily as a result of lower PCL. Non-interest expenses also reflect higher employee-related expenses and store optimization costs, partially offset by the impact of foreign exchange translation, lower legal provisions, and prior year charges related to the Greystone acquisition, which collectively accounted for approximately 1% of the increase. Adjusted non-interest expenses were $5,691 million, an increase of $640 million, or 13%.

By segment, the increase in reported non-interest expenses reflects an increase in Corporate segment of $504 million, an increase in Canadian Retail of $101 million, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $89 million, partially offset by a decrease in U.S. Retail of $86 million.

The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 56.0% compared to 48.6% in the second quarter last year. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio was 55.6%, compared with 48.0% in the second quarter last year.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter decreased $55 million, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter. Adjusted non-interest expenses decreased $53 million, or 1%.

By segment, the decrease in reported non-interest expenses reflects a decrease in U.S. Retail of $94 million, and a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $6 million, partially offset by an increase in Corporate segment of $10 million, and an increase in Canadian Retail of $35 million.

The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 56.0% compared with 53.5% in the prior quarter. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio was 55.6%, compared with 53.1% in the prior quarter.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Reported non-interest expenses of $11,513 million increased $925 million, or 9%, compared with the same period last year, mainly due to an increase in the retailer program partners’ net share of the profits from the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, primarily as a result of lower PCL. Non-interest expenses also reflect higher employee-related expenses and store optimization costs, partially offset by the impact of foreign exchange translation, lower discretionary spend, and prior year charges related to the Greystone acquisition, which collectively accounted for approximately 2% of the increase. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses were $11,435 million, an increase of $987 million, or 9%.

By segment, the increase in reported non-interest expenses reflects an increase in Corporate segment of $649 million, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $148 million, an increase in Canadian Retail of $119 million, and an increase in U.S. Retail of $9 million.

The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 54.7%, compared with 50.1% in the same period last year. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio was 54.4%, compared with 49.4% in the same period last year.

Income Taxes

As discussed in the “How the Bank Reports” section of this document, the Bank adjusts its reported results to assess each of its businesses and to measure overall Bank performance. As such, the provision for income taxes is stated on a reported and an adjusted basis.

The Bank’s effective income tax rate on a reported basis was 21.7% for the current quarter, compared with 16.5% in the second quarter last year and 21.0% in the prior quarter. The year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter increases primarily reflect the impact of higher pre-tax income.

The Bank’s adjusted effective tax rate was 21.7% for the quarter, higher than 16.4% in the second quarter last year and higher than 21.0% in the prior quarter. The year-over-year and quarter-over-quarter increases primarily reflect the impact of higher pre-tax income.

 

TABLE 9: INCOME TAXES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

   

January 31

2021

   

April 30

2020

   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Income taxes at Canadian statutory income tax rate

   $ 1,164        26.3  %    $ 1,033        26.3  %    $ 400        26.4  %    $ 2,197        26.3  %    $ 1,308        26.4  % 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

                         

Dividends received

     (31 )       (0.7 )      (31 )       (0.8 )      (30 )       (2.0 )      (62 )       (0.7 )      (62 )       (1.2 ) 

Rate differentials on international operations1

     (181 )       (4.1 )      (181 )       (4.6 )      (145 )       (9.6 )      (362 )       (4.3 )      (381 )       (7.7 ) 

Other

     10        0.2       6        0.1       25        1.7       16        0.1       44        0.8  

Provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate – reported

   $ 962        21.7  %    $ 827        21.0  %    $ 250        16.5  %    $ 1,789        21.4  %    $ 909        18.3  % 

Total adjustments for items of note2

     8                9                10                17                21           

Provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate – adjusted3,4

   $     970        21.7  %    $     836        21.0  %    $     260        16.4  %    $   1,806        21.4  %    $     930        18.2  % 

 

1 

These amounts reflect tax credits as well as international business mix.

2 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

3 

The tax effect for each item of note is calculated using the statutory income tax rate of the applicable legal entity.

4 

Adjusted effective income tax rate is the adjusted provision for income taxes before other taxes as a percentage of adjusted net income before taxes.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 12  


Table of Contents

Impact of Foreign Exchange Rate on U.S. Retail Segment Translated Earnings

The following table reflects the estimated impact of foreign currency translation on key U.S. Retail segment income statement items.

 

TABLE 10: IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. RETAIL SEGMENT TRANSLATED EARNINGS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      April 30, 2021 vs.
April 30, 2020
Increase (Decrease)
    April 30, 2021 vs.
April 30, 2020
Increase (Decrease)
 

U.S. Retail Bank

    

Total revenue

             $ (244 )          $ (307 ) 

Non-interest expenses

     (149 )      (188 ) 

Net income – after-tax

     (100 )      (119 ) 

Share of net income from investment in Schwab1

     (14 )      (18 ) 

U.S. Retail segment net income

     (114 )      (137 ) 

Earnings per share (Canadian dollars)

    

Basic

             $ (0.06 )          $ (0.08 ) 

Diluted

     (0.06 )      (0.08 ) 

 

1 

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and the foreign exchange impact are reported with a one-month lag.

 

Average foreign exchange rate (equivalent of CAD $1.00)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
     April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
     April 30
2020
 

U.S. dollar

   $ 0.794      $ 0.726      $ 0.786      $ 0.743  

 

 

HOW OUR BUSINESSES PERFORMED

For management reporting purposes, the Bank reports its results under three key business segments: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the personal and business banking operations, wealth management services, and the Bank’s investment in Schwab; and Wholesale Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped into the Corporate segment.

Results of each business segment reflect revenue, expenses, assets, and liabilities generated by the businesses in that segment. Where applicable, the Bank measures and evaluates the performance of each segment based on adjusted results and ROE, and for those segments, the Bank indicates that the measure is adjusted. For further details, refer to the “How We Performed” section of this document including the Bank’s response to COVID-19, the “Business Focus” section in the Bank’s 2020 MD&A, and Note 29 Segmented Information of the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended October 31, 2020.

PCL related to performing (Stage 1 and Stage 2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees is recorded within the respective segment.

Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB), which means that the value of non-taxable or tax-exempt income, including certain dividends, is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value. Using TEB allows the Bank to measure income from all securities and loans consistently and makes for a more meaningful comparison of net interest income with similar institutions. The TEB increase to net interest income and provision for income taxes reflected in Wholesale Banking’s results are reversed in the Corporate segment. The TEB adjustment for the quarter was $37 million, compared with $42 million in the prior quarter and $30 million in the second quarter last year.

Share of net income from investment in Schwab is reported in the U.S. Retail segment. Amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction are recorded in the Corporate segment.

 

TABLE 11:  CANADIAN RETAIL

 

                                                                                                   
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    January 31
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Net interest income

   $ 2,873     $ 2,978     $ 3,002     $ 5,851     $ 6,169  

Non-interest income

     3,189       3,367       3,021       6,556       6,109  

Total revenue

     6,062       6,345       6,023       12,407       12,278  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     191       167       365       358       685  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     (228 )      (25 )      788       (253 )      859  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (37 )      142       1,153       105       1,544  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780       671       1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses – reported

     2,689       2,654       2,588       5,343       5,224  

Non-interest expenses – adjusted1

     2,689       2,654       2,562       5,343       5,174  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported

     787       732       439       1,519       1,098  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted1

     787       732       440       1,519       1,099  

Net income – reported

     2,182       2,037       1,172       4,219       2,961  

Net income – adjusted1

   $ 2,182     $ 2,037     $ 1,197     $ 4,219     $ 3,010  

Selected volumes and ratios

          

Return on common equity – reported2

     51.3 %      46.0 %      27.2 %      48.6 %      32.4 % 

Return on common equity – adjusted1,2

     51.3       46.0       27.8       48.6       33.0  

Net interest margin (including on securitized assets)

     2.61       2.65       2.83       2.63       2.88  

Efficiency ratio – reported

     44.4       41.8       43.0       43.1       42.5  

Efficiency ratio – adjusted1

     44.4       41.8       42.5       43.1       42.1  

Assets under administration (billions of Canadian dollars)

   $ 514     $ 484     $ 406     $ 514     $ 406  

Assets under management (billions of Canadian dollars)

     397       380       346       397       346  

Number of Canadian retail branches

     1,085       1,087       1,087       1,085       1,087  

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

     41,064       40,714       40,712       40,886       41,056  

 

1 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

2 

Capital allocated to the business segment was reduced to 9% CET1 effective the second quarter of 2020 compared with 10.5% in the first quarter of 2020.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 13  


Table of Contents

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Canadian Retail reported net income for the quarter was $2,182 million, an increase of $1,010 million, or 86%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting lower PCL and insurance claims. On an adjusted basis, net income increased $985 million, or 82%. The reported and adjusted annualized ROE for the quarter was 51.3%, compared with 27.2% and 27.8%, respectively, in the second quarter last year.

Canadian Retail revenue is derived from the personal and business banking, wealth, and insurance businesses. Revenue for the quarter was $6,062 million, an increase of $39 million, or 1%, compared with the second quarter last year.

Net interest income was $2,873 million, a decrease of $129 million, or 4%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting lower deposit margins, partially offset by volume growth. Average loan volumes increased $20 billion, or 5%, reflecting 5% growth in personal loans and 2% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $72 billion, or 20%, reflecting 14% growth in personal deposits, 27% growth in business deposits, and 29% growth in wealth deposits. Net interest margin was 2.61%, a decrease of 22 basis points (bps), reflecting lower interest rates.

Non-interest income was $3,189 million, an increase of $168 million, or 6%, reflecting higher transaction and fee-based revenue in the wealth and banking businesses and higher insurance volumes, partially offset by premium rebates for customers in the insurance business and a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in insurance claims.

Assets under administration (AUA) were $514 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of $108 billion, or 27%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting market appreciation and new asset growth. Assets under management (AUM) were $397 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of $51 billion, or 15%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting market appreciation and new asset growth.

PCL was a recovery of $37 million, lower by $1,190 million compared with the second quarter last year. PCL – impaired for the quarter was $191 million, a decrease of $174 million, or 48%, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios, largely related to the continued impact of government economic support programs. PCL – performing was a recovery of $228 million, lower by $1,016 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.03%, or a decrease of 110 bps compared with the second quarter last year.

Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter were $441 million, a decrease of $230 million, or 34%, compared with the second quarter last year reflecting lower current year claims, a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter were $2,689 million, an increase of $101 million, or 4%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting higher volume-driven expenses and employee-related expenses, partially offset by prior year charges related to the Greystone acquisition. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses increased $127 million, or 5%, compared with the second quarter last year.

The reported and adjusted efficiency ratio for the quarter was 44.4%, compared with 43.0% and 42.5%, respectively, in the second quarter last year.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Canadian Retail net income for the quarter increased $145 million, or 7%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting lower insurance claims and PCL, partially offset by lower revenue. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 51.3%, compared with 46.0%, in the prior quarter.

Revenue decreased $283 million, or 4%, compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income decreased $105 million, or 4%, largely reflecting fewer days in the second quarter and lower deposit margins, partially offset by volume growth. Average loan volumes increased $6 billion, or 1%, reflecting 1% growth in personal loans and 2% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $9 billion, or 2%, reflecting 1% growth in personal deposits, 3% growth in business deposits, and 4% growth in wealth deposits. Net interest margin was 2.61%, a decrease of 4 bps, reflecting changes in asset mix and the ongoing impact of the low interest rate environment.

Non-interest income decreased $178 million, or 5%, reflecting impact of premium rebates for customers in the insurance business and a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in insurance claims, partially offset by higher transaction revenue in the wealth business.

AUA increased $30 billion, or 6%, and AUM increased $17 billion, or 4%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting market appreciation and new asset growth.

PCL was lower by $179 million compared with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired increased $24 million, or 14%, primarily reflected in the commercial lending portfolios. PCL – performing was a recovery of $228 million, lower by $203 million, primarily reflecting an allowance release in the consumer and commercial lending portfolios this quarter, largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.03%, or a decrease of 15 bps.

Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter decreased $339 million, or 43%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting lower current year claims, a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

Non-interest expenses increased $35 million, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter.

The efficiency ratio was 44.4%, compared with 41.8%, in the prior quarter.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Canadian Retail reported net income for the six months ended April 30, 2021, was $4,219 million, an increase of $1,258 million, or 42%, compared with same period last year. The increase in earnings reflects lower PCL and insurance claims. On an adjusted basis, net income for the period was $4,219 million, an increase of $1,209 million, or 40%. The reported and adjusted annualized ROE for the period was 48.6%, compared with 32.4% and 33.0%, respectively, in the same period last year.

Revenue for the period was $12,407 million, an increase of $129 million, or 1%, compared with same period last year. Net interest income decreased $318 million, or 5%, reflecting lower deposit margins, partially offset by volume growth. Average loan volumes increased $19 billion, or 4%, reflecting 5% growth in personal loans and 3% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $73 billion, or 20%, reflecting 15% growth in personal deposits, 26% growth in business deposits, and 36% growth in wealth deposits. Net interest margin was 2.63%, a decrease of 25 bps, reflecting the ongoing impact of the low interest rate environment.

Non-interest income increased $447 million, or 7%, reflecting higher transaction and fee-based revenue in the wealth business and higher insurance volumes, partially offset by impact of premium rebates for customers in the insurance business and a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in insurance claims.

PCL was $105 million, lower by $1,439 million, compared with the same period last year. PCL – impaired was $358 million, a decrease of $327 million, or 48%, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios, largely related to the continued impact of government economic support programs. PCL – performing was a recovery of $253 million, lower by $1,112 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this period largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.05%, or a decrease of 66 bps.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 14  


Table of Contents

Insurance claims and related expenses were $1,221 million, a decrease of $230 million, or 16%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, lower current year claims, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

Reported non-interest expenses were $5,343 million, an increase of $119 million, or 2%, compared with the same period last year. The increase primarily reflects higher volume-driven expenses and employee-related expenses, partially offset by prior year charges related to the Greystone acquisition. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses were $5,343 million, an increase of $169 million or 3%.

The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for the period were 43.1%, compared with 42.5% and 42.1%, respectively, for the same period last year.

 

TABLE 12:  U.S. RETAIL

 

(millions of dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
Canadian Dollars   

April 30

2021

   

January 31

2021

   

April 30

2020

   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Net interest income

   $         1,950     $         2,031     $         2,311     $         3,981     $         4,507  

Non-interest income

     663       653       491       1,316       1,197  

Total revenue

     2,613       2,684       2,802       5,297       5,704  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     117       190       287       307       560  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     (330 )      (55 )      850       (385 )      896  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (213 )      135       1,137       (78 )      1,456  

Non-interest expenses

     1,594       1,688       1,680       3,282       3,273  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     162       70       (117 )      232       (72 ) 

U.S. Retail Bank net income

     1,070       791       102       1,861       1,047  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade1,2

     246       209       234       455       435  

Net income

   $ 1,316     $ 1,000     $ 336     $ 2,316     $ 1,482  

U.S. Dollars

                                        

Net interest income

   $ 1,548     $ 1,579     $ 1,679     $ 3,127     $ 3,347  

Non-interest income

     528       507       358       1,035       894  

Total revenue

     2,076       2,086       2,037       4,162       4,241  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     91       147       208       238       416  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     (264 )      (44 )      606       (308 )      641  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (173 )      103       814       (70 )      1,057  

Non-interest expenses

     1,267       1,313       1,218       2,580       2,428  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     129       55       (82 )      184       (48 ) 

U.S. Retail Bank net income

     853       615       87       1,468       804  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade1,2

     194       161       174       355       326  

Net income

   $ 1,047     $ 776     $ 261     $ 1,823     $ 1,130  

Selected volumes and ratios

          

Return on common equity3

     13.9  %      9.8  %      3.7  %      11.8  %      7.6  % 

Net interest margin4

     2.15       2.24       2.93       2.20       3.00  

Efficiency ratio

     61.0       62.9       59.8       62.0       57.3  

Assets under administration (billions of U.S. dollars)

   $ 27     $ 26     $ 21     $ 27     $ 21  

Assets under management (billions of U.S. dollars)

     44       43       38       44       38  

Number of U.S. retail stores

     1,141       1,223       1,220       1,141       1,220  

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

     25,892       26,333       26,389       26,116       26,325  

 

1 

The Bank’s share of Schwab’s and TD Ameritrade’s earnings is reported with a one-month lag. Refer to Note 7 of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

2 

The after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade are recorded in the Corporate segment.

3 

Capital allocated to the business segment was reduced to 9% CET1 effective the second quarter of 2020 compared with 10.5% in the first quarter of 2020.

4 

Net interest margin excludes the impact related to sweep deposits arrangements and the impact of intercompany deposits and cash collateral. In addition, the value of tax-exempt interest income is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

U.S. Retail net income for the quarter was $1,316 million (US$1,047 million), an increase of $980 million (US$786 million), compared with the second quarter last year. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 13.9%, compared with 3.7%, in the second quarter last year.

U.S. Retail net income includes contributions from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment in Schwab. Net income for the quarter from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment in Schwab was $1,070 million (US$853 million) and $246 million (US$194 million), respectively.

The contribution from Schwab of US$194 million increased US$20 million, or 11%, compared with the contribution from TD Ameritrade in the second quarter last year.

U.S. Retail Bank net income of US$853 million increased US$766 million, primarily reflecting lower PCL and higher revenue, partially offset by higher expenses.

U.S. Retail Bank revenue is derived from the personal and business banking and wealth management businesses. Revenue for the quarter was US$2,076 million, an increase of US$39 million, or 2%, compared with the second quarter last year. Net interest income decreased US$131 million, or 8%, as lower deposit margins more than offset growth in deposit volumes and PPP loans. Net interest margin was 2.15%, a decrease of 78 bps, reflecting continued deposit margin compression and balance sheet mix. Non-interest income increased US$170 million, or 47%, primarily reflecting higher valuation of certain investments, fee income growth from increased customer activity, and higher gains on the sale of mortgage loans.

Average loan volumes increased US$2 billion, or 1%, compared with the second quarter last year. Personal loans decreased 1%, primarily reflecting lower card balances. Business loans increased 3%, primarily as a result of PPP originations. Excluding PPP loans, average business loan volumes decreased US$5 billion, or 6%, reflecting paydowns and lower line usage on commercial loans. Average deposit volumes increased US$72 billion, or 23%, reflecting a 33% increase in business deposits, a 23% increase in personal deposits, and an 18% increase in sweep deposits.

AUA were US$27 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of US$6 billion, or 29%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting net asset growth. AUM were US$44 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of US$6 billion, or 16%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting market appreciation, partially offset by net asset outflows.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 15  


Table of Contents

PCL for the quarter was a recovery of US$173 million, lower by US$987 million compared with the second quarter last year. PCL – impaired was US$91 million, a decrease of US$117 million, or 56%, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios, largely related to the continued impact of government economic support programs. PCL – performing was a recovery of US$264 million, lower by US$870 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.41%, a decrease of 244 bps, compared with the second quarter last year.

Non-interest expenses for the quarter were US$1,267 million, an increase of US$49 million, or 4%, compared with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting US$49 million in store optimization costs, and higher employee-related expenses, partially offset by lower legal provisions.

The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 61.0%, compared with 59.8%, in the second quarter last year.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

U.S. Retail net income of $1,316 million (US$1,047 million) increased $316 million (US$271 million), or 32% (35% in U.S. dollars) compared with the prior quarter. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 13.9%, compared with 9.8% in the prior quarter.

The contribution from Schwab of US$194 million increased US$33 million, or 20%, primarily reflecting elevated trading volumes and client asset growth, partially offset by higher volume-related expenses and net interest margin compression.

U.S. Retail Bank net income of US$853 million increased US$238 million, or 39%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting lower PCL.

Revenue for the quarter decreased US$10 million compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income decreased US$31 million, or 2%, reflecting fewer days in the second quarter, partially offset by accelerated fee amortization from PPP loan forgiveness. Net interest margin was 2.15%, a decrease of 9 bps primarily reflecting balance sheet mix. Non-interest income increased US$21 million, or 4%, primarily reflecting higher valuation of certain investments.

Average loan volumes decreased US$2 billion, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter. Personal loans decreased 3%, primarily reflecting lower credit card balances and paydowns of residential mortgages. Business loans were flat, as growth in PPP originations was offset by paydowns and lower line usage on commercial loans. Average deposit volumes increased US$10 billion, or 3%, reflecting a 6% increase in personal deposits, and a 3% increase in business deposits.

AUA were US$27 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of US$1 billion, or 4%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting net asset growth. AUM were US$44 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of US$1 billion, or 2%, reflecting market appreciation, partially offset by net asset outflows.

PCL was lower by US$276 million compared with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired decreased US$56 million, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios. PCL – performing was a recovery of US$264 million, lower by US$220 million, primarily reflecting an allowance release in the commercial and consumer lending portfolios this quarter, largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.41%, or a decrease of 66 bps.

Non-interest expenses for the quarter were US$1,267 million, a decrease of US$46 million, or 4%, primarily reflecting lower store optimization costs.

The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 61.0%, compared with 62.9% in the prior quarter.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

U.S. Retail net income for the six months ended April 30, 2021, was $2,316 million (US$1,823 million), an increase of $834 million (US$693 million), or 56% (61% in U.S. dollars), compared with the same period last year. The annualized ROE for the period was 11.8%, compared with 7.6%, in the same period last year. Net income from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment in Schwab was $1,861 million (US$1,468 million) and $455 million (US$355 million), respectively.

The contribution from Schwab was US$355 million, an increase of US$29 million, or 9%, compared with the contribution from TD Ameritrade for the same period last year.

U.S. Retail Bank net income for the period was US$1,468 million, an increase of US$664 million, or 83%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting lower PCL and higher non-interest income, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income.

Revenue for the period was US$4,162 million, a decrease of US$79 million, or 2%, compared with same period last year. Net interest income decreased US$220 million, or 7%, as lower deposit margins more than offset income from PPP loans and higher deposit volumes. Net interest margin was 2.20%, a decrease of 80 bps, primarily reflecting deposit margin compression and balance sheet mix. Non-interest income increased US$141 million, or 16%, reflecting higher valuation of certain investments and higher gains on the sale of mortgage loans.

Average loan volumes increased US$5 billion, or 3%, compared with the same period last year. Personal loans were flat. Business loans increased 6%, primarily as a result of PPP originations. Excluding PPP loans, average business loan volumes decreased 3%, reflecting paydowns and lower line usage on commercial loans. Average deposit volumes increased US$80 billion, or 27%, reflecting a 35% increase in business deposit volumes, a 27% increase in sweep deposit volumes, and a 22% increase in personal deposit volumes.

PCL was a recovery of US$70 million, lower by US$1,127 million compared with the same period last year. PCL – impaired was US$238 million, a decrease of US$178 million, or 43%, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios, largely related to the continued impact of government economic support programs. PCL – performing was a recovery of US$308 million, lower by US$949 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this period largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.11 %, a decrease of 144 bps.

Non-interest expenses for the period were US$2,580 million, an increase of US$152 million, or 6%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting US$125 million in store optimization costs as well as higher employee-related expenses, partially offset by lower legal provisions and productivity savings.

The efficiency ratio for the period was 62.0%, compared with 57.3%, for the same period last year.

THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

Refer to Note 7, Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures of the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on Schwab.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 16  


Table of Contents

TABLE 13:  WHOLESALE BANKING

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

   

January 31

2021

   

April 30

2020

   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Net interest income (TEB)

   $ 648     $ 661     $ 493     $ 1,309     $ 850  

Non-interest income

     509       649       768       1,158       1,457  

Total revenue

     1,157       1,310       1,261       2,467       2,307  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     12       10       194       22       246  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     (75 )      10       180       (65 )      145  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (63 )      20       374       (43 )      391  

Non-interest expenses

     705       711       616       1,416       1,268  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (TEB)

     132       142       62       274       158  

Net income

   $ 383     $ 437     $ 209     $ 820     $ 490  

Selected volumes and ratios

          

Trading-related revenue (TEB)

   $ 558     $ 744     $ 625     $ 1,302     $ 1,237  

Average gross lending portfolio (billions of Canadian dollars)1

     60.3       58.7       65.5       59.5       60.3  

Return on common equity2

     20.0  %      21.3  %      10.4  %      20.7  %      12.2  % 

Efficiency ratio

     60.9       54.3       48.9       57.4       55.0  

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

         4,757           4,678           4,549           4,717           4,533  

 

1 

Includes gross loans and bankers’ acceptances relating to Wholesale Banking, excluding letters of credit, cash collateral, credit default swaps (CDS), and allowance for credit losses.

2 

Capital allocated to the business segment was reduced to 9% CET1 effective the second quarter of 2020 compared with 10.5% in the first quarter of 2020.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Wholesale Banking net income for the quarter was $383 million, an increase of $174 million, or 83%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting lower PCL, partially offset by lower revenue and higher non-interest expenses.

Wholesale Banking revenue is derived primarily from capital markets and corporate and investment banking services provided to corporate, government, and institutional clients. Wholesale Banking generates revenue from corporate lending, advisory, underwriting, sales, trading and research, client securitization, trade finance, cash management, prime services, and trade execution services. Revenue for the quarter was $1,157 million, a decrease of $104 million, or 8%, compared with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting lower trading-related revenue and lower debt underwriting, partially offset by higher advisory fees.

PCL for the quarter was a recovery of $63 million, lower by $437 million compared with the second quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $12 million, a decrease of $182 million primarily reflecting credit migration in the prior year. PCL – performing was a recovery of $75 million, lower by $255 million, primarily reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook.

Non-interest expenses were $705 million, an increase of $89 million, or 14%, compared with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher variable compensation.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Wholesale Banking net income for the quarter was $383 million, a decrease of $54 million, or 12%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting lower revenue, partially offset by lower PCL and lower non-interest expenses.

Revenue for the quarter decreased $153 million, or 12%, primarily reflecting lower trading-related revenue, partially offset by higher other revenue.

PCL was lower by $83 million. PCL – impaired was $12 million, an increase of $2 million. PCL – performing was a recovery of $75 million, lower by $85 million primarily reflecting an allowance release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook.

Non-interest expenses for the quarter decreased $6 million, or 1%.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Wholesale Banking net income for the six months ended April 30, 2021 was $820 million, an increase of $330 million, or 67%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher revenue and lower PCL, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses.

Revenue was $2,467 million, an increase of $160 million, or 7%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher trading-related revenue, higher loan fees, higher equity underwriting fees, and higher advisory fees, partially offset by lower other revenue.

PCL was a recovery of $43 million, lower by $434 million compared with the same period last year. PCL – impaired was $22 million, lower by $224 million primarily reflecting credit migration in the prior year. PCL – performing was a recovery of $65 million, lower by $210 million primarily reflecting performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this year largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook.

Non-interest expenses were $1,416 million, an increase of $148 million, or 12%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher variable compensation.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 17  


Table of Contents

TABLE 14:  CORPORATE

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    January 31
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Net income (loss) – reported

   $ (186 )    $ (197 )    $ (202 )    $ (383 )    $ (429 ) 

Adjustments for items of note1

          

Amortization of acquired intangibles before income taxes

     69       74       68       143       138  

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction

     19       38       –       57       –  

Less: impact of income taxes

     8       9       9       17       20  

Net income (loss) – adjusted

   $ (106 )    $ (94 )    $ (143 )    $ (200 )    $ (311 ) 

 

Decomposition of items included in net income (loss) – adjusted

          

Net corporate expenses

   $ (186 )    $ (182 )    $ (199 )    $ (368 )    $ (378 ) 

Other

     80       88       56       168       67  

Net income (loss) – adjusted

   $ (106 )    $ (94 )    $ (143 )    $ (200 )    $ (311 ) 

 

Selected volumes

          

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

         17,736           17,720           17,833           17,728           17,644  
1 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the quarter was $186 million, compared with a reported net loss of $202 million in the second quarter last year. The year-over-year decrease reflects a higher contribution from other items and lower net corporate expenses, partially offset by acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction. The increase in other items primarily reflects higher revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities this quarter. Net corporate expenses decreased $13 million compared to the same quarter last year. The adjusted net loss for the quarter was $106 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $143 million in the second quarter last year.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the quarter was $186 million, compared with a reported net loss of $197 million in the prior quarter. The quarter-over-quarter decrease reflects lower acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction, partially offset by a smaller contribution from other items and higher net corporate expenses. The decrease in other items primarily reflects lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities this quarter. Net corporate expenses increased $4 million compared to the prior quarter. The adjusted net loss for the quarter was $106 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $94 million in the prior quarter.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the six months ended April 30, 2021 was $383 million, compared with a reported net loss of $429 million in the same period last year. The $46 million decrease primarily reflects a higher contribution from other items, partially offset by acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction. Other items increased $101 million, largely reflecting higher revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities and an unfavourable adjustment relating to hedge accounting in the prior period. Net corporate expenses decreased $10 million compared to the same period last year. Adjusted net loss for the six months ended April 30, 2021 was $200 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $311 million in the same period last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 18  


Table of Contents

 

QUARTERLY RESULTS

The following table provides summary information related to the Bank’s eight most recently completed quarters.

 

TABLE 15:  QUARTERLY RESULTS1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                         For the three months ended  
             2021                               2020               2019  
       Apr. 30     Jan. 31     Oct. 31     Jul. 31     Apr. 30     Jan. 31     Oct. 31     Jul. 31

Net interest income

   $ 5,835     $ 6,030     $ 6,027     $ 6,101     $ 6,200     $ 6,169     $ 6,066     $ 5,980  

Non-interest income

     4,393       4,782       5,817       4,564       4,328       4,440       4,274       4,519  

Total revenue

     10,228       10,812       11,844       10,665       10,528       10,609       10,340       10,499  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (377 )      313       917       2,188       3,218       919       891       655  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780       630       805       671       780       705       712  

Non-interest expenses

     5,729       5,784       5,709       5,307       5,121       5,467       5,543       5,374  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     962       827       (202 )      445       250       659       646       813  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     222       169       353       328       247       205       301       303  

Net income – reported

     3,695       3,277       5,143       2,248       1,515       2,989       2,856       3,248  

Pre-tax adjustments for items of note2

                

Amortization of acquired intangibles

     69       74       61       63       68       70       74       75  

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction

     19       38       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Net gain on sale of the investment in TD Ameritrade

     –       –       (1,421 )      –       –       –       –       –  

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone

     –       –       25       25       26       24       30       26  

Total pre-tax adjustments for items of note

     88       112       (1,335 )      88       94       94       104       101  

Less: Impact of income taxes

     8       9       838       9       10       11       14       11  

Net income – adjusted

     3,775       3,380       2,970       2,327       1,599       3,072       2,946       3,338  

Preferred dividends

     65       65       64       68       68       67       68       62  

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

   $ 3,710     $ 3,315     $ 2,906     $ 2,259     $ 1,531     $ 3,005     $ 2,878     $ 3,276  

(Canadian dollars, except as noted)

                                                                

Basic earnings per share

                

Reported

   $ 2.00     $ 1.77     $ 2.80     $ 1.21     $ 0.80     $ 1.61     $ 1.54     $ 1.75  

Adjusted

     2.04       1.83       1.60       1.25       0.85       1.66       1.59       1.79  

Diluted earnings per share

                

Reported

     1.99       1.77       2.80       1.21       0.80       1.61       1.54       1.74  

Adjusted

     2.04       1.83       1.60       1.25       0.85       1.66       1.59       1.79  

Return on common equity – reported

     16.7  %      14.3  %      23.3  %      10.0  %      6.9  %      14.2  %      13.6  %      15.8  % 

Return on common equity – adjusted

     17.1       14.7       13.3       10.4       7.3       14.6       14.0       16.2  

 

(billions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

                                                                

Average earning assets

   $ 1,536     $ 1,563     $ 1,531     $ 1,494     $ 1,374     $ 1,292     $ 1,264     $ 1,240  

Net interest margin

     1.56  %      1.53  %      1.57  %      1.62  %      1.83  %      1.90  %      1.90  %      1.91  % 

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document. For further explanations of items of note for the quarters ended July 31, 2020, January 31, 2020, and July 31, 2019, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of the Report to Shareholders for such quarter. For further explanations of items of note for the quarters ended October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of the earnings news release for the three months and twelve months ended October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, issued on December 3, 2020 and December 5, 2019, respectively.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 19  


Table of Contents

 

BALANCE SHEET REVIEW

 

TABLE 16:  SELECTED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ITEMS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

              As at
      April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020  

Assets

     

Cash and Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 194,127      $ 170,594  

Trading loans, securities, and other

     141,490        148,318  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     9,215        8,548  

Derivatives

     53,621        54,242  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     4,832        4,739  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     89,599        103,285  

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

     215,905        227,679  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     155,375        169,162  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     708,436        717,523  

Investment in Schwab

     10,697        12,174  

Other

     85,761        99,601  

Total assets

   $ 1,669,058      $ 1,715,865  

Liabilities

     

Trading deposits

   $ 33,679      $ 19,177  

Derivatives

     58,019        53,203  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     66,253        59,665  

Deposits

     1,118,488        1,135,333  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     148,326        188,876  

Subordinated notes and debentures

     11,269        11,477  

Other

     138,509        152,635  

Total liabilities

     1,574,543        1,620,366  

Total equity

     94,515        95,499  

Total liabilities and equity

   $     1,669,058      $     1,715,865  

Total assets were $1,669 billion as at April 30, 2021, a decrease of $47 billion, or 3%, from October 31, 2020, primarily reflecting the impact of foreign exchange translation from the appreciation in the Canadian dollar which decreased total assets by $61 billion, or approximately 4%.

The decrease reflects securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements of $14 billion, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) of $14 billion, debt securities at amortized cost (DSAC), net of allowance for credit losses, of $12 billion, loans, net of allowances for loan losses of $9 billion, trading loans, securities, and other of $7 billion, investment in Schwab of $1 billion, derivatives of $1 billion and other assets of $14 billion. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in cash and interest-bearing deposits with banks of $24 billion and non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) of $1 billion.

Cash and interest-bearing deposits with banks increased $24 billion reflecting maturities of securities, growth in customer deposits and cash management activities, partially offset by the impact of foreign exchange translation.

Trading loans, securities, and other decreased $7 billion reflecting a decrease in government-related securities and the impact of foreign exchange translation, partially offset by an increase in equity securities.

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss increased $1 billion reflecting new investments.

Derivatives decreased $1 billion reflecting changes in mark-to-market values of foreign exchange and interest rate contracts.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income decreased $14 billion reflecting maturities and the impact of foreign exchange translation, partially offset by new investments.

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses decreased $12 billion primarily reflecting the impact of foreign exchange translation and maturities, partially offset by new investments.

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements decreased $14 billion reflecting a decrease in volume and the impact of foreign exchange translation.

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses decreased $9 billion primarily reflecting the impact of foreign exchange translation, partially offset by growth in residential mortgages.

Investment in Schwab decreased $1 billion primarily reflecting the impact of foreign exchange translation.

Other assets decreased $14 billion primarily reflecting a decrease in amounts receivable from brokers, dealers and clients reflecting lower volumes of pending trades, and the impact of foreign exchange translation.

Total liabilities were $1,575 billion as at April 30, 2021, a decrease of $46 billion, or 3%, from October 31, 2020, primarily reflecting the impact of foreign exchange translation from the appreciation in the Canadian dollar which decreased total liabilities by $65 billion, or approximately 4%.

The decrease reflects obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements of $41 billion, deposits of $17 billion and other liabilities of $15 billion. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in trading deposits of $15 billion, financial liabilities designated at FVTPL of $7 billion and derivatives of $5 billion.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 20  


Table of Contents

Trading deposits increased $15 billion reflecting new issuances, partially offset by maturities.

Derivatives increased $5 billion reflecting changes in mark-to-market values of foreign exchange and interest rate contracts.

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss increased $7 billion reflecting new issuances, partially offset by maturities.

Deposits decreased $17 billion primarily reflecting the impact of foreign exchange translation, partially offset by growth in personal deposits.

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements decreased $41 billion reflecting a decrease in volume and the impact of foreign exchange translation.

Other liabilities decreased $15 billion primarily reflecting a decrease in amounts payable to brokers, dealers and clients reflecting lower volumes of pending trades, and the impact of foreign exchange translation.

Equity was $95 billion as at April 30, 2021, a decrease of $1 billion, or 1%, from October 31, 2020. A decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income primarily reflecting the impact of foreign exchange translation and the Bank’s share of accumulated other comprehensive income from the investment in Schwab was partially offset by an increase in retained earnings.

 

 

CREDIT PORTFOLIO QUALITY

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Gross impaired loans excluding ACI loans, were $2,803 million as at April 30, 2021, a decrease of $803 million, or 22%, compared with the second quarter last year. Canadian Retail gross impaired loans decreased $95 million, or 8%, compared with the second quarter last year, primarily in the consumer lending portfolios reflecting the ongoing impact of government economic support programs, partially offset by an increase in the commercial lending portfolio. U.S. Retail gross impaired loans decreased $436 million, or 21%, compared with the second quarter last year, largely reflecting the impact of foreign exchange and the ongoing impact of government economic support programs on the consumer lending portfolios. Wholesale gross impaired loans decreased $272 million or 80%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting resolutions outpacing formations. Net impaired loans were $2,069 million as at April 30, 2021, a decrease of $446 million, or 18%, compared with the second quarter last year.

The allowance for credit losses of $7,975 million as at April 30, 2021 was comprised of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of $766 million, Stage 2 allowance of $4,454 million and Stage 1 allowance of $2,749 million, and the allowance for debt securities of $6 million. The Stage 1 and 2 allowances are for performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments.

The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses decreased $381 million, or 33%, reflecting resolutions of impaired loans in the Wholesale portfolio, the ongoing impact of government economic support programs on the consumer lending portfolios, and the impact of foreign exchange, partially offset by an increase in the Canadian commercial portfolio related to credit migration. The Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses increased $434 million, or 6%, largely reflecting allowance increases last year related to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by releases this year related to improvement in the economic outlook, and the impact of foreign exchange. The allowance change included a decrease of $257 million attributable to the retailer program partners’ share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, primarily related to the impact of foreign exchange.

The allowance for debt securities decreased by $7 million compared with the second quarter last year.

Forward-looking information, including macroeconomic variables deemed to be predictive of expected credit losses (ECLs) based on the Bank’s experience, is used to determine ECL scenarios and associated probability weights to determine the probability-weighted ECLs. Each quarter, all base forecast macroeconomic variables are refreshed, resulting in new upside and downside macroeconomic scenarios. Starting in the first quarter of 2021, the upside scenario was based on plausible scenario analyses of a more rapid recovery from the COVID-19 shock. For the downside forecast, since the second quarter of 2020, macroeconomic variables were based on plausible scenario analyses of COVID-19 impacts, given the lack of comparable historical data for a shock of this nature. The probability weightings assigned to each ECL scenario are also reviewed each quarter and updated as required, as part of the Bank’s ECL governance process. As a result of periodic reviews and quarterly updates, the allowance for credit losses may be revised to reflect updates in statistically derived loss estimates based on the Bank’s recent loss experience and its forward-looking views, including the impact of COVID-19. The Bank periodically reviews the methodology and has performed certain additional qualitative portfolio and loan level assessments of significant increase in credit risk. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s second quarter 2021 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on forward-looking information.

The probability-weighted allowance for credit losses reflects the Bank’s forward-looking views, including its estimate of the potential impact of COVID-19. The Bank continues to monitor the effects of COVID-19. To the extent that certain anticipated effects of COVID-19 cannot be fully incorporated into quantitative models, management continues to exercise expert credit judgment in determining the amount of ECLs by considering reasonable and supportable information. There remains considerable uncertainty regarding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and as the situation unfolds, the allowance for credit losses will be updated in future quarters. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s second quarter 2021 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

The Bank calculates allowances for ECLs on debt securities measured at amortized cost and FVOCI. The Bank has $300 billion in such debt securities, all of which are performing (Stage 1 and 2) and none are impaired (Stage 3). The allowance for credit losses on DSAC and debt securities at FVOCI was $2 million and $4 million, respectively.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Gross impaired loans, excluding ACI loans, decreased $254 million, or 8%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily in the Canadian and U.S. consumer lending portfolios reflecting the ongoing impact of government economic support programs, and the impact of foreign exchange. Impaired loans net of allowance decreased $211 million, or 9%, compared with the prior quarter.

The allowance for credit losses of $7,975 million as at April 30, 2021 was comprised of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of $766 million, Stage 2 allowance of $4,454 million and Stage 1 allowance of $2,749 million, and the allowance for debt securities of $6 million. The Stage 1 and 2 allowances are for performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments. The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses decreased $33 million, or 4%, compared with prior quarter. The Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses decreased $935 million, or 11%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting allowance releases this quarter largely related to improvement in the economic outlook, and the impact of foreign exchange.

The allowance for debt securities decreased by $2 million compared to the prior quarter.

For further details on loans, impaired loans, allowance for credit losses, and on the Bank’s use of forward-looking information and macroeconomic variables in determining its allowance for credit losses, refer to Note 6 of the Bank’s second quarter 2021 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 21  


Table of Contents

TABLE 17: CHANGES IN GROSS IMPAIRED LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    January 31
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Personal, Business, and Government Loans1

          

Impaired loans as at beginning of period

   $ 3,057     $ 3,157     $ 3,207     $ 3,157     $ 3,032  

Classified as impaired during the period

     1,010       1,203       1,783       2,213       3,472  

Transferred to performing during the period

     (257 )      (246 )      (288 )      (503 )      (545 ) 

Net repayments

     (353 )      (301 )      (289 )      (654 )      (709 ) 

Disposals of loans

     –       (3 )      (15 )      (3 )      (15 ) 

Amounts written off

     (585 )      (675 )      (899 )      (1,260 )      (1,747 ) 

Exchange and other movements

     (69 )      (78 )      107       (147 )      118  

Impaired loans as at end of period

   $     2,803     $     3,057     $     3,606     $     2,803     $     3,606  
1 

Excludes ACI loans.

 

TABLE 18: ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                       As at  
     April 30
2021
       January 31
2021
       April 30
2020
 

Allowance for loan losses for on-balance sheet loans

           

Stage 1 allowance for loan losses

  $ 2,368        $ 2,489        $ 2,725  

Stage 2 allowance for loan losses

    3,891          4,659          3,099  

Stage 3 allowance for loan losses

    740          785          1,101  

Total allowance for loan losses for on-balance sheet loans1

    6,999          7,933          6,925  

 

Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments

           

Stage 1 allowance for loan losses

    381          358          407  

Stage 2 allowance for loan losses

    563          632          538  

Stage 3 allowance for loan losses

    26          14          46  

Total allowance for off-balance sheet instruments

    970          1,004          991  

Allowance for loan losses

    7,969          8,937          7,916  

Allowance for debt securities

    6          8          13  

Allowance for credit losses

  $ 7,975        $ 8,945        $ 7,929  

Impaired loans, net of allowance2,3

  $     2,069        $     2,280        $     2,515  

Net impaired loans as a percentage of net loans2,3

    0.28  %         0.31  %         0.33  % 

Total allowance for loan losses as a percentage of gross loans and acceptances2

    1.08          1.22          1.03  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses as a percentage of net average loans and acceptances

    (0.21 )         0.17          1.76  
1 

Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of $1 million as at April 30, 2021 (January 31, 2021 – $1 million; April 30, 2020 – nil).

2 

Excludes ACI loans.

3 

Credit cards are considered impaired when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due.

Real Estate Secured Lending

Retail real estate secured lending includes mortgages and lines of credit to North American consumers to satisfy financing needs including home purchases and refinancing. While the Bank retains first lien on the majority of properties held as security, there is a small portion of loans with second liens, but most of these are behind a TD mortgage that is in first position. In Canada, credit policies are designed so that the combined exposure of all uninsured facilities on one property does not exceed 80% of the collateral value at origination. Lending at a higher loan-to-value ratio is permitted by legislation but requires default insurance. This insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities and protects the Bank’s real estate secured lending portfolio against potential losses caused by borrowers’ default. The Bank also purchases default insurance on lower loan-to-value ratio loans. The insurance is provided by either government-backed entities or approved private mortgage insurers. In the U.S., for residential mortgage originations, mortgage insurance is usually obtained from either government-backed entities or approved private mortgage insurers when the loan-to-value exceeds 80% of the collateral value at origination.

The Bank regularly performs stress tests on its real estate lending portfolio as part of its overall stress testing program. This is done with a view to determine the extent to which the portfolio would be vulnerable to a severe downturn in economic conditions. The effect of severe changes in house prices, interest rates, and unemployment levels are among the factors considered when assessing the impact on credit losses and the Bank’s overall profitability. A variety of portfolio segments, including dwelling type and geographical regions, are examined during the exercise to determine whether specific vulnerabilities exist.

Canadian minimum qualifying rate for uninsured and insured mortgages

On May 20, 2021, OSFI announced changes to the minimum qualifying rate for uninsured mortgages. In addition, the Department of Finance announced changes to the qualifying rate for insured mortgages. Effective June 1, 2021, the new benchmark rate will be the greater of the mortgage contractual rate plus 2% or 5.25% for both uninsured and insured mortgages. The current uninsured benchmark rate is the greater of the mortgage contractual rate plus 2% or the Bank of Canada five-year benchmark rate. The current insured benchmark rate is the greater of the mortgage contractual rate or the Bank of Canada five-year benchmark rate.

 

TABLE 19: CANADIAN REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)                                    As at  
     Amortizing      Non-amortizing      Total  
     Residential
Mortgages
     Home equity
lines of credit
     Total amortizing real
estate secured lending
     Home equity
lines of credit
         
                                      April 30, 2021  

Total

   $ 221,596      $ 66,399      $ 287,995      $ 31,459      $ 319,454  
                                           October 31, 2020  

Total

   $ 213,239      $ 61,790      $ 275,029      $ 33,048      $ 308,077  
1 

Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 22  


Table of Contents

TABLE 20: REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING1,2

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                                                                As at  
     Residential mortgages     Home equity lines of credit     Total  
     Insured3     Uninsured     Insured3     Uninsured     Insured3     Uninsured  
                                                           April 30, 2021  

Canada

                              

Atlantic provinces

   $ 3,076        1.4  %    $ 3,265        1.5  %    $ 293        0.3  %    $ 1,384        1.4  %    $ 3,369        1.1  %    $ 4,649        1.5  % 

British Columbia4

     9,791        4.4       33,720        15.2       1,555        1.6       16,939        17.3       11,346        3.6       50,659        15.9  

Ontario4

     27,158        12.3       87,282        39.4       5,525        5.6       49,788        51.0       32,683        10.1       137,070        42.8  

Prairies4

     21,242        9.6       16,900        7.6       2,581        2.6       11,284        11.5       23,823        7.5       28,184        8.8  

Québec

     8,223        3.7       10,939        4.9       915        0.9       7,594        7.8       9,138        2.9       18,533        5.8  

Total Canada

     69,490        31.4  %      152,106        68.6  %      10,869        11.0  %      86,989        89.0  %      80,359        25.2  %      239,095        74.8  % 

United States

     889                33,792                –                9,236                889                43,028           

Total

   $ 70,379              $ 185,898              $ 10,869              $ 96,225              $ 81,248              $ 282,123           
                                                          

 

October 31, 2020

 

Canada

                              

Atlantic provinces

   $ 3,218        1.5  %    $ 3,108        1.5  %    $ 316        0.3  %    $ 1,337        1.4  %    $ 3,534        1.1  %    $ 4,445        1.4  % 

British Columbia4

     10,142        4.8       30,416        14.3       1,670        1.8       16,192        17.1       11,812        3.8       46,608        15.1  

Ontario4

     28,818        13.5       80,096        37.4       5,925        6.2       47,361        50.0       34,743        11.3       127,457        41.5  

Prairies4

     21,741        10.2       16,750        7.9       2,726        2.9       11,260        11.9       24,467        7.9       28,010        9.1  

Québec

     8,520        4.0       10,430        4.9       993        1.0       7,058        7.4       9,513        3.1       17,488        5.7  

Total Canada

     72,439        34.0  %      140,800        66.0  %      11,630        12.2  %      83,208        87.8  %      84,069        27.2  %      224,008        72.8  % 

United States

     1,008                37,972                –                10,953                1,008                48,925           

Total

   $ 73,447              $ 178,772              $ 11,630              $ 94,161              $ 85,077              $ 272,933           
1 

Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.

2 

Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.

3 

Default insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities whereby the Bank’s exposure to real estate secured lending, all or in part, is protected against potential losses caused by borrower default. It is provided by either government-backed entities or other approved private mortgage insurers.

4 

The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.

The following table provides a summary of the Bank’s residential mortgages by remaining amortization period. All figures are calculated based on current customer payment behaviour in order to properly reflect the propensity to prepay by borrowers. The current customer payment basis accounts for any accelerated payments made to date and projects remaining amortization based on existing balance outstanding and current payment terms.

 

TABLE 21: RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES BY REMAINING AMORTIZATION1,2

 

                                                             As at  
     <5
years
    5– <10
years
    10– <15
years
    15– <20
years
    20– <25
years
    25– <30
years
    30– <35
years
    >=35
years
    Total  
                                         April 30, 2021  

Canada

     0.9  %      3.3  %      6.9  %      20.0  %      43.1  %      25.2  %      0.6  %      –  %      100.0  % 

United States

     6.9       3.9       4.6       6.0       19.0       57.4       2.0       0.2       100.0  

Total

     1.7  %      3.4  %      6.6  %      18.1  %      39.8  %      29.6  %      0.8  %      –  %      100.0  % 
                                               

 

October 31, 2020

 

Canada

     0.9  %      3.4  %      6.9  %      20.0  %      44.7  %      23.3  %      0.8  %      –  %      100.0  % 

United States

     5.3       4.5       4.6       6.0       20.8       56.3       2.3       0.2       100.0  

Total

     1.6  %      3.5  %      6.5  %      17.8  %      41.2  %      28.4  %      1.0  %      –  %      100.0  % 
1 

Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.

2 

Percentage based on outstanding balance.

 

TABLE 22: UNINSURED AVERAGE LOAN-TO-VALUE – Newly Originated and Newly Acquired1,2,3

 

     For the three months ended  
     Residential
mortgages
    Home equity
lines of credit4,5 
    Total     Residential
mortgages
    Home equity
lines of credit4,5 
    Total  
      April 30, 2021     October 31, 2020  

Canada

            

Atlantic provinces

                     74  %                      70  %                      73  %                      74  %                      72  %                      74  % 

British Columbia6

     68       65       67       68       65       67  

Ontario6

     69       66       68       69       66       68  

Prairies6

     74       71       72       74       71       73  

Québec

     73       72       73       73       73       73  

Total Canada

     69       67       69       70       67       69  

United States

     71       63       70       73       63       72  

Total

     70  %      67  %      69  %      70  %      67  %      69  % 
1 

Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.

2 

Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.

3 

Based on house price at origination.

4 

Home equity lines of credit (HELOCs) loan-to-value includes first position collateral mortgage if applicable.

5 

HELOC fixed rate advantage option is included in loan-to-value calculation.

6 

The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 23  


Table of Contents

Sovereign Risk

The following table provides a summary of the Bank’s credit exposure to certain European countries, including Greece, Italy, Ireland, Portugal, and Spain (GIIPS).

 

TABLE 23: EXPOSURE TO EUROPE – Total Net Exposure by Country and Counterparty1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

 

                        As at
    Loans and commitments2       Derivatives, repos, and securities lending3       Trading and investment portfolio4,5      

Total

Exposure


6 

    Corporate     Sovereign     Financial     Total     Corporate     Sovereign     Financial     Total     Corporate     Sovereign     Financial     Total
Country                                                                         April 30, 2021  

GIIPS

                                                                                                       

Greece

  $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –  

Italy

    –       –       9       9       –       –       2       2       19       22       21       62       73  

Ireland

    –       –       297       297       11       5       399       415       –       –       26       26       738  

Portugal

    –       –       –       –       –       197       41       238       5       –       –       5       243  

Spain

    –       –       87       87       –       –       150       150       15       347       60       422       659  

Total GIIPS

    –       –       393       393       11       202       592       805       39       369       107       515       1,713  

Rest of Europe

                                                                                                       

Austria

    –       –       17       17       12       84       37       133       –       1,460       –       1,460       1,610  

Belgium

    246       –       160       406       729       8       179       916       40       307       –       347       1,669  

Finland

    –       215       9       224       –       54       106       160       5       1,061       62       1,128       1,512  

France

    551       924       929       2,404       19       462       1,758       2,239       123       4,699       255       5,077       9,720  

Germany

    1,413       435       354       2,202       725       608       1,486       2,819       281       10,019       72       10,372       15,393  

Netherlands

    615       337       504       1,456       253       303       579       1,135       132       2,355       80       2,567       5,158  

Norway

    –       320       28       348       –       247       34       281       2       1,014       480       1,496       2,125  

Sweden

    –       –       56       56       –       91       132       223       5       1,928       661       2,594       2,873  

Switzerland

    1,057       80       313       1,450       529       24       1,231       1,784       14       –       96       110       3,344  

United Kingdom

    5,176       19,714       560       25,450       1,640       961       9,197       11,798       687       851       532       2,070       39,318  

Other7

    –       252       101       353       –       164       527       691       1       372       12       385       1,429  

Total Rest of Europe

    9,058       22,277       3,031       34,366       3,907       3,006       15,266       22,179       1,290       24,066       2,250       27,606       84,151  

Total Europe

  $ 9,058     $ 22,277     $ 3,424     $ 34,759     $ 3,918     $ 3,208     $ 15,858     $ 22,984     $ 1,329     $ 24,435     $ 2,357     $ 28,121     $ 85,864  
Country                                                                        

 

October 31, 2020

 

GIIPS

                                                                                                       

Greece

  $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –  

Italy

    –       –       10       10       –       –       3       3       17       –       17       34       47  

Ireland

    –       –       320       320       11       –       331       342       –       –       21       21       683  

Portugal

    –       –       –       –       –       86       24       110       13       –       –       13       123  

Spain

    –       –       89       89       –       –       86       86       4       715       38       757       932  

Total GIIPS

    –       –       419       419       11       86       444       541       34       715       76       825       1,785  

Rest of Europe

                                                                                                       

Austria

    –       –       18       18       3       122       33       158       5       1,266       9       1,280       1,456  

Belgium

    266       –       189       455       824       30       175       1,029       40       320       –       360       1,844  

Finland

    –       252       9       261       –       52       63       115       –       1,054       16       1,070       1,446  

France

    591       1,024       962       2,577       55       1,075       1,253       2,383       109       4,789       466       5,364       10,324  

Germany

    1,481       494       374       2,349       895       697       725       2,317       249       9,691       30       9,970       14,636  

Netherlands

    609       275       536       1,420       383       179       1,086       1,648       29       2,635       220       2,884       5,952  

Norway

    –       365       29       394       –       439       42       481       5       708       439       1,152       2,027  

Sweden

    –       –       67       67       –       109       174       283       4       1,784       781       2,569       2,919  

Switzerland

    1,163       151       331       1,645       327       19       856       1,202       16       –       162       178       3,025  

United Kingdom

    5,333       9,797       760       15,890       1,592       847       8,424       10,863       93       479       526       1,098       27,851  

Other7

    –       273       109       382       9       203       699       911       –       430       40       470       1,763  

Total Rest of Europe

    9,443       12,631       3,384       25,458       4,088       3,772       13,530       21,390       550       23,156       2,689       26,395       73,243  

Total Europe

  $ 9,443     $ 12,631     $ 3,803     $     25,877     $ 4,099     $ 3,858     $ 13,974     $     21,931     $ 584     $ 23,871     $ 2,765     $     27,220     $ 75,028  
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Exposures include interest-bearing deposits with banks and are presented net of impairment charges where applicable. There were no impairment charges for European exposures as at April 30, 2021, or October 31, 2020.

3 

Exposures are calculated on a fair value basis and are net of collateral. Total market value of pledged collateral is $0.7 billion (October 31, 2020 – $1.5 billion) for GIIPS and $62.8 billion for the rest of Europe (October 31, 2020 – $82.3 billion). Derivatives are presented as net exposures where there is an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master netting agreement.

4 

Trading and investment portfolio includes deposits and trading exposures are net of eligible short positions.

5 

The fair values of the GIIPS exposures in Level 3 in the trading and investment portfolio were nil as at April 30, 2021 and October 31, 2020.

6 

The Bank had nil related notional protection purchased through CDS (October 31, 2020 – nil).

7 

Other European exposure is distributed across 11 countries (October 31, 2020 – 12 countries), each of which has a net exposure including loans and commitments, derivatives, repos and securities lending, and trading and investment portfolio below $1 billion as at October 31, 2020.

Of the Bank’s European exposure, approximately 98% (October 31, 2020 – 97%) is to counterparties in countries rated either Aa3 or better by Moody’s Investor Services (Moody’s) or AA or better by Standard & Poor’s (S&P), with the majority of this exposure to the sovereigns themselves or to well rated, systemically important banks in these countries. Derivatives and securities repurchase transactions are completed on a collateralized basis. The vast majority of derivatives exposure is offset by cash collateral while the repurchase transactions are backed largely by government securities rated AA or better, and cash. The Bank also takes a limited amount of exposure to well rated corporate issuers in Europe where the Bank also does business with their related entities in North America.

In addition to the European exposure identified above, the Bank also has $14.9 billion (October 31, 2020 – $14.8 billion) of exposure to supranational entities with European sponsorship and $2.6 billion (October 31, 2020 – $6.2 billion) of indirect exposure to European collateral from non-European counterparties related to repurchase and securities lending transactions that are margined daily.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 24  


Table of Contents

 

CAPITAL POSITION

REGULATORY CAPITAL

Capital requirements of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) are commonly referred to as Basel III. Under Basel III, Total Capital consists of three components, namely CET1, Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 Capital. Risk sensitive regulatory capital ratios are calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital by RWA, inclusive of any minimum requirements outlined under the regulatory floor. In 2015, Basel III introduced a non-risk sensitive leverage ratio to act as a supplementary measure to the risk-sensitive capital requirements. The objective of the leverage ratio is to constrain the build-up of excess leverage in the banking sector. The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 Capital by leverage exposure which is primarily comprised of on-balance sheet assets with adjustments made to derivative and securities financing transaction exposures, and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures. TD continues to manage its regulatory capital in accordance with the Basel III Capital Framework as discussed in the “Capital Position” section of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report.

OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III

Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI’s) Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) guideline details how the Basel III capital rules apply to Canadian banks. Other requirements, in addition to those described in “OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III” section of Bank’s 2020 Annual Report, are noted below.

On March 13, 2020, as part of its COVID-19 response, OSFI announced that the Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB), previously set to increase to 2.25% effective April 30, 2020, was being lowered to 1.00% effective immediately and would not be increased for at least 18 months from March 13, 2020. On June 23, 2020, and again on December 8, 2020, OSFI announced that the DSB will remain at 1.00% of total risk-weighted assets

The Bank maintained its Global Systemically Important Bank (G-SIB) status when the Financial Stability Board published the 2020 list of G-SIBs on November 11, 2020. As a result, the Bank continues to be subject to an additional loss absorbency requirement (CET1 as a percentage of RWA) of 1%, which is consistent with the surcharge applied to all Canadian Domestic Systemically Important Banks (D-SIBs).

The table below summarizes OSFI’s current regulatory minimum capital ratios for the Bank.

 

Basel III Capital

Ratios

  Minimum  

Capital

Conservation

Buffer

  D-SIB / G-SIB
surcharge1
 

Pillar 1

regulatory

minimum2

  DSB3  

Pillar 1 & 2

regulatory

minimum

CET1

  4.5%   2.5%   1.0%   8.0%   1.0%   9.0%

Tier 1

  6.0%   2.5%   1.0%   9.5%   1.0%   10.5%

Total Capital

  8.0%   2.5%   1.0%   11.5%   1.0%   12.5%
1 

The higher of the D-SIB and G-SIB surcharge applies. The D-SIB surcharge is currently equivalent to the Bank’s 1% G-SIB additional common equity requirement. The G-SIB surcharge may increase above 1% if the Bank’s G-SIB score increases above certain thresholds to a maximum of 4.5%.

2 

The Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is 0% as of April 30, 2021.

3 

The DSB is required to be held by D-SIBs in recognition of Pillar 2 risks associated with systemic vulnerabilities.

The Bank’s Leverage Ratio is calculated as per OSFI’s Leverage Requirements guideline and has a regulatory minimum requirement of 3%.

Effective January 1, 2013, all newly issued non-common Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital instruments must include non-viability contingent capital (NVCC) provisions to qualify as regulatory capital. NVCC provisions require the conversion of non-common capital instruments into a variable number of common shares of the Bank upon the occurrence of a trigger event as defined in the guidance. Non-common Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments issued prior to January 1, 2013 which do not include NVCC provisions are non-qualifying capital instruments and are subject to a phase-out period which began in 2013 and ends in Q1 2022.

On September 23, 2018, the Canadian Bail-in regime came into effect, including OSFI’s Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) guideline. Under this guideline, the Bank is required to meet supervisory risk-based TLAC and TLAC leverage ratio targets by November 1, 2021. As of September 2018, the targets were 23.0% of RWA for the risk-based TLAC ratio, inclusive of the 1.50% DSB effective at that time, and 6.75% for the TLAC leverage ratio. Subject to any further changes to the DSB, the Bank will be required to meet a risk-based TLAC target ratio of 22.5% of RWA, inclusive of the 1.00% DSB, by November 1, 2021. Further changes to the DSB will result in corresponding changes to the TLAC target ratios.

In the second quarter of 2020, OSFI introduced a number of measures to support D-SIBs’ ability to supply credit to the economy during an expected period of disruption related to COVID-19 and market conditions which are described in the “OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III” section of Bank’s 2020 Annual Report, with further announcements and measures noted below.

•  

On January 27, 2021, OSFI published guidance on the treatment of new loans to businesses through the Government of Canada’s HASCAP, announced on January 26, 2021. Under the program, the Government mandated the Business Development Bank of Canada (BDC) to set up the HASCAP loan guarantee program. HASCAP loans are treated as sovereign exposures based on the BDC guarantee and the relevant risk weight applied under OSFI’s CAR guideline. The entire amount of the loan is included in the lender’s leverage ratio calculation. The Bank began originating loans under the HASCAP program in the second quarter of 2021.

•  

On March 16, 2021, OSFI announced the expiration of the temporary reduction in the stressed Value-at-Risk (VaR) multipliers, that was announced on March 27, 2020.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 25  


Table of Contents

The following table provides details of TD’s regulatory capital position.

 

TABLE 24:  CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RATIOS – Basel III

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

    As at  
     April 30
2021
       October 31
2020
       April 30
2020
 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

           

Common shares plus related contributed surplus

  $ 22,791        $ 22,570        $ 21,864  

Retained earnings

    59,035          53,845          49,702  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    7,742          13,437          15,970  

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital before regulatory adjustments

    89,568          89,852          87,536  

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital regulatory adjustments

           

Goodwill (net of related tax liability)1

    (15,854 )         (17,019 )         (20,707 ) 

Intangibles (net of related tax liability)

    (1,803 )         (2,030 )         (2,267 ) 

Deferred tax assets excluding those arising from temporary differences

    (156 )         (177 )         (286 ) 

Cash flow hedge reserve

    (2,813 )         (3,720 )         (4,237 ) 

Shortfall of provisions to expected losses

    –          –          (273 ) 

Gains and losses due to changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities

    (68 )         (57 )         (200 ) 

Defined benefit pension fund net assets (net of related tax liability)

    (267 )         (9 )         (13 ) 

Investment in own shares

    (11 )         (36 )         (75 ) 

Non-significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)2

    (5,011 )         (6,321 )         –  

Significant investments in the common stock of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)2

    –          –          (2,292 ) 

Other deductions or regulatory adjustments to CET1 as determined by OSFI3

    1,043          2,133          511  

Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

    (24,940 )         (27,236 )         (29,839 ) 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

    64,628          62,616          57,697  

 

Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments

           

Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments plus stock surplus

    4,947          5,647          5,798  

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase out from Additional Tier 1

    615          1,190          1,173  

Additional Tier 1 instruments issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

    61          –          –  

Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments before regulatory adjustments

    5,623          6,837          6,971  

 

Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments regulatory adjustments

           

Non-significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)

    (14 )         (12 )         –  

Significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of eligible short positions

    (350 )         (350 )         (350 ) 

Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 Capital

    (364 )         (362 )         (350 ) 

Additional Tier 1 Capital

    5,259          6,475          6,621  

Tier 1 Capital

    69,887          69,091          64,318  

 

Tier 2 Capital instruments and provisions

           

Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus

    11,069          11,277          13,825  

Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase out from Tier 2

    160          160          200  

Collective allowances

    1,433          509          1,875  

Tier 2 Capital before regulatory adjustments

    12,662          11,946          15,900  

 

Tier 2 regulatory adjustments

           

Investments in own Tier 2 instruments

    –          –          (1 ) 

Non-significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)4

    (404 )         (856 )         –  

Non-significant investments in the other TLAC-eligible instruments issued by G-SIBs and Canadian D-SIBs, where the institution does not own more than 10% of the issued common share capital of the entity: amount previously designated for the 5% threshold but that no longer meets the conditions

    (61 )         –          –  

Significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside consolidation, net of eligible short positions

    (160 )         (160 )         (160 ) 

Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 Capital

    (625 )         (1,016 )         (161 ) 

Tier 2 Capital

    12,037          10,930          15,739  

Total Capital

  $       81,924        $       80,021        $       80,057  

 

Risk-weighted assets

  $ 455,010        $ 478,909        $ 523,979  

 

Capital Ratios and Multiples5

           

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    14.2  %         13.1  %         11.0  % 

Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    15.4          14.4          12.3  

Total Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)

    18.0          16.7          15.3  

Leverage ratio6

    4.6          4.5          4.2  

 

1 

As of the fourth quarter of 2020, goodwill deduction decreased due to the sale of the investment in TD Ameritrade.

2 

As of the fourth quarter of 2020, significant investment deduction was eliminated due to the sale of the investment in TD Ameritrade and the non-significant investment deduction increased due to the investment in Schwab.

3 

Represents ECL transitional arrangements provided by OSFI. Refer to the “OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III” within the “Capital Position” section of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report.

4 

Includes other TLAC-eligible instruments issued by G-SIBs and Canadian D-SIBs that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, where the institution does not own more than 10% of the issued common share capital of the entity.

5 

The CET1, Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage ratios excluding the ECL transitional arrangements are 14.0%, 15.1%, 18.0%, and 4.6%, respectively.

6 

The Leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 Capital divided by leverage exposure, as defined in the “Regulatory Capital” section of this document.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 26  


Table of Contents

As at April 30, 2021, the Bank’s CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios were 14.2%, 15.4%, and 18.0%, respectively. The increase in the Bank’s CET1 Capital ratio from 13.1% as at October 31, 2020 was primarily from organic growth, and actuarial gains on employee benefit plans. The increase was partially offset by the reduction in the scaling factor related to OSFI’s transition arrangements for ECL provisioning, from 70% in fiscal 2020 to 50% in fiscal 2021.

As at April 30, 2021, the Bank’s Leverage ratio was 4.6%, compared with 4.5%, as at October 31, 2020. The Leverage ratio increased primarily reflecting capital generation and impact of foreign exchange, partially offset by exposure growth primarily in Canadian Retail segment.

Future Regulatory Capital Developments

Future regulatory capital developments, in addition to those described in the “Future Regulatory Capital Developments” section of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report, are noted below.

On November 26, 2020, the BCBS published a technical amendment for capital requirements for non-performing loan securitizations. The amendment includes removal of the option to use the foundation internal risk-based parameters as inputs for the internal ratings-based approach (SEC-IRBA), a 100% risk weight floor for exposures to securitizations that are risk weighted under SEC-IRBA or the standardized approach, and guidance on risk weights for certain senior tranches of securitizations. The amendment is scheduled to be implemented no later than January 1, 2023.

On March 11, 2021, OSFI released a public consultation on proposed regulatory changes for the final round of Basel III reforms to its capital, leverage, and related disclosure guidelines for banks. OSFI’s proposals are largely in line with the international standards set by the BCBS adapted to reflect domestic market considerations. The revised guidelines will be implemented in the first quarter of 2023, with the exception of the revised CAR guideline chapters relating to credit valuation adjustment risk and market risk that will be effective in the first quarter of 2024.

 

TABLE 25: EQUITY AND OTHER SECURITIES

(millions of shares/units, except as noted)           As at  
     April 30, 2021     October 31, 2020  
      Number of
shares/units
    Number of
shares/units
 

Common shares outstanding

     1,820.4       1,816.1  

Treasury shares – common

     (1.7 )      (0.5 ) 

Total common shares

     1,818.7       1,815.6  

Stock options

    

Vested

     5.7       5.4  

Non-vested

     7.8       7.7  

Preferred shares – Class A

    

Series 1

     20.0       20.0  

Series 3

     20.0       20.0  

Series 5

     20.0       20.0  

Series 7

     14.0       14.0  

Series 9

     8.0       8.0  

Series 121

     –       28.0  

Series 14

     40.0       40.0  

Series 16

     14.0       14.0  

Series 18

     14.0       14.0  

Series 20

     16.0       16.0  

Series 22

     14.0       14.0  

Series 24

     18.0       18.0  

Total preferred shares – equity

     198.0       226.0  

Treasury shares – preferred

     (0.2 )      (0.1 ) 

Total preferred shares

     197.8       225.9  

Debt issued by TD Capital Trust IV:

    

TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 22

     450.0       450.0  

TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 33

     750.0       750.0  
1 

On April 30, 2021, the Bank redeemed all of its 28 million outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class A First Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 12 (“Series 12 Shares”), at a redemption price of $25.00 per Series 12 Share, for a total redemption cost of $700 million.

2 

On February 27, 2020, the Bank announced that, subject to regulatory approval, it expects to exercise a regulatory event redemption right in its fiscal 2022 year in respect of the TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2 outstanding at that time, meaning that this redemption right could occur as early as November 1, 2021. The Bank’s expectations regarding this redemption are based on a number of factors and assumptions, including the Bank’s current and expected future capital position and market conditions, which are subject to change and may result in a change in the Bank’s expectations regarding the redemption.

3 

On May 17, 2021, TD Capital Trust IV announced its intention to redeem all of the outstanding TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 3 on June 30, 2021.

All series of preferred shares – Class A include NVCC provisions. If a NVCC trigger event were to occur, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued, assuming there are no declared and unpaid dividends on the respective series of preferred shares at the time of conversion, would be 1.0 billion in aggregate.

For NVCC subordinated notes and debentures, if a NVCC trigger event were to occur, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued, assuming there is no accrued and unpaid interest on the respective subordinated notes and debentures, would be 3.2 billion in aggregate. The following subordinated debentures contain NVCC provisions: 3.589% subordinated debentures due September 14, 2028, 3.224% subordinated debentures due July 25, 2029, 3.105% subordinated debentures due April 22, 2030, 4.859% subordinated debentures due March 4, 2031, 3.625% subordinated debentures due September 15, 2031, and the 3.06% subordinated debentures due January 26, 2032. Refer to Note 19 of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 27  


Table of Contents

 

MANAGING RISK

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Growing profitability in financial results based on balanced revenue, expense and capital growth services involves selectively taking and managing risks within the Bank’s risk appetite. The Bank’s goal is to earn a stable and sustainable rate of return for every dollar of risk it takes, while putting significant emphasis on investing in its businesses to meet its future strategic objectives.

The Bank’s businesses and operations are exposed to a broad number of risks that have been identified and defined in the Enterprise Risk Framework. The Bank’s tolerance to those risks is defined in the Enterprise Risk Appetite which has been developed within a comprehensive framework that takes into consideration current conditions in which the Bank operates and the impact that emerging risks will have on TD’s strategy and risk profile. The Bank’s risk appetite states that it takes risks required to build its business, but only if those risks: (1) fit the business strategy, and can be understood and managed; (2) do not expose the enterprise to any significant single loss events; TD does not ‘bet the bank’ on any single acquisition, business, or product; and (3) do not risk harming the TD brand. Each business is responsible for setting and aligning its individual risk appetites with that of the enterprise based on a thorough examination of the specific risks to which it is exposed.

The Bank considers it critical to regularly assess its operating environment and highlight top and emerging risks. These are risks with a potential to have a material effect on the Bank and where the attention of senior leaders is focused due to the potential magnitude or immediacy of their impact.

Risks are identified, discussed, and actioned by senior leaders and reported quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board and the Board. Specific plans to mitigate top and emerging risks are prepared, monitored, and adjusted as required.

The Bank’s risk governance structure and risk management approach have not substantially changed from that described in the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report. Additional information on risk factors can be found in the 2020 MD&A under the heading “Risk Factors and Management”. For a complete discussion of the risk governance structure and the risk management approach, refer to the “Managing Risk” section in the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report.

The shaded sections of this MD&A represent a discussion relating to market and liquidity risks and form an integral part of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended April 30, 2021.

CREDIT RISK

Gross credit risk exposure, also referred to as exposure at default (EAD), is the total amount the Bank is exposed to at the time of default of a loan and is measured before counterparty-specific provisions or write-offs. Gross credit risk exposure does not reflect the effects of credit risk mitigation and includes both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures. On-balance sheet exposures consist primarily of outstanding loans, acceptances, non-trading securities, derivatives, and certain other repo-style transactions. Off-balance sheet exposures consist primarily of undrawn commitments, guarantees, and certain other repo-style transactions.

Gross credit risk exposures for the two approaches the Bank uses to measure credit risk are included in the following table.

 

TABLE 26: GROSS CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES – Standardized and Advanced Internal Ratings-Based (AIRB) Approaches1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
     April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020  
      Standardized      AIRB      Total      Standardized      AIRB      Total  

Retail

                 

Residential secured

   $ 3,557      $ 416,578      $ 420,135      $ 3,594      $ 409,564      $ 413,158  

Qualifying revolving retail

     –        148,334        148,334        –        153,820        153,820  

Other retail

     3,055        86,396        89,451        3,135        88,185        91,320  

Total retail

     6,612        651,308        657,920        6,729        651,569        658,298  

Non-retail

                 

Corporate

     13,510        590,567        604,077        11,774        588,331        600,105  

Sovereign

     1        484,690        484,691        1        528,598        528,599  

Bank

     520        135,701        136,221        446        149,117        149,563  

Total non-retail

     14,031        1,210,958        1,224,989        12,221        1,266,046        1,278,267  

Gross credit risk exposures

   $     20,643      $     1,862,266      $     1,882,909      $     18,950      $     1,917,615      $     1,936,565  

 

1 

Gross credit risk exposures represent EAD and are before the effects of credit risk mitigation. This table excludes securitization, equity, and certain other credit RWA.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 28  


Table of Contents

MARKET RISK

Market risk capital is calculated using internal models and comprises three components: (1) Value-at-Risk (VaR); (2) Stressed VaR; and (3) Incremental Risk Charge (IRC). In addition, the Bank calculates market risk capital using the Standardized approach for a limited number of portfolios.

Market Risk Linkage to the Balance Sheet

The following table provides a breakdown of the Bank’s balance sheet into assets and liabilities exposed to trading and non-trading market risks. Market risk of assets and liabilities included in the calculation of VaR and other metrics used for regulatory market risk capital purposes is classified as trading market risk.

 

TABLE 27:  MARKET RISK LINKAGE TO THE BALANCE SHEET1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
     April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020          
     

Balance

sheet

     Trading
market risk
     Non-trading
market risk
     Other     

Balance

sheet

    

Trading

market risk

    

Non-trading

market risk

     Other     

Non-trading market

risk – primary risk

sensitivity

 

Assets subject to market risk

                          

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 188,409      $ 492      $ 187,917      $ –      $ 164,149      $ 435      $ 163,714      $ –        Interest rate  

Trading loans, securities, and other

     141,490        133,815        7,675        –        148,318        143,381        4,937        –        Interest rate  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     9,215        –        9,215        –        8,548        –        8,548        –        Equity,  
                                                           foreign exchange,  
                                                           interest rate  

Derivatives

     53,621        51,388        2,233        –        54,242        51,722        2,520        –        Equity,  
                             foreign exchange,  
                             interest rate  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

     4,832        –        4,832        –        4,739        –        4,739        –        Interest rate  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

     89,599        –        89,599        –        103,285        –        103,285        –        Equity,  
                             foreign exchange,  
                             interest rate  

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

     215,905        –        215,905        –        227,679        –        227,679        –        Foreign exchange,  
                             interest rate  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     155,375        8,255        147,120        –        169,162        7,395        161,767        –        Interest rate  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     708,436        –        708,436        –        717,523        –        717,523        –        Interest rate  

Customers’ liability under acceptances

     19,070        –        19,070        –        14,941        –        14,941        –        Interest rate  

Investment in Schwab

     10,697        –        10,697        –        12,174        –        12,174        –        Equity  

Other assets2

     2,226        –        2,226        –        2,277        –        2,277        –        Interest rate  

Assets not exposed to market risk

     70,183        –        –        70,183        88,828        –        –        88,828           

Total Assets

     1,669,058        193,950        1,404,925        70,183        1,715,865        202,933        1,424,104        88,828           

Liabilities subject to market risk

                          

Trading deposits

     33,679        33,568        111        –        19,177        18,089        1,088        –        Equity, interest rate  

Derivatives

     58,019        52,503        5,516        –        53,203        50,237        2,966        –        Equity,  
                                                           foreign exchange,  
                                                           interest rate  

Securitization liabilities at fair value

     13,622        13,622        –        –        13,718        13,718        –        –        Interest rate  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     66,253     


 

8        66,245        –        59,665        15        59,650        –        Interest rate  

Deposits

     1,118,488        –        1,118,488        –        1,135,333        –        1,135,333        –        Interest rate,  
                             foreign exchange  

Acceptances

     19,070        –        19,070        –        14,941        –        14,941        –        Interest rate  

Obligations related to securities sold short

     39,080        37,356        1,724        –        34,999        34,307        692        –        Interest rate  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

     148,326        5,674        142,652        –        188,876        3,675        185,201        –        Interest rate  

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

     15,346        –        15,346        –        15,768        –        15,768        –        Interest rate  

Subordinated notes and debentures

     11,269        –        11,269        –        11,477        –        11,477        –        Interest rate  

Other liabilities2

     15,222        –        15,222        –        18,431        –        18,431        –        Equity, interest rate  

Liabilities and Equity not exposed to market risk

     130,684        –        –        130,684        150,277        –        –        150,277           

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 1,669,058      $ 142,731      $ 1,395,643      $ 130,684      $ 1,715,865      $ 120,041      $ 1,445,547      $ 150,277           

 

    1

Certain comparative amounts have been restated to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

   2

Relates to retirement benefits, insurance, and structured entity liabilities.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 29  


Table of Contents

Calculating VaR

TD computes total VaR on a daily basis by combining the General Market Risk (GMR) and Idiosyncratic Debt Specific Risk (IDSR) associated with the Bank’s trading positions.

GMR is determined by creating a distribution of potential changes in the market value of the current portfolio using historical simulation. The Bank values the current portfolio using the market price and rate changes of the most recent 259 trading days for equity, interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, and commodity products. GMR is computed as the threshold level that portfolio losses are not expected to exceed more than one out of every 100 trading days. A one-day holding period is used for GMR calculation, which is scaled up to ten days for regulatory capital calculation purposes.

IDSR measures idiosyncratic (single-name) credit spread risk for credit exposures in the trading portfolio using Monte Carlo simulation. The IDSR model is based on the historical behaviour of five-year idiosyncratic credit spreads. Similar to GMR, IDSR is computed as the threshold level that portfolio losses are not expected to exceed more than one out of every 100 trading days. IDSR is measured for a ten-day holding period.

The following graph discloses daily one-day VaR usage and trading net revenue, reported on a taxable equivalent basis, within Wholesale Banking. Trading net revenue includes trading income and net interest income related to positions within the Bank’s market risk capital trading books. For the quarter ending April 30, 2021, there were 2 days of trading losses and trading net revenue was positive for 97% of the trading days, reflecting normal trading activity. Losses in the quarter did not exceed VaR on any trading day.

 

LOGO

VaR is a valuable risk measure but it should be used in the context of its limitations, for example:

  •  

VaR uses historical data to estimate future events, which limits its forecasting abilities;

  •  

it does not provide information on losses beyond the selected confidence level; and

  •  

it assumes that all positions can be liquidated during the holding period used for VaR calculation.

The Bank continuously improves its VaR methodologies and incorporates new risk measures in line with market conventions, industry best practices, and regulatory requirements.

To mitigate some of the shortcomings of VaR, the Bank uses additional metrics designed for risk management and capital purposes. These include Stressed VaR, IRC, Stress Testing Framework, as well as limits based on the sensitivity to various market risk factors.

Calculating Stressed VaR

In addition to VaR, the Bank also calculates Stressed VaR, which includes Stressed GMR and Stressed IDSR. Stressed VaR is designed to measure the adverse impact that potential changes in market rates and prices could have on the value of a portfolio over a specified period of stressed market conditions. Stressed VaR is determined using similar techniques and assumptions in GMR and IDSR VaR. However, instead of using the most recent 259 trading days (one year), the Bank uses a selected year of stressed market conditions. In the second quarter of 2021, Stressed VaR was calculated using the one-year period that includes the COVID-19 Stress period. The appropriate historical one-year period to use for Stressed VaR is determined on a biweekly basis. Stressed VaR is a part of regulatory capital requirements.

Calculating the Incremental Risk Charge

The IRC is applied to all instruments in the trading book subject to migration and default risk. Migration risk represents the risk of changes in the credit ratings of the Bank’s exposures. TD applies a Monte Carlo simulation with a one-year horizon and a 99.9% confidence level to determine IRC, which is consistent with regulatory requirements. IRC is based on a “constant level of risk” assumption, which requires banks to assign a liquidity horizon to positions that are subject to IRC. IRC is a part of regulatory capital requirements.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 30  


Table of Contents

The following table presents the end of quarter, average, high, and low usage of TD’s portfolio metrics.

 

TABLE 28: PORTFOLIO MARKET RISK MEASURES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      

April 30

2021

 

 

    
January 31
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 
   
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 
       As at       Average       High       Low        Average       Average       Average       Average  

Interest rate risk

   $ 17.5     $ 18.6     $ 33.5     $ 11.0      $ 21.2     $ 19.7     $ 19.9     $ 16.7  

Credit spread risk

     6.9       19.4       34.0       5.7        24.6       47.9       22.0       28.7  

Equity risk

     8.7       10.2       14.1       8.2        10.1       10.5       10.2       8.7  

Foreign exchange risk

     2.7       2.0       3.9       0.8        3.0       4.8       2.5       4.6  

Commodity risk

     3.4       4.8       7.5       3.2        6.3       2.9       5.5       2.4  

Idiosyncratic debt specific risk

     28.0       31.1       37.9       26.1        30.8       34.2       31.0       24.3  

Diversification effect1

     (34.6 )      (51.7 )      n/m 2       n/m        (62.2 )      (68.6 )      (57.0 )      (50.0 ) 

Total Value-at-Risk (one-day)

     32.6       34.4       41.3       28.2        33.8       51.4       34.1       35.4  

Stressed Value-at-Risk (one-day)

     36.2       35.0       39.3       28.5        33.4       76.6       34.2       60.8  

Incremental Risk Capital Charge (one-year)

   $     307.2     $     363.0     $     424.3     $     307.2      $ 356.6     $ 338.0     $ 359.8     $ 273.9  

 

  1 

The aggregate VaR is less than the sum of the VaR of the different risk types due to risk offsets resulting from portfolio diversification.

 
  2 

Not meaningful. It is not meaningful to compute a diversification effect because the high and low may occur on different days for different risk types.

 

VaR and Stressed VaR remained relatively stable quarter over quarter. Average VaR showed a significant decrease compared to the same quarter last year, mostly driven by COVID-19 related VaR scenarios dropping out of the one-year historical range and stabilization of credit spreads and equity volatilities. Average Stressed VaR also decreased compared to the same quarter last year mainly due to stronger capital markets.

Average IRC increased compared to the same quarter last year due to wider credit spread shocks observed during COVID-19 as well as positions in corporate and government bonds. Average IRC remained relatively flat quarter over quarter.

Validation of VaR Model

The Bank uses a back-testing process to compare the actual and theoretical profit and losses to VaR to ensure that they are consistent with the statistical results of the VaR model. The theoretical profit or loss is generated using the daily price movements on the assumption that there is no change in the composition of the portfolio. Validation of the IRC model must follow a different approach since the one-year horizon and 99.9% confidence level preclude standard back-testing techniques. Instead, key parameters of the IRC model such as transition and correlation matrices are subject to independent validation by benchmarking against external study results or through analysis using internal or external data.

Structural (Non-Trading) Interest Rate Risk

The Bank’s structural interest rate risk arises from traditional personal and commercial banking activity and is generally the result of mismatches between the maturities and repricing dates of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. The measurement of interest rate risk in the banking book does not include exposures from TD’s Wholesale Banking or Insurance businesses.

The primary measures for this risk are Economic Value of Shareholders’ Equity (EVE) Sensitivity and Net Interest Income Sensitivity (NIIS).

The EVE Sensitivity measures the impact of a specified interest rate shock to the change in the net present value of the Bank’s banking book assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items. It reflects a measurement of the potential present value impact on shareholders’ equity without an assumed term profile for the management of the Bank’s own equity and excludes product margins.

The NIIS measures the NII change over a twelve-month horizon for a specified change in interest rates for banking book assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items assuming a constant balance sheet over the period.

The Bank’s Market Risk policy sets overall limits on the structural interest rate risk measures. These limits are periodically reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board. In addition to the Board policy limits, book-level risk limits are set for the Bank’s management of non-trading interest rate risk by Risk Management. Exposures against these limits are routinely monitored and reported, and breaches of the Board limits, if any, are escalated to both the Asset/Liability and Capital Committee (ALCO) and the Risk Committee of the Board.

The following table shows the potential before-tax impact of an immediate and sustained 100 bps increase or decrease in interest rates on the EVE and NIIS measures. Interest rate floors are applied by currency to the decrease in rates such that they do not exceed expected lower bounds, with the most material currencies set to a floor of -25 bps.

 

TABLE 29: STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY MEASURES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)                                        As at  
     April 30, 2021     January 31, 2021     October 31, 2020  
    

EVE

Sensitivity

   

NII1

Sensitivity

    EVE
Sensitivity
    NII1
Sensitivity
    EVE
Sensitivity
    NII
Sensitivity
 
       Canada       U.S.       Total       Canada       U.S.       Total       Total       Total       Total       Total  

Before-tax impact of

                    

  100 bps increase in rates

   $ 49     $ (1,559 )    $ (1,510 )    $     1,037     $     1,064     $     2,101     $ (1,625 )    $     2,299     $ (1,876 )    $     1,926  

  100 bps decrease in rates

     (189 )              518               329       (551 )      (376 )      (927 )              143       (934 )              277       (872 ) 

 

  1 

Represents the twelve-month net interest income (NII) exposure to an immediate and sustained shock in rates.

 

As at April 30, 2021, an immediate and sustained 100 bps increase in interest rates would have had a negative impact to the Bank’s EVE of $1,510 million, a decrease of $115 million from last quarter, and a positive impact to the Bank’s NII of $2,101 million, a decrease of $198 million from last quarter. An immediate and sustained 100 bps decrease in interest rates would have had a positive impact to the Bank’s EVE of $329 million, an increase of $186 million from last quarter, and a negative impact to the Bank’s NII of $927 million, a decrease of $7 million from last quarter. The quarter-over-quarter decrease in up shock EVE was primarily driven by decreased sensitivity from U.S. mortgage prepayment optionality. NII Sensitivity was approximately flat compared with the prior quarter.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 31  


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk of having insufficient cash or collateral to meet financial obligations and an inability to, in a timely manner, raise funding or monetize assets at a non-distressed price. Financial obligations can arise from deposit withdrawals, debt maturities, commitments to provide credit or liquidity support, or the need to pledge additional collateral.

TD’S LIQUIDITY RISK APPETITE

The Bank maintains a prudent and disciplined approach to managing its potential exposure to liquidity risk. The Bank targets a 90-day survival horizon under a combined bank-specific and market-wide stress scenario, and a minimum buffer over regulatory requirements prescribed by the OSFI Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) guidelines. Under the LAR guidelines, Canadian banks are required to maintain a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) at the minimum of 100% other than during periods of financial stress and to maintain a Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) at the minimum of 100%. The Bank’s funding program emphasizes maximizing deposits as a core source of funding, and having ready access to wholesale funding markets across diversified terms, funding types, and currencies that is designed to ensure low exposure to a sudden contraction of wholesale funding capacity and to minimize structural liquidity gaps. The Bank also maintains a comprehensive contingency funding plan to enhance preparedness for recovery from potential liquidity stress events. The Bank’s strategies and actions comprise an integrated liquidity risk management program that is designed to ensure low exposure to liquidity risk and compliance with regulatory requirements.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

The Bank’s ALCO oversees the Bank’s liquidity risk management program. It ensures there are effective management structures and practices in place to properly measure and manage liquidity risk. The Global Liquidity & Funding Committee, a subcommittee of the ALCO comprised of senior management from Treasury and Balance Sheet Management (TBSM), Risk Management and Wholesale Banking, identifies and monitors the Bank’s liquidity risks. The management of liquidity risk is the responsibility of the Head of TBSM, while oversight and challenge is provided by the ALCO and independently by Risk Management. The Risk Committee of the Board regularly reviews the Bank’s liquidity position and approves the Bank’s Liquidity Risk Management Framework bi-annually and the related policies annually.

The Bank has established TDGUS as TD’s U.S. Intermediate Holding Company (IHC), as well as a Combined U.S. Operations (CUSO) reporting unit that consists of the IHC and TD’s U.S. branch and agency network. Both TDGUS and CUSO are managed to the U.S. Enhanced Prudential Standards liquidity requirements in addition to the Bank’s liquidity management framework.

The Bank’s liquidity risk appetite and liquidity risk management approach have not substantially changed from that described in the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report. For a complete discussion of liquidity risk, refer to the “Liquidity Risk” section in the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report.

Liquid assets

The unencumbered liquid assets the Bank holds to meet its liquidity requirements must be high-quality securities that the Bank believes can be monetized quickly in stress conditions with minimum loss in market value. The liquidity value of unencumbered liquid assets considers estimated market or trading depths, settlement timing, and/or other identified impediments to potential sale or pledging. Overall, the Bank expects any reduction in market value of its liquid asset portfolio to be modest given the underlying high credit quality and demonstrated liquidity.

Assets held by the Bank to meet liquidity requirements are summarized in the following tables. The tables do not include assets held within the Bank’s insurance businesses due to investment restrictions.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 32  


Table of Contents

 

 

TABLE 30:  SUMMARY OF LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY1,2,3

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                                           As at  
     Bank-owned
liquid assets
     Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
derivative
transactions
     Total
liquid assets
     % of
total
    Encumbered
liquid assets
     Unencumbered
liquid assets
 
                April 30, 2021

Cash and central bank reserves

   $ 72,909      $ –      $ 72,909        9 %    $ 1,107      $ 71,802  

Canadian government obligations

     27,281        84,610        111,891        13       72,112        39,779  

National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities (NHA MBS)

     27,002        8        27,010        3       2,358        24,652  

Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities and multilateral development banks4

     26,160        23,402        49,562        6       33,328        16,234  

Corporate issuer obligations

     8,147        3,110        11,257        1       2,578        8,679  

Equities

     14,015        3,051        17,066        2       10,905        6,161  

Total Canadian dollar-denominated

     175,514        114,181        289,695        34       122,388        167,307  

Cash and central bank reserves

     113,900        –        113,900        13       21        113,879  

U.S. government obligations

     56,498        49,091        105,589        13       46,521        59,068  

U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations

     68,977        4,167        73,144        9       14,880        58,264  

Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and multilateral development banks4

     63,100        50,534        113,634        13       46,158        67,476  

Corporate issuer obligations

     72,718        2,587        75,305        9       8,551        66,754  

Equities

     40,151        32,205        72,356        9       35,182        37,174  

Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated

     415,344        138,584        553,928        66       151,313        402,615  

Total

   $ 590,858      $ 252,765      $ 843,623        100 %    $ 273,701      $ 569,922  
                October 31, 2020

Cash and central bank reserves

   $ 94,640      $ –      $ 94,640        11 %    $ 1,689      $ 92,951  

Canadian government obligations

     39,008        83,258        122,266        14       80,934        41,332  

NHA MBS

     30,763        23        30,786        3       2,294        28,492  

Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities and multilateral development banks4

     22,999        24,441        47,440        6       34,990        12,450  

Corporate issuer obligations

     11,310        2,841        14,151        1       2,331        11,820  

Equities

     13,146        2,618        15,764        2       8,248        7,516  

Total Canadian dollar-denominated

     211,866        113,181        325,047        37       130,486        194,561  

Cash and central bank reserves

     69,183        –        69,183        8       51        69,132  

U.S. government obligations

     82,701        53,755        136,456        15       53,585        82,871  

U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations

     74,131        9,566        83,697        9       21,495        62,202  

Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and multilateral development banks4

     61,171        55,449        116,620        14       49,771        66,849  

Corporate issuer obligations

     78,238        2,108        80,346        9       8,297        72,049  

Equities

     31,258        38,684        69,942        8       36,716        33,226  

Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated

     396,682        159,562        556,244        63       169,915        386,329  

Total

   $ 608,548      $ 272,743      $ 881,291        100 %    $ 300,401      $ 580,890  

 

  1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 
  2 

Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.

 
  3 

Liquid assets include collateral received that can be re-hypothecated or otherwise redeployed.

 
  4 

Includes debt obligations issued or guaranteed by these entities.

 

Unencumbered liquid assets are held in The Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries and branches and are summarized in the following table.

 

TABLE 31:  SUMMARY OF UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
      

April 30

2021

 

    

October 31

2020

 

The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)

   $ 199,967      $ 230,369  

Bank subsidiaries

     348,044        334,308  

Foreign branches

     21,911        16,213  

Total

   $         569,922      $         580,890  

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 33  


Table of Contents

The Bank’s monthly average liquid assets (excluding those held in insurance subsidiaries) for the quarters ended April 30, 2021 and January 31, 2021, are summarized in the following table.

 

TABLE 32: SUMMARY OF AVERAGE LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY1,2,3

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)            Average for the three months ended  
     Bank-owned
liquid assets
     Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
derivative
transactions
     Total
liquid
assets
     % of
Total
   

Encumbered

liquid assets

     Unencumbered
liquid assets
 
        April 30, 2021  

Cash and central bank reserves

   $ 84,761      $ –      $ 84,761        10  %    $ 1,194      $ 83,567  

Canadian government obligations

     29,428        78,746        108,174        12       71,092        37,082  

NHA MBS

     27,313        10        27,323        3       2,320        25,003  

Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities and multilateral development banks4

     26,280        23,376        49,656        6       34,022        15,634  

Corporate issuer obligations

     7,415        3,117        10,532        1       2,758        7,774  

Equities

     13,744        3,391        17,135        2       10,770        6,365  

Total Canadian dollar-denominated

     188,941        108,640        297,581        34       122,156        175,425  

Cash and central bank reserves

     121,520        –        121,520        14       22        121,498  

U.S. government obligations

     51,977        51,616        103,593        12       47,901        55,692  

U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations

     69,710        4,523        74,233        9       15,385        58,848  

Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and multilateral development banks4

     64,782        53,938        118,720        13       49,158        69,562  

Corporate issuer obligations

     73,243        2,696        75,939        9       9,080        66,859  

Equities

     41,502        33,148        74,650        9       35,558        39,092  

Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated

     422,734        145,921        568,655        66       157,104        411,551  

Total

   $ 611,675      $ 254,561      $ 866,236        100  %    $ 279,260      $ 586,976  
        January 31, 2021  

Cash and central bank reserves

   $ 99,388      $ –      $ 99,388        11  %    $ 1,731      $ 97,657  

Canadian government obligations

     34,020        82,652        116,672        13       78,657        38,015  

NHA MBS

     28,370        12        28,382        3       2,293        26,089  

Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities and multilateral development banks4

     24,170        24,999        49,169        6       35,312        13,857  

Corporate issuer obligations

     10,399        2,998        13,397        1       2,373        11,024  

Equities

     14,174        3,423        17,597        2       10,036        7,561  

Total Canadian dollar-denominated

     210,521        114,084        324,605        36       130,402        194,203  

Cash and central bank reserves

     95,620        –        95,620        11       25        95,595  

U.S. government obligations

     64,728        55,244        119,972        13       54,157        65,815  

U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations

     72,630        8,179        80,809        9       20,543        60,266  

Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and multilateral development banks4

     61,995        55,209        117,204        13       50,120        67,084  

Corporate issuer obligations

     74,124        2,685        76,809        9       9,099        67,710  

Equities

     46,489        38,638        85,127        9       36,143        48,984  

Total non-Canadian dollar-denominated

     415,586        159,955        575,541        64       170,087        405,454  

Total

   $ 626,107      $ 274,039      $ 900,146        100  %    $ 300,489      $ 599,657  

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.

3 

Liquid assets include collateral received that can be re-hypothecated or otherwise redeployed.

4 

Includes debt obligations issued or guaranteed by these entities.

Average unencumbered liquid assets held in The Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) and branches are summarized in the following table.

 

TABLE 33: SUMMARY OF AVERAGE UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    Average for the three months ended  
     

April 30

2021

     January 31
2021
 

The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)

   $ 212,034      $ 231,504  

Bank subsidiaries

     345,909        341,276  

Foreign branches

     29,033        26,877  

Total

   $ 586,976      $ 599,657  

ASSET ENCUMBRANCE

In the course of the Bank’s day-to-day operations, assets are pledged to obtain funding, support trading and brokerage businesses, and participate in clearing and/or settlement systems. A summary of encumbered and unencumbered assets (excluding assets held in insurance subsidiaries) is presented in the following table to identify assets that are used or available for potential funding needs.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 34  


Table of Contents

TABLE 34:  ENCUMBERED AND UNENCUMBERED ASSETS1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
     Total Assets      Encumbered2      Unencumbered  
     Bank-owned
assets
     Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
derivative
transactions3
    Total
Assets
     Pledged as
Collateral4
     Other5      Available as
Collateral6
     Other7  
                                             April 30, 2021  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 5,718      $ –     $ 5,718      $ 146      $ –      $ –      $ 5,572  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     188,409        –       188,409        7,480        82        179,862        985  

Securities, trading loans, and other8

     461,041        330,587       791,628        329,411        12,849        420,691        28,677  

Derivatives

     53,621        –       53,621        –        –        –        53,621  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements9

     155,375        (155,375 )      –        –        –        –        –  

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses10

     708,436        (17,504 )      690,932        37,875        53,417        79,198        520,442  

Customers’ liabilities under acceptances

     19,070        –       19,070        –        –        –        19,070  

Other assets11

     77,388        –       77,388        474        –        –        76,914  

Total assets

   $ 1,669,058      $ 157,708     $ 1,826,766      $ 375,386      $ 66,348      $ 679,751      $ 705,281  
                                             October 31, 2020  

Total assets

   $ 1,715,865      $ 151,950     $ 1,867,815      $ 393,439      $ 74,188      $ 686,464      $ 713,724  

 

1 

Certain comparative amounts have been restated to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2 

Asset encumbrance has been analyzed on an individual asset basis. Where a particular asset has been encumbered and TD has holdings of the asset both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet, for the purpose of this disclosure, the on- and off-balance sheet holdings are encumbered in alignment with the business practice.

3 

Assets received as collateral through off-balance transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing, margin loans, and other client activity.

4 

Represents assets that have been posted externally to support the Bank’s day-to-day operations, including securities financing transactions, clearing and payments, and derivative transactions. Also includes assets that have been pledged supporting Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) activity.

5 

Assets supporting TD’s long-term funding activities, assets pledged against securitization liabilities, and assets held by consolidated securitization vehicles or in pools for covered bond issuance.

6 

Assets that are considered readily available in their current legal form to generate funding or support collateral needs. This category includes reported FHLB assets that remain unutilized and DSAC that are available for collateral purposes however not regularly utilized in practice.

7 

Assets that cannot be used to support funding or collateral requirements in their current form. This category includes those assets that are potentially eligible as funding program collateral or for pledging to central banks (for example, Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC) insured mortgages that can be securitized into NHA MBS).

8 

Securities include trading loans, securities, non-trading financial assets at FVTPL and other financial assets designated at FVTPL, securities at FVOCI, and DSAC.

9 

Assets reported in the “Bank-owned assets” column represent the value of the loans extended and not the value of the collateral received. The loan value from the reverse repurchase transactions is deducted from the “Securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions” column to avoid double-counting with the on-balance sheet assets.

10 

The loan value from the margin loans/client activity is deducted from the “Securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions” column to avoid double-counting with the on-balance sheet assets.

11 

Other assets include investment in Schwab, goodwill, other intangibles, land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets, deferred tax assets, amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients, and other assets on the balance sheet not reported in the above categories.

LIQUIDITY STRESS TESTING AND CONTINGENCY FUNDING PLANS

In addition to the Severe Combined Stress Scenario, the Bank performs liquidity stress testing on multiple alternate scenarios. These scenarios are a mix of TD-specific events and market-wide stress events designed to test the impact from risk factors material to the Bank’s risk profile. Liquidity assessments are also part of the Bank’s Enterprise-Wide Stress Testing program.

The Bank has liquidity contingency funding plans (CFP) in place at the overall Bank level and for subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions (“Regional CFPs”). The Bank’s CFP provides a documented framework for managing unexpected liquidity situations and thus is an integral component of the Bank’s overall liquidity risk management program. It outlines different contingency levels based on the severity and duration of the liquidity situation, and identifies recovery actions appropriate for each level. For each recovery action, it provides key operational steps required to execute the action. Regional CFPs identify recovery actions to address region-specific stress events. The actions and governance structure outlined in the Bank’s CFP are aligned with the Bank’s Crisis Management Recovery Plan.

The COVID-19 pandemic disrupted the financial markets and the Bank managed risks associated with this disruption in line with the framework of the CFP. The Bank continues to rely on deposits as a primary source of core stable funding and accessed facilities offered by governments and central banks to augment available deposit and wholesale market funding in order to support the needs of households and businesses and the effective functioning of financial markets. As at the second quarter of fiscal 2021, the financial markets were no longer disrupted, and the Bank continued to hold a significant amount of high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) consistent with regulatory requirements and internal policies.

CREDIT RATINGS

Credit ratings impact TD’s borrowing costs and ability to raise funds. Rating downgrades could result in higher financing costs, increase requirements to pledge collateral, reduce access to capital markets, and could also affect the Bank’s ability to enter into derivative transactions.

Credit ratings and outlooks provided by rating agencies reflect their views and are subject to change from time-to-time, based on a number of factors including the Bank’s financial strength, competitive position, and liquidity, as well as factors not entirely within the Bank’s control, including the methodologies used by rating agencies and conditions affecting the overall financial services industry.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 35  


Table of Contents

TABLE 35:  CREDIT RATINGS1

 

          As at  
                                    April 30, 2021  
     Moody’s    S&P    DBRS  

Deposits/Counterparty2

  Aa1    AA-      AA (high)  

Legacy Senior Debt3

  Aa1    AA-      AA (high)  

Senior Debt4

  Aa3    A      AA  

Covered Bonds

  Aaa    –      AAA  

Subordinated Debt

  A2    A      AA (low)  

Subordinated Debt – NVCC

  A2 (hyb)    A-      A  

Preferred Shares – NVCC

  Baa1 (hyb)    BBB      Pfd-2 (high)  

Short-Term Debt (Deposits)

  P-1    A-1+      R-1 (high)  

Outlook

  Stable    Stable      Stable  

 

1 

The above ratings are for The Toronto-Dominion Bank legal entity. Subsidiaries’ ratings are available on the Bank’s website at http://www.td.com/investor/credit.jsp. Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation in as much as they do not comment on market price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization.

2 

Represents Moody’s Long-Term Deposits Ratings and Counterparty Risk Rating, S&P’s Issuer Credit Rating, and DBRS’ Long-Term Issuer Rating.

3 

Includes (a) Senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and (b) Senior debt issued on or after September 23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime, including debt with an original term-to-maturity of less than 400 days and most structured notes.

4 

Subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime.

The Bank regularly reviews the level of increased collateral its trading counterparties would require in the event of a downgrade of TD’s credit rating. The Bank holds liquid assets to ensure it is able to provide additional collateral required by trading counterparties in the event of a three-notch downgrade in the Bank’s legacy senior debt ratings. The following table presents the additional collateral that could have been contractually required to be posted to over-the-counter (OTC) derivative counterparties as of the reporting date in the event of one, two, and three-notch downgrades of the Bank’s credit ratings.

 

TABLE 36:  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING DOWNGRADES1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)   Average for the three months ended  
     April 30
2021
    

January 31

2021

 

One-notch downgrade

  $ 215      $ 212  

Two-notch downgrade

    277        240  

Three-notch downgrade

    1,089        1,015  

 

1 

The above collateral requirements are based on each OTC trading counterparty’s Credit Support Annex and the Bank’s credit rating across applicable rating agencies.

LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO

The LCR is a Basel III metric calculated as the ratio of the stock of unencumbered HQLA over the net cash outflow requirements in the next 30 days under a hypothetical liquidity stress event.

Other than during periods of financial stress, the Bank must maintain the LCR above 100% in accordance with the OSFI LAR requirement. The Bank’s LCR is calculated according to the scenario parameters in the OSFI LAR guideline, including prescribed HQLA eligibility criteria and haircuts, deposit run-off rates, and other outflow and inflow rates. HQLA held by the Bank that are eligible for the LCR calculation under the LAR are primarily central bank reserves, sovereign-issued or sovereign-guaranteed securities, and high-quality securities issued by non-financial entities.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 36  


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Bank’s average daily LCR as of the relevant dates.

 

TABLE 37:  AVERAGE BASEL III LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    Average for the three months ended  
     April 30, 2021  
      Total unweighted
value (average)2
    Total weighted
value (average)3
 

High-quality liquid assets

                

Total high-quality liquid assets

   $ n/a 4     $ 353,363  

Cash outflows

                

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which:

   $ 653,567     $ 83,437  

Stable deposits5

     238,719       7,162  

Less stable deposits

     414,848       76,275  

Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:

     338,495       165,058  

Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of cooperative banks6

     148,116       35,657  

Non-operational deposits (all counterparties)

     143,197       82,219  

Unsecured debt

     47,182       47,182  

Secured wholesale funding

     n/a       17,252  

Additional requirements, of which:

     266,956       78,790  

Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements

     52,699       28,345  

Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products

     10,706       10,706  

Credit and liquidity facilities

     203,551       39,739  

Other contractual funding obligations

     15,917       10,649  

Other contingent funding obligations7

     579,440       9,673  

Total cash outflows

   $ n/a     $ 364,859  

Cash inflows

                

Secured lending

   $ 195,161     $ 23,616  

Inflows from fully performing exposures

     12,945       6,669  

Other cash inflows

     59,259       59,259  

Total cash inflows

   $ 267,365     $ 89,544  
     Average for the three months ended  
      April 30, 2021     January 31, 2021  
      Total adjusted
value
    Total adjusted
value
 

Total high-quality liquid assets8

   $ 353,363     $ 361,822  

Total net cash outflows9

     275,315       260,974  

Liquidity coverage ratio

     128  %      139  % 

 

1 

The LCR for the quarter ended April 30, 2021 is calculated as an average of the 63 daily data points in the quarter.

2 

Unweighted inflow and outflow values are outstanding balances maturing or callable within 30 days.

3 

Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective HQLA haircuts or inflow and outflow rates, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline.

4 

Not applicable.

5 

As defined by the OSFI LAR guideline, stable deposits from retail and small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME) customers are deposits that are insured and are either held in transactional accounts or the depositors have an established relationship with the Bank that makes deposit withdrawal highly unlikely.

6 

Operational deposits from non-SME business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their access and ability to conduct payment and settlement activities. These activities include clearing, custody, or cash management services.

7 

Includes uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities, stable value money market mutual funds, outstanding debt securities with remaining maturity greater than 30 days, and other contractual cash outflows. With respect to outstanding debt securities with remaining maturity greater than 30 days, TD has no contractual obligation to buy back these outstanding TD debt securities, and as a result, a 0% outflow rate is applied under the OSFI LAR guideline.

8 

Adjusted Total HQLA includes both asset haircuts and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (HQLA assets after haircuts are capped at 40% for Level 2 and 15% for Level 2B).

9 

Adjusted Total Net Cash Outflows include both inflow and outflow rates and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (inflows are capped at 75% of outflows).

The Bank’s average LCR of 128% for quarter ended April 30, 2021 continues to meet the regulatory requirements.

The Bank holds a variety of liquid assets commensurate with liquidity needs of the organization. Many of these assets qualify as HQLA under the OSFI LAR guideline. The average HQLA of the Bank for the quarter ended April 30, 2021 was $353 billion (January 31, 2021 – $362 billion), with Level 1 assets representing 87% (January 31, 2021 – 86%). The Bank’s reported HQLA excludes excess HQLA from the U.S. Retail operations, as required by the OSFI LAR guideline, to reflect liquidity transfer considerations between U.S. Retail and its affiliates in the Bank as a result of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board’s regulations. By excluding excess HQLA, the U.S. Retail LCR is effectively capped at 100% prior to total Bank consolidation.

As described in the “How TD Manages Liquidity Risk” section of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report, the Bank manages its HQLA and other liquidity buffers to the higher of TD’s 90-day surplus requirement and the target buffers over regulatory requirements from the LCR, NSFR, and the Net Cumulative Cash Flow metrics. As a result, the total stock of HQLA is subject to ongoing rebalancing against the projected liquidity requirements.

NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO

The NSFR is a Basel III metric calculated as the ratio of total available stable funding (ASF) over total required stable funding (RSF). The Bank must maintain an NSFR ratio equal to or above 100% in accordance with the OSFI LAR requirement. The Bank’s ASF comprises the Bank’s liability and capital instruments (including but not limited to deposits and wholesale funding). The Bank’s RSF comprises the Bank’s assets and off-balance sheet activities and is a function of the liquidity characteristics and maturity profile of these assets.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 37  


Table of Contents

TABLE 38:  NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     As at  
     April 30, 2021  
     Unweighted value by residential maturity     
      No
maturity1
     Less than
6 months
     6 months to
less than
1 year
     More than
1 year
     Weighted
value2
 
     Available Stable Funding Item  

Capital

   $ 92,072      $ n/a      $ n/a      $ 10,993      $ 103,065  

Regulatory capital

     92,072        n/a        n/a        10,993        103,065  

Other capital instruments

     n/a        n/a        n/a        –        –  

Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers:

     565,323        30,109        12,126        16,082        575,738  

Stable deposits3

     253,225        9,832        6,078        8,483        264,161  

Less stable deposits

     312,098        20,277        6,048        7,599        311,577  

Wholesale funding:

         317,183            252,555            45,082            81,441            278,481  

Operational deposits4

     125,326        2,287        –        –        63,807  

Other wholesale funding

     191,857        250,268        45,082        81,441        214,674  

Liabilities with matching interdependent assets5

     –        1,436        2,074        20,815        –  

Other liabilities:

     47,588              61,261        2,169  

NSFR derivative liabilities

     n/a              4,293        n/a  

All other liabilities and equity not included in the above categories

    
47,588
 
     54,478        1,831        1,254        2,169  

Total ASF

                                       $ 959,453  
     Required Stable Funding Item  

Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets

   $ n/a      $ n/a      $ n/a      $ n/a      $ 50,802  

Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes

     –        –        –        –        –  

Performing loans and securities

     83,698        174,773        82,534        541,914        580,631  

Performing loans to financial institutions secured by Level 1 HQLA

     –        54,748        12,512        –        11,046  

Performing loans to financial institutions secured by non-Level 1

              

HQLA and unsecured performing loans to financial institutions

     380        35,303        2,618        4,129        9,520  

Performing loans to non-financial corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, central banks and PSEs, of which:

     30,222        44,186        33,785        231,171        264,351  

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardised approach for credit risk

     n/a        27,969        21,140        236        24,856  

Performing residential mortgages, of which:

     31,271        29,645        27,410        246,974        217,375  

With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardised approach for credit risk6

     31,271       
29,645
 
     27,410       
246,974
 
    
217,375
 

Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities

     21,825        10,891        6,209        59,640        78,339  

Assets with matching interdependent liabilities5

     –        1,795        2,337        20,193        –  

Other assets:

     56,916              88,980        74,812  

Physical traded commodities, including gold

     11,459        n/a        n/a        n/a        9,861  

Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs

     n/a              9,235        7,849  

NSFR derivative assets

     n/a              6,383        2,685  

NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted

     n/a              17,938        897  

All other assets not included in the above categories

     45,457        49,386        1,078        4,960        53,520  

Off-balance sheet items

     n/a                          609,125        20,796  

Total RSF

                                       $ 727,041  

Net Stable Funding Ratio

                                         132  % 
     As at  
       January 31, 2021  

Total ASF

               $ 959,610  

Total RSF

               $ 746,827  

Net Stable Funding Ratio

                                         128  % 

 

1 

Items in the “no maturity” time bucket do not have a stated maturity. These may include, but are not limited to, items such as capital with perpetual maturity, non-maturity deposits, short positions, open maturity positions, non-HQLA equities, and physical traded commodities.

2 

Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective NSFR weights, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline.

3 

As defined by the OSFI LAR guideline, stable deposits from retail and small- and medium-sized enterprise (SME) customers are deposits that are insured and are either held in transactional accounts or the depositors have an established relationship with the Bank that makes deposit withdrawals highly unlikely.

4 

Operational deposits from non-SME business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their access and ability to conduct payment and settlement activities. These activities include clearing, custody, or cash management services.

5 

Interdependent asset and liability items are deemed by OSFI to be interdependent and have RSF and ASF risk factors adjusted to zero. Interdependent liabilities cannot fall due while asset is still on balance sheet, cannot be used to fund any other assets and principal payments from the asset cannot be used for anything other than repaying the liability. As such, the only interdependent assets and liabilities that qualify for this treatment at the Bank are the liabilities arising from the Canada Mortgage Bonds (CMB) Program and their corresponding encumbered assets.

6 

Includes Residential Mortgages and HELOCs.

The Bank’s NSFR for the quarter ended April 30, 2021 is at 132% (January 31, 2021 – 128%) and has met the regulatory requirements. The quarter-over-quarter increase/decrease in the NSFR primarily reflects deposit growth (decline) net of any loan growth (decline), changes in capital levels, external wholesale funding, issuance and maturities, and changes in the maturity profile of wholesale funding.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 38  


Table of Contents

FUNDING

The Bank has access to a variety of unsecured and secured funding sources. The Bank’s funding activities are conducted in accordance with the liquidity management policy that requires assets be funded to the appropriate term and to a prudent diversification profile.

The Bank’s primary approach to managing funding activities is to maximize the use of deposits raised through personal and commercial banking channels. The following table illustrates the Bank’s large base of personal and commercial, wealth, and Schwab sweep deposits (collectively, “P&C deposits”) that make up over 75% of total funding.

As a result of the economic impact of COVID-19, the Bank of Canada took a number of actions to help Canadians bridge this difficult period by making credit affordable and available. The Bank of Canada set up or expanded numerous programs which involve acquiring financial assets and lending to financial institutions to support the proper functioning of the financial system and the ability of financial institutions to continue lending. The Bank has used certain of these programs including the Term Repo operations, the Standing Term Liquidity Facility, the Bankers’ Acceptance Purchase Facility, and the Commercial Paper Purchase Facility.

CMHC launched a revised Insured Mortgage Purchase Program (IMPP) as part of Canada’s COVID-19 Economic Response Plan. Under the IMPP, CMHC purchases insured mortgage pools to provide stable funding to banks and mortgage lenders to ensure continued lending to Canadians. The Bank used the IMPP during the second quarter of fiscal 2020 and has not participated in subsequent purchase operations.

Globally, central banks and governments have made available similar asset purchase and lending programs to support market liquidity. Where appropriate, the Bank has accessed certain of these programs.

 

TABLE 39:  SUMMARY OF DEPOSIT FUNDING

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
     

        April 30

2021

    

    October 31

2020

 

P&C deposits – Canadian Retail

   $ 492,396      $ 471,543  

P&C deposits – U.S. Retail

     466,019        477,738  

Total

   $ 958,415      $ 949,281  

WHOLESALE FUNDING

The Bank actively maintains various registered external wholesale term (greater than 1 year) funding programs to provide access to diversified funding sources, including asset securitization, covered bonds, and unsecured wholesale debt. The Bank also raises term funding through Senior Notes, NHA MBS, CMB, and notes backed by credit card receivables (Evergreen Credit Card Trust). The Bank’s wholesale funding is diversified by geography, by currency, and by funding types. The Bank raises short-term (1 year and less) funding using certificates of deposit and commercial paper.

The following table summarizes the registered term funding programs by geography, with the related program size.

 

     
Canada   United States   Europe

 

Capital Securities Program ($15 billion)

 

Canadian Senior Medium-Term Linked Notes Program ($4 billion)

 

HELOC ABS Program (Genesis Trust II) ($7 billion)

 

 

 

U.S. SEC (F-3) Registered Capital and Debt Program (US$45 billion)

 

 

United Kingdom Listing Authority (UKLA) Registered Legislative Covered Bond Program ($80 billion)

 

UKLA Registered European Medium-Term Note Program (US$20 billion)

The Bank regularly evaluates opportunities to diversify its funding into new markets and to new investors in order to manage funding risk and cost. The following table presents a breakdown of the Bank’s term debt by currency and funding type. Term funding as at April 30, 2021 was $105.3 billion (October 31, 2020 – $121.1 billion).

Other than the IMPP, the funding provided by various central bank and other government programs is not reflected in Table 40: Long-Term Funding or Table 41: Wholesale Funding because funding provided as of the relevant dates is provided by way of asset purchase transactions and repurchase transactions.

 

TABLE 40:  LONG-TERM FUNDING

 

             As at  
Long-term funding by currency    April 30
2021
     October 31
2020
 

Canadian dollar

     37  %       32  % 

U.S. dollar

     35        40  

Euro

     19        20  

British pound

     5        4  

Other

     4        4  

Total

     100  %       100  % 
Long-term funding by type                

Senior unsecured medium-term notes

     51  %       50  % 

Covered bonds

     33        33  

Mortgage securitization1

     14        13  

Term asset-backed securities

     2        4  

Total

     100  %       100  % 

 

1 

Mortgage securitization excludes the residential mortgage trading business.

 

The Bank maintains depositor concentration limits in respect of short-term wholesale deposits so that it is not overly reliant on individual depositors for funding. The Bank further limits short-term wholesale funding maturity concentration in an effort to mitigate refinancing risk during a stress event.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 39  


Table of Contents

The following table represents the remaining maturity of various sources of funding outstanding as at April 30, 2021 and October 31, 2020.

 

TABLE 41:  WHOLESALE FUNDING

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    As at  
                                                             April 30
2021
    

October 31

2020

 
      Less than
1 month
     1 to 3
months
     3 to 6
months
     6 months
to 1 year
     Up to 1
year
     Over 1 to
2 years
     Over 2
years
     Total      Total  

Deposits from banks1

   $ 10,390      $ 2,356      $ 646      $ 342      $ 13,734      $ 5      $ 92      $ 13,831      $ 18,013  

Bearer deposit note

     171        35        105        210        521        –        –        521        1,595  

Certificates of deposit

     3,664        15,145        15,621        14,716        49,146        165        –        49,311        41,923  

Commercial paper

     17,628        13,647        5,652        11,601        48,528        –        –        48,528        48,367  

Covered bonds

     –        5,190        3,868        4,421        13,479        11,170        9,961        34,610        40,537  

Mortgage securitization

     –        1,042        748        2,423        4,213        4,124        20,631        28,968        29,486  

Legacy senior unsecured medium-term notes2

     –        4,422        947        6,041        11,410        –        11,295        22,705        35,925  

Senior unsecured medium-term notes3

     –        –        –        –        –        5,216        26,059        31,275        25,006  

Subordinated notes and debentures4

     –        –        –        –        –        –        11,269        11,269        11,477  

Term asset-backed securitization

     –        –        657        –        657        1,140        –        1,797        4,171  

Other5

     8,248        889        2,050        843        12,030        797        1,521        14,348        13,912  

Total

   $ 40,101      $ 42,726      $ 30,294      $ 40,597      $ 153,718      $ 22,617      $ 80,828      $ 257,163      $ 270,412  

Of which:

                          

Secured

   $ –      $ 6,232      $ 5,273      $ 6,844      $ 18,349      $ 16,436      $ 30,598      $ 65,383      $ 74,203  

Unsecured

     40,101        36,494        25,021        33,753        135,369        6,181        50,230        191,780        196,209  

Total

   $     40,101      $     42,726      $     30,294      $     40,597      $     153,718      $     22,617      $     80,828      $     257,163      $     270,412  

 

1 

Includes fixed-term deposits with banks.

2 

Includes a) senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and b) senior debt issued on or after September 23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime, including debt with an original term-to-maturity of less than 400 days.

3 

Comprised of senior debt subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime. Excludes $2.3 billion of structured notes subject to conversion under the “bail-in” regime (October 31, 2020 – $2.6 billion).

4 

Subordinated notes and debentures are not considered wholesale funding as they may be raised primarily for capital management purposes.

5 

Includes fixed-term deposits from non-bank institutions (unsecured) of $14.3 billion (October 31, 2020 – $13.9 billion).

Excluding the Wholesale Banking mortgage aggregation business, the Bank’s total mortgage-backed securities issuance for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 was $0.4 billion and $1.0 billion (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – $1.6 billion and $2.1 billion). Other asset-backed securities issuance for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 was nil (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – nil). The Bank also issued $4.5 billion and $9.9 billion, respectively, of unsecured medium-term notes for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – $2.5 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively). The total covered bonds issuance for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 was nil (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – $4.4 billion).

REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS CONCERNING LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING

In March 2021, OSFI launched a public consultation on the domestic implementation of Basel III requirements. As part of this work, OSFI has also made changes to the LAR. The primary changes proposed to the LAR involve enhancements to the Net Cumulative Cash Flow supervisory tool to improve the risk sensitivity of the metric. Significant changes include the recognition of cash flows associated with planned asset growth, the inclusion of contingencies for undrawn loan commitments, and the recognition of cash flows for expected net expenses. The consultation period for these changes is open until June 2021, and the proposed effective date is January 2023.

 

MATURITY ANALYSIS OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET COMMITMENTS

The following table summarizes on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet categories by remaining contractual maturity. Off-balance sheet commitments include contractual obligations to make future payments on operating capital lease commitments, certain purchase obligations, and other liabilities. The values of credit instruments reported in the following table represent the maximum amount of additional credit that the Bank could be obligated to extend should such instruments be fully drawn or utilized. Since a significant portion of guarantees and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the contractual amounts is not representative of expected future liquidity requirements. These contractual obligations have an impact on the Bank’s short-term and long-term liquidity and capital resource needs.

The maturity analysis presented does not depict the degree of the Bank’s maturity transformation or the Bank’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity risk. The Bank ensures that assets are appropriately funded to protect against borrowing cost volatility and potential reductions to funding market availability. The Bank utilizes stable non-maturity deposits (chequing and savings accounts) and term deposits as the primary source of long-term funding for the Bank’s non-trading assets including personal and business term loans and the stable balance of revolving lines of credit. The Bank issues long-term funding based primarily on the projected net growth of non-trading assets and raises short term funding primarily to finance trading assets. The liquidity of trading assets under stressed market conditions is considered when determining the appropriate term of the funding.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 40  


Table of Contents

TABLE 42: REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)   As at  
    April 30, 2021  
     Less than 1
month
   

1 to 3

months

   

3 to 6

months

    6 to 9
months
   

9 months

to 1 year

   

Over 1 to 2

years

   

Over 2 to 5

years

   

Over 5

years

   

No specific

maturity

    Total  

Assets

                                                                               

Cash and due from banks

  $ 5,709     $ 9     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ 5,718  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

    186,125       571       185       –       –       –       –       –       1,528       188,409  

Trading loans, securities, and other1

    1,945       2,513       6,052       2,276       4,429       9,122       27,430       20,615       67,108       141,490  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    70       1,539       277       74       820       1,296       2,288       1,952       899       9,215  

Derivatives

    7,460       7,006       4,764       3,709       3,123       6,104       10,979       10,476       –       53,621  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    548       234       252       239       174       396       1,318       1,671       –       4,832  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    1,202       5,294       5,781       8,115       11,617       6,038       21,902       25,515       4,135       89,599  

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

    3,944       5,191       5,989       5,064       6,323       15,800       63,637       109,959       (2 )      215,905  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements2

    97,059       31,931       9,562       7,463       8,825       96       334       105       –       155,375  

Loans

                   

Residential mortgages

    571       3,222       8,034       6,632       5,786       36,782       154,678       40,572       –       256,277  

Consumer instalment and other personal

    810       1,666       3,044       2,691       2,590       14,189       76,050       26,778       56,648       184,466  

Credit card

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       29,281       29,281  

Business and government

    23,404       9,752       9,106       7,432       11,053       27,185       69,121       60,881       27,476       245,410  

Total loans

    24,785       14,640       20,184       16,755       19,429       78,156       299,849       128,231       113,405       715,434  

Allowance for loan losses

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       (6,998 )      (6,998 ) 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    24,785       14,640       20,184       16,755       19,429       78,156       299,849       128,231       106,407       708,436  

Customers’ liability under acceptances

    14,114       4,906       50       –       –       –       –       –       –       19,070  

Investment in Schwab

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       10,697       10,697  

Goodwill3

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       15,979       15,979  

Other intangibles3

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       1,915       1,915  

Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets3

    1       1       1       6       4       24       324       3,930       4,970       9,261  

Deferred tax assets

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       1,938       1,938  

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients

    21,535       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       21,535  

Other assets

    3,496       1,248       244       110       1,435       78       115       90       9,247       16,063  

Total assets

  $ 367,993     $ 75,083     $ 53,341     $ 43,811     $ 56,179     $ 117,110     $ 428,176     $ 302,544     $ 224,821     $ 1,669,058  

Liabilities

                                                                               

Trading deposits

  $ 5,288     $ 5,654     $ 7,194     $ 5,035     $ 3,031     $ 2,823     $ 3,441     $ 1,213     $ –     $ 33,679  

Derivatives

    8,800       6,865       4,920       3,957       2,350       6,386       11,635       13,106       –       58,019  

Securitization liabilities at fair value

    –       620       344       643       1,022       2,252       6,235       2,506       –       13,622  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    12,451       19,487       14,067       8,664       11,452       123       3       6       –       66,253  

Deposits4,5

                   

Personal

    5,742       10,552       8,300       6,711       7,617       8,762       7,042       28       571,708       626,462  

Banks

    8,793       2,150       158       272       100       2       2       3       14,694       26,174  

Business and government

    24,216       22,871       10,087       6,532       7,142       16,927       45,711       4,653       327,713       465,852  

Total deposits

    38,751       35,573       18,545       13,515       14,859       25,691       52,755       4,684       914,115       1,118,488  

Acceptances

    14,114       4,906       50       –       –       –       –       –       –       19,070  

Obligations related to securities sold short1

    2,572       3,406       1,030       630       1,995       3,865       11,758       12,700       1,124       39,080  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements2

    119,778       11,063       8,936       1,862       3,102       1,483       1,380       722       –       148,326  

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

    –       422       404       340       419       1,872       7,747       4,142       –       15,346  

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients

    20,514       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       20,514  

Insurance-related liabilities

    153       260       386       386       407       940       1,634       893       2,275       7,334  

Other liabilities

    5,148       1,257       1,820       1,329       553       1,676       1,238       4,980       5,542       23,543  

Subordinated notes and debentures

    –       –       –       –       –       –       200       11,069       –       11,269  

Equity

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       94,515       94,515  

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 227,569     $ 89,513     $ 57,696     $ 36,361     $ 39,190     $ 47,111     $ 98,026     $ 56,021     $ 1,017,571     $ 1,669,058  

Off-balance sheet commitments

                   

Credit and liquidity commitments6,7

  $ 18,168     $ 32,868     $ 19,949     $ 18,995     $ 18,945     $ 39,193     $ 105,515     $ 4,041     $ 1,207     $ 258,881  

Other commitments8

    103       113       180       238       154       659       932       910       –       3,289  

Unconsolidated structured entity commitments

    –       1,008       384       1,640       270       544       –       –       –       3,846  

Total off-balance sheet commitments

  $ 18,271     $ 33,989     $ 20,513     $ 20,873     $ 19,369     $ 40,396     $ 106,447     $ 4,951     $ 1,207     $ 266,016  

 

1 

Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.

2 

Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in ‘less than 1 month’ category.

3 

Certain non-financial assets have been recorded as having ‘no specific maturity’.

4 

As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor, obligations have been included as having ‘no specific maturity’.

5 

Includes $35 billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $5 billion in ‘over 1 months to 3 months’, $4 billion in ‘over 3 months to 6 months’, $3 billion in ‘over 6 months to 9 months’, $2 billion in ‘over 9 months to 1 year’, $11 billion in ‘over 1 to 2 years’, $8 billion in ‘over 2 to 5 years’, and $2 billion in ‘over 5 years’.

6 

Includes $309 million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.

7 

Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s discretion at any time.

8 

Includes various purchase commitments as well as commitments for leases not yet commenced, and lease-related payments.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 41  


Table of Contents

TABLE 42: REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY (continued)

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)   As at  
     October 31, 2020  
     

Less than 1

month

 

   

1 to 3

months

 

   

3 to 6

months

 

   

6 to 9

months

 

   

9 months

to 1 year

 

   

Over 1 to 2

years

 

   

Over 2 to 5

years

 

   

Over 5

years

 

   

No specific

maturity


    Total  

Assets

                                                                               

Cash and due from banks

  $ 6,437     $ 8     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ 6,445  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

    161,326       656       –       –       –       –       –       –       2,167       164,149  

Trading loans, securities, and other1

    4,363       6,920       7,866       6,913       3,867       9,732       23,624       27,554       57,479       148,318  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    80       –       600       2,271       69       1,430       1,425       1,879       794       8,548  

Derivatives

    5,299       7,167       4,554       2,810       2,525       6,314       10,004       15,569       –       54,242  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

    820       183       631       234       107       930       1,253       581       –       4,739  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    2,501       2,799       8,490       6,101       4,886       25,305       23,667       26,957       2,579       103,285  

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

    6,444       23,449       16,052       5,855       5,498       12,386       62,145       95,852       (2 )      227,679  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements2

    98,721       30,246       23,879       11,776       4,204       29       307       –       –       169,162  

Loans

                   

Residential mortgages

    472       2,845       7,286       9,994       10,481       38,182       138,912       44,047       –       252,219  

Consumer instalment and other personal

    706       1,423       3,437       3,941       3,893       14,594       68,961       28,038       60,467       185,460  

Credit card

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       32,334       32,334  

Business and government

    27,193       4,938       8,973       11,653       8,672       35,439       70,478       65,144       23,309       255,799  

Total loans

    28,371       9,206       19,696       25,588       23,046       88,215       278,351       137,229       116,110       725,812  

Allowance for loan losses

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       (8,289 )      (8,289 ) 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

    28,371       9,206       19,696       25,588       23,046       88,215       278,351       137,229       107,821       717,523  

Customers’ liability under acceptances

    12,699       2,036       204       2       –       –       –       –       –       14,941  

Investment in Schwab

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       12,174       12,174  

Goodwill3

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       17,148       17,148  

Other intangibles3

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       2,125       2,125  

Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets3,4

    –       1       6       91       9       29       299       4,384       5,317       10,136  

Deferred tax assets

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       2,444       2,444  

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients

    33,951       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       33,951  

Other assets

    3,521       1,060       643       2,783       470       150       125       171       9,933       18,856  

Total assets

  $ 364,533     $ 83,731     $ 82,621     $ 64,424     $ 44,681     $ 144,520     $ 401,200     $ 310,176     $ 219,979     $ 1,715,865  

Liabilities

                                                                               

Trading deposits

  $ 1,802     $ 2,429     $ 2,065     $ 3,057     $ 1,639     $ 3,510     $ 3,455     $ 1,220     $ –     $ 19,177  

Derivatives

    4,718       6,783       3,997       1,917       2,012       5,438       11,084       17,254       –       53,203  

Securitization liabilities at fair value

    –       608       243       652       345       2,495       6,706       2,669       –       13,718  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    18,654       7,290       12,563       15,892       5,251       –       4       11       –       59,665  

Deposits5,6

                   

Personal

    6,240       8,996       9,139       9,550       7,288       10,095       7,923       37       565,932       625,200  

Banks

    12,870       1,592       313       56       28       –       4       5       14,101       28,969  

Business and government

    25,387       24,703       24,841       15,274       7,214       14,378       52,852       3,386       313,129       481,164  

Total deposits

    44,497       35,291       34,293       24,880       14,530       24,473       60,779       3,428       893,162       1,135,333  

Acceptances

    12,699       2,036       204       2       –       –       –       –       –       14,941  

Obligations related to securities sold short1

    698       1,095       993       823       707       4,888       9,789       14,986       1,020       34,999  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements2

    122,433       23,944       30,879       1,791       4,952       4,873       4       –       –       188,876  

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

    –       1,055       221       422       404       1,642       8,799       3,225       –       15,768  

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients

    35,143       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       35,143  

Insurance-related liabilities

    306       350       382       316       305       963       1,676       1,033       2,259       7,590  

Other liabilities4

    7,672       3,630       1,744       701       1,048       1,304       1,402       5,633       7,342       30,476  

Subordinated notes and debentures

    –       –       –       –       –       –       200       11,277       –       11,477  

Equity

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       95,499       95,499  

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 248,622     $ 84,511     $ 87,584     $ 50,453     $ 31,193     $ 49,586     $ 103,898     $ 60,736     $ 999,282     $ 1,715,865  

Off-balance sheet commitments

                   

Credit and liquidity commitments7,8

  $ 19,568     $ 23,526     $ 25,918     $ 20,089     $ 14,289     $ 43,760     $ 107,951     $ 4,343     $ 1,309     $ 260,753  

Other commitments9

    77       169       183       188       165       657       875       553       –       2,867  

Unconsolidated structured entity commitments

    903       342       1,367       227       408       –       –       –       –       3,247  

Total off-balance sheet commitments

  $ 20,548     $ 24,037     $ 27,468     $ 20,504     $ 14,862     $ 44,417     $ 108,826     $ 4,896     $ 1,309     $ 266,867  
1 

Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.

2 

Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in ‘less than 1 month’ category.

3 

Certain non-financial assets have been recorded as having ‘no specific maturity’.

4 

Upon adoption of Leases (IFRS 16), right-of-use assets recognized are included in ‘Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets’ and lease liabilities recognized are included in ‘Other liabilities’.

5 

As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is non-specific and callable by the depositor, obligations have been included as having ‘no specific maturity’.

6 

Includes $41 billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $2 billion in ‘over 1 months to 3 months’, $3 billion in ‘over 3 months to 6 months’, $5 billion in ‘over 6 months to 9 months’, $4 billion in ‘over 9 months to 1 year’, $9 billion in ‘over 1 to 2 years’, $16 billion in ‘over 2 to 5 years’, and $2 billion in ‘over 5 years’.

7 

Includes $290 million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.

8 

Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s discretion at any time.

9 

Includes various purchase commitments as well as commitments for leases not yet commenced, and lease-related payments.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 42  


Table of Contents

 

SECURITIZATION AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The Bank enters into securitization and off-balance sheet arrangements in the normal course of operations. The Bank is involved with structured entities (SEs) that it sponsors, as well as entities sponsored by third parties. Refer to “Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” section, Note 9: Transfers of Financial Assets and Note 10: Structured Entities of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report and “Transfers of Financial Assets Qualifying for Derecognition” section of Note 6 of the Bank’s second quarter 2021 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. There have been no significant changes to the Bank’s securitization and off-balance sheet arrangements during the quarter ended April 30, 2021.

Securitization of Bank-Originated Assets

The Bank securitizes residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and business and government loans to enhance its liquidity position, to diversify sources of funding, and to optimize the management of the balance sheet.

Residential Mortgage Loans

The Bank securitizes residential mortgage loans through significant unconsolidated SEs and Canadian non-SE third parties. Residential mortgage loans securitized by the Bank may give rise to full derecognition of the financial assets depending on the individual arrangement of each transaction. In instances where the Bank fully derecognizes residential mortgage loans, the Bank may be exposed to the risks of transferred loans through retained interests.

Consumer Instalment and Other Personal Loans

The Bank securitizes consumer instalment and other personal loans through a consolidated SE. The Bank consolidates the SE as it serves as a financing vehicle for the Bank’s assets, the Bank has power over the key economic decisions of the SE, and the Bank is exposed to the majority of the residual risks of the SE.

Credit Card Loans

The Bank securitizes credit card loans through an SE. The Bank consolidates the SE as it serves as a financing vehicle for the Bank’s assets, the Bank has power over the key economic decisions of the SE, and the Bank is exposed to the majority of the residual risks of the SE.

Business and Government Loans

The Bank securitizes business and government loans through significant unconsolidated SEs and Canadian non-SE third parties. Business and government loans securitized by the Bank may be derecognized from the Bank’s balance sheet depending on the individual arrangement of each transaction. In instances where the Bank fully derecognizes business and government loans, the Bank may be exposed to the risks of transferred loans through retained interests. There are no ECLs on the retained interests of the securitized business and government loans as the mortgages are all government insured.

Securitization of Third Party-Originated Assets

Significant Unconsolidated Special Purpose Entities

The Bank securitizes third party-originated assets through Bank-sponsored SEs, including its Canadian multi-seller conduits which are not consolidated. These Canadian multi-seller conduits securitize Canadian originated third-party assets. The Bank administers these multi-seller conduits and provides liquidity facilities as well as securities distribution services; it may also provide credit enhancements. TD’s maximum potential exposure to loss due to its ownership interest in commercial paper and through the provision of liquidity facilities for multi-seller conduits was $9.7 billion as at April 30, 2021 (October 31, 2020 – $10.9 billion). In addition, as at April 30, 2021, the Bank had committed to provide $3.8 billion in liquidity facilities that can be used to support future asset-backed commercial paper in the purchase of deal-specific assets (October 31, 2020 – $3.2 billion).

Off-Balance Sheet Exposure to Third Party-Sponsored Conduits

The Bank has off-balance sheet exposure to third party-sponsored conduits arising from providing liquidity facilities and funding commitments of $3.0 billion as at April 30, 2021 (October 31, 2020 – $4.0 billion). The assets within these conduits are comprised of individual notes backed by automotive loan receivables, credit card receivables, equipment receivables and trade receivables. On-balance sheet exposure to third party-sponsored conduits have been included in the financial statements.

 

 

ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. For details of the Bank’s accounting policies under IFRS, refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s second quarter 2021 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. For details of the Bank’s significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions under IFRS, refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s second quarter 2021 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting policies are essential for understanding the results of its operations and financial condition. Some of the Bank’s policies require subjective, complex judgments and estimates as they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments or estimates and changes to accounting standards and policies could have a materially adverse impact on the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank has established procedures to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently and that the processes for changing methodologies, determining estimates, and adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled and occur in an appropriate and systematic manner.

Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model

The ECL model requires the application of estimates and judgment in the assessment of the current and forward-looking economic environment. As a result of COVID-19, there is a higher degree of uncertainty in determining reasonable and supportable forward-looking information used in assessing significant increase in credit risk and measuring ECLs. The Bank introduced relief programs in the second quarter of 2020 that allowed borrowers to temporarily defer payments of principal and/or interest on their loans and is supporting various government-assistance programs which reduce the Bank’s exposure to expected losses. Under these retail and non-retail programs and notwithstanding any other changes in credit risk, opting into a payment deferral program does not in and of itself trigger a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition (which would result in stage migration) and does not result in additional days past due. Since the second quarter of 2020, macroeconomic variables for the downside scenario were based on plausible scenario analyses of COVID-19 impacts, given the lack of comparable historical data for a shock of this nature. Starting in the first quarter of 2021, the upside scenario was based on plausible scenario analyses of a more rapid recovery from the COVID-19 shock. Refer to Note 6 of the Bank’s second quarter 2021 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on the macroeconomic variables used in the forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 43  


Table of Contents

Management exercises expert credit judgment in assessing if an exposure has experienced significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and in determining the amount of ECLs at each reporting date, by considering reasonable and supportable information that is not already included in the quantitative models. The current environment is subject to rapid change and to the extent that certain effects of COVID-19 are not fully incorporated into the model calculations, increased temporary quantitative and qualitative adjustments have been applied. This includes borrower credit scores, industry and geography specific COVID-19 impacts, payment support initiatives introduced by the Bank and governments, and the persistence of the economic shutdown, the effects of which are not yet fully reflected in the quantitative models. The Bank has performed certain additional qualitative portfolio and loan level assessments of significant increase in credit risk.

CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICY

The following new standards and changes in accounting policies have been adopted by the Bank on November 1, 2020.

IBOR Reform and its Effects on Financial Reporting

Various interest rates and other indices that are deemed to be “benchmarks”, including interbank offered rate (IBOR) benchmarks, have been, and continue to be, the subject of international regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. Following the announcement by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in July 2017 that it would no longer compel banks to submit London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBORs) after December 2021 (which was subsequently updated to June 2023 for certain tenors of US LIBOR), efforts to transition away from IBORs to alternative reference rates (ARRs) have been continuing in various jurisdictions. These developments, and the related uncertainty over the potential variance in the timing and manner of implementation in each jurisdiction, introduce risks that may have adverse consequences on the Bank, its clients, and the financial services industry. Other transition risks may arise because the new ARRs, unlike LIBOR, are overnight near risk-free rates which could result in different financial performance for legacy transactions, require different hedging strategies, or affect the Bank’s capital and liquidity planning and management. Additionally, any adverse impacts on the value of and return on existing instruments and contracts for the Bank’s clients may present an increased risk of litigation, regulatory intervention, and possible reputational damage.

To manage the transition to ARRs, the Bank has established an enterprise-wide, cross functional initiative with Board oversight and dedicated work streams to evaluate and address the key areas of impact on the Bank’s products, services, systems, documents, processes, models, funding and liquidity planning, risk management frameworks, and financial reporting with the intention of managing the impact through appropriate mitigating actions. The Bank is also actively participating in industry associations and incorporating best practice guidance from these working groups as well as regulatory bodies into the transition plan, such as incorporating appropriate fallback language in contracts, making available new products referencing ARRs, ceasing the issuance of IBOR based financial instruments, and preparing for overall operational readiness. To help support the transition of legacy derivative contracts, the Bank’s registered swap dealer and four additional Bank affiliates have adhered to the International Swaps and Derivatives Association IBOR Fallbacks Protocol (ISDA Protocol). The ISDA Protocol, which took effect on January 25, 2021, provides an efficient transition mechanism for mutually adhering counterparties to incorporate prescribed fallback rates into legacy derivative contracts.

The Bank is progressing on its transition plan and incorporating market developments as they arise. On March 5, 2021, ICE Benchmark Administration (IBA), the administrator of LIBOR, announced that it will cease publication of: (i) GBP LIBOR (all tenors), EUR LIBOR (all tenors), CHF LIBOR (all tenors), JPY LIBOR (all tenors), and US LIBOR (1-week and 2-months) following December 31, 2021; and (ii) US LIBOR (overnight, 1-month, 3-months, 6-months, and 12-months) following June 30, 2023. Further to IBA’s confirmation of its timeline for LIBOR cessation, London Clearing House and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Group are working with market participants to establish a process to convert outstanding LIBOR swaps into corresponding market standard ARR-based contracts. The Bank continues to monitor and participate in these and other industry developments to help support an orderly wind down of LIBOR.

As a result of the decision taken by international regulators to transition from IBORs to ARRs, the IASB undertook standard setting activities related to the accounting issues of IBOR reform in two phases. On September 26, 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 (Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 1), for which the Bank adopted the applicable amendments in the fourth quarter of 2019. On August 27, 2020, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 (Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2). The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Bank early adopted these amendments on November 1, 2020 and no transition adjustment was required.

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 addresses issues affecting financial reporting when changes are made to contractual cash flows of financial instruments or hedging relationships as a result of IBOR reform. The amendments permit modification to financial assets, financial liabilities and lessee lease liabilities required as a direct consequence of IBOR reform and made on an economically equivalent basis to be accounted for by updating the effective interest rate (EIR) prospectively. If the modification does not meet the practical expedient requirements, existing IFRS requirements are applied. Reliefs are also provided for an entity’s hedge accounting relationships in circumstances where changes to hedged items and hedging instruments arise as a result of IBOR reform. The amendments enable entities to amend the formal designation and documentation of a hedging relationship to reflect these changes without discontinuing the hedging relationship or designating a new hedging relationship. Permitted changes include redefining the hedged risk to reference an ARR (contractually or non-contractually specified), amending the description of the hedged item and hedging instrument to reflect the ARR, and amending the description of how the entity will assess hedge effectiveness. Hedging relationships within the scope of Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 are the same as those within the scope of Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 1. Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 also amended IFRS 7, introducing expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures about the risks arising from IBOR reform, how an entity is managing those risks, its progress in completing the transition to ARRs, and how it is managing the transition.

Hedging Relationships

Fair Value Hedges

The Bank’s fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments are recognized in Net interest income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income, along with changes in the fair value of the assets, liabilities, or group thereof that are attributable to the hedged risk. Any change in fair value relating to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationship is recognized immediately in non-interest income.

The cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item (the basis adjustment) is amortized to the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income in Net interest income based on a recalculated EIR over the remaining expected life of the hedged item, with amortization beginning no later than when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the hedged risk. Where the hedged item has been derecognized, the basis adjustment is immediately released to Net interest income or Non-interest income, as applicable, on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.

On November 1, 2020, the Bank changed its accounting policy on a retrospective basis for the presentation of fair value changes on hedging instruments designated in certain fair value hedge accounting relationships, reclassifying the portion excluded from the hedge accounting designation to net interest income from non-interest income. With the reclassification, changes in the fair value of the hedged item and related hedging instrument (excluding hedge ineffectiveness) are presented in the same lines on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income. For the comparative three and six months ended April 30, 2020, the Bank

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 44  


Table of Contents

reclassified losses of $260 million and $392 million, respectively, from Non-interest income to Net interest income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

Business Combinations

In October 2018, the IASB issued a narrow-scope amendment to IFRS 3, Business Combinations. The amendments provide additional guidance on the definition of a business which determines whether an acquisition is of a business or a group of assets. An acquirer recognizes goodwill only when acquiring a business, not when acquiring a group of assets. The Bank adopted these amendments on November 1, 2020 prospectively and they did not have a significant impact on the Bank.

Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting

In March 2018, the IASB issued the revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (Revised Conceptual Framework), which provides a set of concepts to assist the IASB in developing standards and to help preparers consistently apply accounting policies where specific accounting standards do not exist. The framework is not an accounting standard and does not override the requirements that exist in other IFRS standards. The Revised Conceptual Framework describes that financial information must be relevant and faithfully represented to be useful, provides revised definitions and recognition criteria for assets and liabilities, and confirms that different measurement bases are useful and permitted. The Bank adopted the Revised Conceptual Framework prospectively on November 1, 2020 and it did not have a significant impact on the Bank.

FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following standard has been issued, but is not yet effective on the date of issuance of the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of applying the standard on the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and will adopt the standard when it becomes effective.

Insurance Contracts

The IASB issued IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts (IFRS 17) which replaces the guidance in IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts and establishes principles for recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of insurance contracts. Insurance contracts are aggregated into groups which are measured at the risk adjusted present value of cash flows in fulfilling the contracts. Revenue is recognized as insurance contract services are provided over the coverage period. Losses are recognized immediately if the contract group is expected to be onerous.

The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, which will be November 1, 2023 for the Bank. OSFI’s related Advisory precludes early adoption. The standard will be applied retrospectively with restatement of comparatives unless impracticable.

The adoption of IFRS 17 is a significant initiative for the Bank and is supported by a robust governance structure. The Executive Steering Committee includes representation from the Insurance business, Finance, Actuaries, Risk, Technology, and project management teams. Updates are also provided to the TD Insurance Board, Risk Committee, and Audit Committee.

 

 

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

During the most recent interim period, there have been no changes in the Bank’s policies and procedures and other processes that comprise its internal control over financial reporting, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 45  


Table of Contents

INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (unaudited)               
(As at and in millions of Canadian dollars)    April 30, 2021     October 31, 2020  

ASSETS

                

Cash and due from banks

   $ 5,718     $ 6,445  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     188,409       164,149  
       194,127       170,594  

Trading loans, securities, and other (Note 4)

     141,490       148,318  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (Note 4)

     9,215       8,548  

Derivatives (Note 4)

     53,621       54,242  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss (Note 4)

     4,832       4,739  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (Notes 4, 5, 6)

     89,599       103,285  
       298,757       319,132  

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses (Notes 4, 5)

     215,905       227,679  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements (Note 4)

     155,375       169,162  

Loans (Notes 4, 6)

    

Residential mortgages

     256,277       252,219  

Consumer instalment and other personal

     184,466       185,460  

Credit card

     29,281       32,334  

Business and government

     245,410       255,799  
       715,434       725,812  

Allowance for loan losses (Note 6)

     (6,998 )      (8,289 ) 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     708,436       717,523  

Other

    

Customers’ liability under acceptances

     19,070       14,941  

Investment in Schwab (Note 7)

     10,697       12,174  

Goodwill (Note 8)

     15,979       17,148  

Other intangibles

     1,915       2,125  

Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets

     9,261       10,136  

Deferred tax assets (Note 15)

     1,938       2,444  

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients

     21,535       33,951  

Other assets (Note 9)

     16,063       18,856  
       96,458       111,775  

Total assets

   $ 1,669,058     $ 1,715,865  

LIABILITIES

                

Trading deposits (Notes 4, 10)

   $ 33,679     $ 19,177  

Derivatives (Note 4)

     58,019       53,203  

Securitization liabilities at fair value (Note 4)

     13,622       13,718  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss (Notes 4, 10)

     66,253       59,665  
       171,573       145,763  

Deposits (Notes 4, 10)

    

Personal

     626,462       625,200  

Banks

     26,174       28,969  

Business and government

     465,852       481,164  
       1,118,488       1,135,333  

Other

    

Acceptances

     19,070       14,941  

Obligations related to securities sold short (Note 4)

     39,080       34,999  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements (Note 4)

     148,326       188,876  

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost (Note 4)

     15,346       15,768  

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients

     20,514       35,143  

Insurance-related liabilities

     7,334       7,590  

Other liabilities (Note 11)

     23,543       30,476  
       273,213       327,793  

Subordinated notes and debentures (Note 4)

     11,269       11,477  

Total liabilities

     1,574,543       1,620,366  

EQUITY

                

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Common shares (Note 12)

     22,790       22,487  

Preferred shares (Note 12)

     4,950       5,650  

Treasury shares – common (Note 12)

     (123 )      (37 ) 

Treasury shares – preferred (Note 12)

     (5 )      (4 ) 

Contributed surplus

     126       121  

Retained earnings

     59,035       53,845  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     7,742       13,437  

Total equity

     94,515       95,499  

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,669,058     $ 1,715,865  

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 46  


Table of Contents
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (unaudited)                             
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Interest income1

        

Loans

   $ 5,827     $ 7,376     $ 12,017     $ 15,392  

Securities

        

Interest

     875       1,578       1,824       3,295  

Dividends

     443       416       838       951  

Deposits with banks

     81       105       157       225  
       7,226       9,475       14,836       19,863  

Interest expense (Note 19)

        

Deposits

     964       2,454       2,095       5,654  

Securitization liabilities

     84       99       160       225  

Subordinated notes and debentures

     92       106       186       213  

Other

     251       616       530       1,402  
       1,391       3,275       2,971       7,494  

Net interest income

     5,835       6,200       11,865       12,369  

Non-interest income

        

Investment and securities services

     1,550       1,353       3,060       2,632  

Credit fees

     357       352       715       687  

Net securities gain (loss) (Note 5)

     (47 )      (12 )      (27 )      (2 ) 

Trading income (loss)

     69       368       341       684  

Income (loss) from non-trading financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

     48       (90 )      116       (78 ) 

Income (loss) from financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss

     (232 )      (84 )      (258 )      (58 ) 

Service charges

     628       654       1,271       1,389  

Card services

     557       510       1,152       1,130  

Insurance revenue

     1,088       1,127       2,316       2,258  

Other income (loss)

     375       150       489       126  
       4,393       4,328       9,175       8,768  

Total revenue

     10,228       10,528       21,040       21,137  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses (Note 6)

     (377 )      3,218       (64 )      4,137  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       671       1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses

        

Salaries and employee benefits (Notes 13,14)

     3,125       2,927       6,281       5,960  

Occupancy, including depreciation

     488       462       1,033       900  

Technology and equipment, including depreciation

     423       408       827       785  

Amortization of other intangibles

     173       205       353       407  

Communication and marketing

     272       278       539       591  

Restructuring charges (recovery)

     17       (3 )      41       (8 ) 

Brokerage-related and sub-advisory fees

     108       94       206       179  

Professional, advisory and outside services

     349       361       662       699  

Other

     774       389       1,571       1,075  
       5,729       5,121       11,513       10,588  

Income before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     4,435       1,518       8,370       4,961  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     962       250       1,789       909  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade (Note 7)

     222       247       391       452  

Net income

     3,695       1,515       6,972       4,504  

Preferred dividends

     65       68       130       135  

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 3,630     $ 1,447     $ 6,842     $ 4,369  

Earnings per share (Canadian dollars) (Note 16)

        

Basic

   $ 2.00     $ 0.80     $ 3.77     $ 2.42  

Diluted

     1.99       0.80       3.76       2.42  

Dividends per common share (Canadian dollars)

     0.79       0.79       1.58       1.53  

 

1

Includes $6,397 million and $13,185 million, for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, respectively (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – $7,967 million and $16,569 million, respectively) which have been calculated based on the effective interest rate method. Refer to Note 19.

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 47  


Table of Contents

INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME1 (unaudited)

 

               
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 
   
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 

Net income

   $ 3,695     $ 1,515     $ 6,972     $ 4,504  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

        

Items that will be subsequently reclassified to net income

        

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

        

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

     (114 )      (328 )      105       (273 ) 

Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) in respect of debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

     (11 )      8       (28 )      1  

Reclassification to earnings of changes in allowance for credit losses on debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

     (3 )      6       (2 )      6  
       (128 )      (314 )      75       (266 ) 

Net change in unrealized foreign currency translation gains (losses) on investments in foreign operations, net of hedging activities

        

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments in foreign operations

     (3,276 )      4,191       (6,647 )      4,536  

Net gains (losses) on hedges of investments in foreign operations

     1,065       (1,279 )      2,150       (1,423 ) 
       (2,211 )      2,912       (4,497 )      3,113  

Net change in gains (losses) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

        

Change in gains (losses) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

     (849 )      3,657       (1,369 )      4,142  

Reclassification to earnings of losses (gains) on cash flow hedges

     359       (1,217 )      618       (1,402 ) 
       (490 )      2,440       (751 )      2,740  

Share of other comprehensive income (loss) from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     (770 )      71       (826 )      57  

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to net income

        

Actuarial gains (losses) on employee benefit plans

     808       9       1,216       (143 ) 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

     171       (238 )      269       (206 ) 

Gains (losses) from changes in fair value due to own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     18       12       35       (49 ) 
       997       (217 )      1,520       (398 ) 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

     (2,602 )      4,892       (4,479 )      5,246  

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 1,093     $ 6,407     $ 2,493     $ 9,750  

Attributable to:

        

Common shareholders

   $ 1,028     $ 6,339     $ 2,363     $ 9,615  

Preferred shareholders

     65       68       130       135  

 

1

The amounts are net of income tax provisions (recoveries) presented in the following table.

 

Income Tax Provisions (Recoveries) in the Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

               
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      
April 30
2021
 
 
   

April 30

2020

 

 

   
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 

Change in unrealized gains (losses) on debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

   $ (292 )    $ (74 )    $ (241 )    $ (58 ) 

Less: Reclassification to earnings of net losses (gains) in respect of debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

     2       (3 )      6       –  

Reclassification to earnings of changes in allowance for credit losses on debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

     –       (2 )      –       (2 ) 

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments in foreign operations

     –       –       –       –  

Net gains (losses) on hedges of investments in foreign operations

     377       (459 )      763       (510 ) 

Change in gains (losses) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

     (539 )      1,519       (929 )      1,704  

Less: Reclassification to earnings of losses (gains) on cash flow hedges

     (368 )      666       (664 )      749  

Actuarial gains (losses) on employee benefit plans

     288       3       433       (51 ) 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

     59       (87 )      96       (76 ) 

Gains (losses) from changes in fair value due to own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     6       4       13       (18 ) 

Total income taxes

   $           265     $           241     $         793     $          240  

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 48  


Table of Contents
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (unaudited)                             
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      April 30, 2021     April 30, 2020     April 30, 2021     April 30, 2020  

Common shares (Note 12)

        

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 22,645     $ 21,773     $ 22,487     $ 21,713  

Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options

     44       12       90       53  

Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan

     101       74       213       143  

Purchase of shares for cancellation and other

     –       (93 )      –       (143 ) 

Balance at end of period

     22,790       21,766       22,790       21,766  

Preferred shares (Note 12)

        

Balance at beginning of period

     5,650       5,800       5,650       5,800  

Redemption of shares

     (700 )      –       (700 )      –  

Balance at end of period

     4,950       5,800       4,950       5,800  

Treasury shares – common (Note 12)

        

Balance at beginning of period

     (171 )      (131 )      (37 )      (41 ) 

Purchase of shares

     (2,688 )      (2,359 )      (5,833 )      (4,635 ) 

Sale of shares

     2,736       2,465       5,747       4,651  

Balance at end of period

     (123 )      (25 )      (123 )      (25 ) 

Treasury shares – preferred (Note 12)

        

Balance at beginning of period

     (4 )      (7 )      (4 )      (6 ) 

Purchase of shares

     (45 )      (31 )      (79 )      (69 ) 

Sale of shares

     44       35       78       72  

Balance at end of period

     (5 )      (3 )      (5 )      (3 ) 

Contributed surplus

        

Balance at beginning of period

     121       161       121       157  

Net premium (discount) on sale of treasury shares

     2       (32 )      (6 )      (37 ) 

Issuance of stock options, net of options exercised

     1       1       5       –  

Other

     2       (6 )      6       4  

Balance at end of period

     126       124       126       124  

Retained earnings

        

Balance at beginning of period

     56,032       50,119       53,845       49,497  

Impact on adoption of IFRS 16, Leases

     n/a 1      n/a       n/a       (553 ) 

Net income attributable to shareholders

     3,695       1,515       6,972       4,504  

Common dividends

     (1,435 )      (1,421 )      (2,868 )      (2,760 ) 

Preferred dividends

     (65 )      (68 )      (130 )      (135 ) 

Net premium on repurchase of common shares, redemption of preferred shares, and other

     (1 )      (448 )      (1 )      (704 ) 

Actuarial gains (losses) on employee benefit plans

     808       9       1,216       (143 ) 

Realized gains (losses) on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income

     1       (4 )      1       (4 ) 

Balance at end of period

     59,035       49,702       59,035       49,702  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

        

Net unrealized gain (loss) on debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income:

        

Balance at beginning of period

     746       338       543       290  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (125 )      (320 )      77       (272 ) 

Allowance for credit losses

     (3 )      6       (2 )      6  

Balance at end of period

     618       24       618       24  

Net unrealized gain (loss) on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income:

        

Balance at beginning of period

     (154 )      (8 )      (252 )      (40 ) 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     172       (242 )      270       (210 ) 

Reclassification of loss (gain) to retained earnings

     (1 )      4       (1 )      4  

Balance at end of period

     17       (246 )      17       (246 ) 

Gains (losses) from changes in fair value due to own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss:

        

Balance at beginning of period

     (20 )      (47 )      (37 )      14  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     18       12       35       (49 ) 

Balance at end of period

     (2 )      (35 )      (2 )      (35 ) 

Net unrealized foreign currency translation gain (loss) on investments in foreign operations, net of hedging activities:

        

Balance at beginning of period

     7,071       8,994       9,357       8,793  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (2,211 )      2,912       (4,497 )      3,113  

Balance at end of period

     4,860       11,906       4,860       11,906  

Net gain (loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:

        

Balance at beginning of period

     3,565       1,797       3,826       1,497  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (490 )      2,440       (751 )      2,740  

Balance at end of period

     3,075       4,237       3,075       4,237  

Share of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     (826 )      84       (826 )      84  

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

     7,742       15,970       7,742       15,970  

Total equity

   $ 94,515     $ 93,334     $ 94,515     $ 93,334  

 

1

Not applicable.

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS   Page 49


Table of Contents

INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

                                

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     For the three months ended       For the six months ended  
      
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 
   
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities

        

Net income before income taxes, including share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

   $ 4,657     $ 1,765     $ 8,761     $ 5,413  

Adjustments to determine net cash flows from (used in) operating activities

        

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses (Note 6)

     (377 )      3,218       (64 )      4,137  

Depreciation

     370       304       769       595  

Amortization of other intangibles

     173       205       353       407  

Net securities losses (gains) (Note 5)

     47       12       27       2  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade (Note 7)

     (222 )      (247 )      (391 )      (452 ) 

Deferred taxes

     197       (542 )      366       (416 ) 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

        

Interest receivable and payable (Notes 9, 11)

     (128 )      (76 )      (144 )      (155 ) 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

     (27,346 )      37,421       (40,550 )      37,861  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     801       (1,996 )      13,787       (1,856 ) 

Securities sold short

     (2,688 )      (8,757 )      4,081       (925 ) 

Trading loans and securities

     14,861       30,645       6,828       14,170  

Loans net of securitization and sales

     (2,084 )      (56,653 )      9,090       (66,101 ) 

Deposits

     (34,183 )      168,943       (2,343 )      190,842  

Derivatives

     1,267       (777 )      5,437       (2,003 ) 

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

     (1,525 )      (1,496 )      (667 )      (2,165 ) 

Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     16,591       (17,841 )      6,495       (10,506 ) 

Securitization liabilities

     133       817       (518 )      845  

Current taxes

     338       (452 )      805       (710 ) 

Brokers, dealers and clients amounts receivable and payable

     3,124       (3,832 )      (2,213 )      (5,179 ) 

Other

     9,258       (12,843 )      16,377       (15,271 ) 

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

     (16,736 )      137,818       26,286       148,533  

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

        

Issuance of subordinated notes and debentures

     –       3,000       –       3,000  

Redemption or repurchase of subordinated notes and debentures

     8       (5 )      10       (69 ) 

Common shares issued (Note 12)

     39       10       79       46  

Repurchase of common shares (Note 12)

     –       (541 )      –       (847 ) 

Redemption of preferred shares (Note 12)

     (700 )      –       (700 )      –  

Sale of treasury shares (Note 12)

     2,782       2,468       5,819       4,686  

Purchase of treasury shares (Note 12)

     (2,733 )      (2,390 )      (5,912 )      (4,704 ) 

Dividends paid

     (1,399 )      (1,415 )      (2,785 )      (2,752 ) 

Repayment of lease liabilities

     (145 )      (155 )      (281 )      (298 ) 

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

     (2,148 )      972       (3,770 )      (938 ) 

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities

        

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     28,697       (112,703 )      (24,260 )      (121,177 ) 

Activities in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (Note 5)

        

Purchases

     (5,456 )      (22,094 )      (11,608 )      (29,509 ) 

Proceeds from maturities

     10,313       9,229       18,249       18,766  

Proceeds from sales

     548       5,106       1,153       6,901  

Activities in debt securities at amortized cost (Note 5)

        

Purchases

     (41,497 )      (24,231 )      (68,775 )      (39,332 ) 

Proceeds from maturities

     25,006       6,325       61,122       17,469  

Proceeds from sales

     1,105       8       1,702       172  

Net purchases of land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets

     (183 )      (369 )      (485 )      (629 ) 

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

     18,533       (138,729 )      (22,902 )      (147,339 ) 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks

     (181 )      163       (341 )      178  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks

     (532 )      224       (727 )      434  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

     6,250       5,073       6,445       4,863  

Cash and due from banks at end of period

   $ 5,718     $ 5,297     $ 5,718     $ 5,297  

Supplementary disclosure of cash flows from operating activities

        

Amount of income taxes paid (refunded) during the period

   $ 900     $ 619     $ 1,595     $ 1,345  

Amount of interest paid during the period

     1,585       3,070       3,285       7,305  

Amount of interest received during the period

     6,849       9,038       14,168       18,960  

Amount of dividends received during the period

     438       440       830       930  

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 50  


Table of Contents

NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

 

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS

CORPORATE INFORMATION

The Toronto-Dominion Bank is a bank chartered under the Bank Act. The shareholders of a bank are not, as shareholders, liable for any liability, act, or default of the bank except as otherwise provided under the Bank Act. The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). The Bank was formed through the amalgamation on February 1, 1955, of The Bank of Toronto (chartered in 1855) and The Dominion Bank (chartered in 1869). The Bank is incorporated and domiciled in Canada with its registered and principal business offices located at 66 Wellington Street West, Toronto, Ontario. TD serves customers in three business segments operating in a number of locations in key financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

The accompanying Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting principles followed by the Bank have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), including the accounting requirements of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

These Interim Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared on a condensed basis in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, Interim Financial Reporting using the accounting policies as described in Note 2 of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, except for the changes in accounting policies described in Note 2 of this report. Certain comparative amounts have been revised to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

The preparation of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements requires that management make estimates, assumptions, and judgments regarding the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as further described in Note 3 of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements and in Note 3 of this report. Accordingly, actual results may differ from estimated amounts as future confirming events occur.

The Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared using uniform accounting policies for like transactions and events in similar circumstances. All intercompany transactions, balances, and unrealized gains and losses on transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, were approved and authorized for issue by the Bank’s Board of Directors, in accordance with a recommendation of the Audit Committee, on May 26, 2021.

As the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements do not include all of the disclosures normally provided in the Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, they should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes, and the shaded sections of the 2020 Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). Certain disclosures are included in the shaded sections of the “Managing Risk” section of the MD&A in this report, as permitted by IFRS, and form an integral part of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

NOTE 2:  CURRENT AND FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICY

The following new standards and changes in accounting policies have been adopted by the Bank on November 1, 2020.

IBOR Reform and its Effects on Financial Reporting

Various interest rates and other indices that are deemed to be “benchmarks”, including interbank offered rate (IBOR) benchmarks, have been, and continue to be, the subject of international regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. Following the announcement by the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) in July 2017 that it would no longer compel banks to submit London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBORs) after December 2021 (which was subsequently updated to June 2023 for certain tenors of US LIBOR), efforts to transition away from IBORs to alternative reference rates (ARRs) have been continuing in various jurisdictions. These developments, and the related uncertainty over the potential variance in the timing and manner of implementation in each jurisdiction, introduce risks that may have adverse consequences on the Bank, its clients, and the financial services industry. Other transition risks may arise because the new ARRs, unlike LIBOR, are overnight near risk-free rates which could result in different financial performance for legacy transactions, require different hedging strategies, or affect the Bank’s capital and liquidity planning and management. Additionally, any adverse impacts on the value of and return on existing instruments and contracts for the Bank’s clients may present an increased risk of litigation, regulatory intervention, and possible reputational damage.

To manage the transition to ARRs, the Bank has established an enterprise-wide, cross functional initiative with Board oversight and dedicated work streams to evaluate and address the key areas of impact on the Bank’s products, services, systems, documents, processes, models, funding and liquidity planning, risk management frameworks, and financial reporting with the intention of managing the impact through appropriate mitigating actions. The Bank is also actively participating in industry associations and incorporating best practice guidance from these working groups as well as regulatory bodies into the transition plan, such as incorporating appropriate fallback language in contracts, making available new products referencing ARRs, ceasing the issuance of IBOR based financial instruments, and preparing for overall operational readiness. To help support the transition of legacy derivative contracts, the Bank’s registered swap dealer and four additional Bank affiliates have adhered to the International Swaps and Derivatives Association IBOR Fallbacks Protocol (ISDA Protocol). The ISDA Protocol, which took effect on January 25, 2021, provides an efficient transition mechanism for mutually adhering counterparties to incorporate prescribed fallback rates into legacy derivative contracts.

The Bank is progressing on its transition plan and incorporating market developments as they arise. On March 5, 2021, ICE Benchmark Administration (IBA), the administrator of LIBOR, announced that it will cease publication of: (i) GBP LIBOR (all tenors), EUR LIBOR (all tenors), CHF LIBOR (all tenors), JPY LIBOR (all tenors), and US LIBOR (1-week and 2-months) following December 31, 2021; and (ii) US LIBOR (overnight, 1-month, 3-months, 6-months, and 12-months) following June 30, 2023. Further to IBA’s confirmation of its timeline for LIBOR cessation, London Clearing House and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange Group are working with market participants to establish a process to convert outstanding LIBOR swaps into corresponding market standard ARR-based contracts. The Bank continues to monitor and participate in these and other industry developments to help support an orderly wind down of LIBOR.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 51  


Table of Contents

As a result of the decision taken by international regulators to transition from IBORs to ARRs, the IASB undertook standard setting activities related to the accounting issues of IBOR reform in two phases. On September 26, 2019, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 (Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 1), for which the Bank adopted the applicable amendments in the fourth quarter of 2019. On August 27, 2020, the IASB issued Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2, Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 (Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2). The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Bank early adopted these amendments on November 1, 2020 and no transition adjustment was required.

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 addresses issues affecting financial reporting when changes are made to contractual cash flows of financial instruments or hedging relationships as a result of IBOR reform. The amendments permit modification to financial assets, financial liabilities and lessee lease liabilities required as a direct consequence of IBOR reform and made on an economically equivalent basis to be accounted for by updating the effective interest rate (EIR) prospectively. If the modification does not meet the practical expedient requirements, existing IFRS requirements are applied. Reliefs are also provided for an entity’s hedge accounting relationships in circumstances where changes to hedged items and hedging instruments arise as a result of IBOR reform. The amendments enable entities to amend the formal designation and documentation of a hedging relationship to reflect these changes without discontinuing the hedging relationship or designating a new hedging relationship. Permitted changes include redefining the hedged risk to reference an ARR (contractually or non-contractually specified), amending the description of the hedged item and hedging instrument to reflect the ARR, and amending the description of how the entity will assess hedge effectiveness. Hedging relationships within the scope of Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 are the same as those within the scope of Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 1. Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 also amended IFRS 7, introducing expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures about the risks arising from IBOR reform, how an entity is managing those risks, its progress in completing the transition to ARRs, and how it is managing the transition.

The following table discloses the Bank’s exposures to significant interest rate benchmarks subject to IBOR reform that have yet to transition to an ARR and will be maturing after June 30, 2023 for certain tenors of US LIBOR and after December 31, 2021 for other IBORs subject to transition. This also includes exposures to interest rate benchmarks subject to IBOR reform that are not required to transition to an ARR.

Exposures to Interest Rate Benchmarks Subject to IBOR Reform1,2,3,4

(millions of Canadian dollars)                                           As at April 30, 2021  
     Non-derivative
financial assets5
     Non-derivative
financial liabilities 
           Derivatives            Off-balance sheet
commitments6
 
      Carrying amount      Carrying amount            Notional      Positive
fair value
     Negative
fair value
           Contractual
amount
 

US LIBOR tenors ceasing 12/31/2021

   $ 1,548      $ –        $ 175      $ 2      $ 16        $ –  

US LIBOR tenors ceasing 06/30/2023

     101,356        505          2,544,614        1,131        2,119          70,013  

GBP LIBOR

     816        848          386,367        123        144          1,305  

Other IBORs7

     571        154                272,189        227        420                –  
       104,291        1,507                3,203,345        1,483        2,699                71,318  

Cross-currency swaps8

                     

US LIBOR / other rates9

     n/a      n/a        371,008        5,457        7,461          n/a

US LIBOR / GBP LIBOR

     n/a      n/a        132,407        564        536          n/a

US LIBOR / JPY LIBOR

     n/a      n/a        33,779        409        335          n/a

Other IBORs7

     n/a      n/a              37,376        889        787                n/a
       n/a      n/a              574,570        7,319        9,119                n/a

Total

   $       104,291      $         1,507              $     3,777,915      $       8,802      $       11,818              $       71,318  

 

1 

US LIBOR transitioning to SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate), GBP LIBOR transitioning to SONIA (Sterling Overnight Index Average), and JPY LIBOR transitioning to TONAR (Tokyo Overnight Average Rate).

2 

EURIBOR (Euro Interbank Offered Rate) is excluded from the table as it underwent a methodology change in 2019 and will continue as an interest rate benchmark. As at April 30, 2021, the notional amount of derivatives indexed to EURIBOR was $1,642 billion, and the carrying amounts of non-derivative financial assets and non-derivative financial liabilities indexed to EURIBOR were $364 million and $3 million, respectively.

3

Certain demand facilities indexed to US LIBOR have no specific maturity and are therefore excluded from the table. As at April 30, 2021, the carrying amounts of demand loans and demand deposits indexed to US LIBOR with no specific maturity were $2 billion and $1 billion, respectively.

4

As at April 30, 2021, the notional amount of derivatives indexed to US LIBOR 1-month and 3-month tenors in qualifying hedge accounting relationships hedging interest rate risk that are maturing after June 30, 2023 and have yet to transition to an ARR was $164 billion and hedging foreign exchange risk was $17 billion.

5 

Loans reported under non-derivative financial assets represent the drawn amounts and excludes allowance for loan losses. As at April 30, 2021, the carrying amount of non-derivative financial assets indexed to US LIBOR tenors ceasing June 30, 2023 was $101 billion, of which $56 billion relates to Loans, $39 billion relates to Debt securities at amortized cost, and $7 billion relates to Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

6 

Many of the Bank’s corporate loan facilities permit the borrower to select the benchmark interest rate upon drawing on the facility. Based on the Bank’s historical experience, the benchmark interest rate selected by the borrower is often the same as the facility currency and therefore the Bank has assumed that the benchmark interest rate for its undrawn credit and liquidity commitments is the same as the facility currency for the purpose of this disclosure.

7 

“Other IBORs” include the following interest rate benchmarks that are subject to IBOR reform: EUR LIBOR, CHF LIBOR, JPY LIBOR, EUR EONIA (Euro Overnight Index Average), NOK NIBOR (Norwegian Interbank Offered Rate), SGD SOR (Singapore Dollar Swap Offer Rate), HKD HIBOR (Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate), ZAR JIBAR (Johannesburg Interbank Average Rate), SEK STIBOR (Stockholm Interbank Offered Rate), and MXN TIIE (Interbank Equilibrium Interest Rate). Also included are CDOR (Canadian Dollar Offered Rate) 6-month and 12-month tenors which will be discontinued on May 17, 2021.

8

US LIBOR presented in the table under cross-currency swaps refers to the tenors (overnight, 1-month, 3-months, 6-months, and 12-months) that will be ceasing following June 30, 2023. As at April 30, 2021, the Bank did not have any cross-currency swaps indexed to US LIBOR tenors (1-week and 2-months) that will be ceasing following December 31, 2021.

9 

“Other rates” refer to rates that are not subject to IBOR reform or have already been reformed.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 52  


Table of Contents

Hedging Relationships

Fair Value Hedges

The Bank’s fair value hedges principally consist of interest rate swaps that are used to protect against changes in the fair value of fixed-rate financial instruments due to movements in market interest rates.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedging instruments are recognized in Net interest income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income, along with changes in the fair value of the assets, liabilities, or group thereof that are attributable to the hedged risk. Any change in fair value relating to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationship is recognized immediately in non-interest income.

The cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item (the basis adjustment) is amortized to the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income in Net interest income based on a recalculated EIR over the remaining expected life of the hedged item, with amortization beginning no later than when the hedged item ceases to be adjusted for changes in its fair value attributable to the hedged risk. Where the hedged item has been derecognized, the basis adjustment is immediately released to Net interest income or Non-interest income, as applicable, on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.

On November 1, 2020, the Bank changed its accounting policy on a retrospective basis for the presentation of fair value changes on hedging instruments designated in certain fair value hedge accounting relationships, reclassifying the portion excluded from the hedge accounting designation to net interest income from non-interest income. With the reclassification, changes in the fair value of the hedged item and related hedging instrument (excluding hedge ineffectiveness) are presented in the same lines on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income. For the comparative three and six months ended April 30, 2020, the Bank reclassified losses of $260 million and $392 million, respectively, from Non-interest income to Net interest income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

Business Combinations

In October 2018, the IASB issued a narrow-scope amendment to IFRS 3, Business Combinations. The amendments provide additional guidance on the definition of a business which determines whether an acquisition is of a business or a group of assets. An acquirer recognizes goodwill only when acquiring a business, not when acquiring a group of assets. The Bank adopted these amendments on November 1, 2020 prospectively and they did not have a significant impact on the Bank.

Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting

In March 2018, the IASB issued the revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (Revised Conceptual Framework), which provides a set of concepts to assist the IASB in developing standards and to help preparers consistently apply accounting policies where specific accounting standards do not exist. The framework is not an accounting standard and does not override the requirements that exist in other IFRS standards. The Revised Conceptual Framework describes that financial information must be relevant and faithfully represented to be useful, provides revised definitions and recognition criteria for assets and liabilities, and confirms that different measurement bases are useful and permitted. The Bank adopted the Revised Conceptual Framework prospectively on November 1, 2020 and it did not have a significant impact on the Bank.

FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following standard has been issued, but is not yet effective on the date of issuance of the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of applying the standard on the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and will adopt the standard when it becomes effective.

Insurance Contracts

The IASB issued IFRS 17, Insurance Contracts (IFRS 17) which replaces the guidance in IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts and establishes principles for recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of insurance contracts. Insurance contracts are aggregated into groups which are measured at the risk adjusted present value of cash flows in fulfilling the contracts. Revenue is recognized as insurance contract services are provided over the coverage period. Losses are recognized immediately if the contract group is expected to be onerous.

The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, which will be November 1, 2023 for the Bank. OSFI’s related Advisory precludes early adoption. The standard will be applied retrospectively with restatement of comparatives unless impracticable.

The adoption of IFRS 17 is a significant initiative for the Bank and is supported by a robust governance structure. The Executive Steering Committee includes representation from the Insurance business, Finance, Actuaries, Risk, Technology, and project management teams. Updates are also provided to the TD Insurance Board, Risk Committee, and Audit Committee.

 

NOTE 3:  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS

The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting policies are essential for understanding the results of its operations and financial condition. Some of the Bank’s policies require subjective, complex judgments and estimates as they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments or estimates and changes to accounting standards and policies could have a materially adverse impact on the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank has established procedures to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently and that the processes for changing methodologies, determining estimates, and adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled and occur in an appropriate and systematic manner. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions.

Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model

The expected credit loss (ECL) model requires the application of estimates and judgment in the assessment of the current and forward-looking economic environment. As a result of COVID-19, there is a higher degree of uncertainty in determining reasonable and supportable forward-looking information used in assessing significant increase in credit risk and measuring ECLs. The Bank introduced relief programs in the second quarter of 2020 that allowed borrowers to temporarily defer payments of principal and/or interest on their loans and is supporting various government-assistance programs which reduce the Bank’s exposure to expected losses. Under these retail and non-retail programs and notwithstanding any other changes in credit risk, opting into a payment deferral program does not in and of itself trigger a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition (which would result in stage migration) and does not result in additional days past due. Since the second quarter of 2020, macroeconomic variables for the downside scenario were based on plausible scenario analyses of COVID-19 impacts, given the lack of comparable historical data for a shock of this nature. Starting in the first quarter of 2021, the upside scenario was based on plausible scenario analyses of a more rapid recovery from the COVID-19 shock. Refer to Note 6 for additional details on the macroeconomic variables used in the forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 53  


Table of Contents

Management exercises expert credit judgment in assessing if an exposure has experienced significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and in determining the amount of ECLs at each reporting date, by considering reasonable and supportable information that is not already included in the quantitative models. The current environment is subject to rapid change and to the extent that certain effects of COVID-19 are not fully incorporated into the model calculations, increased temporary quantitative and qualitative adjustments have been applied. This includes borrower credit scores, industry and geography specific COVID-19 impacts, payment support initiatives introduced by the Bank and governments, and the persistence of the economic shutdown, the effects of which are not yet fully reflected in the quantitative models. The Bank has performed certain additional qualitative portfolio and loan level assessments of significant increase in credit risk.

 

NOTE 4:  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

There have been no significant changes to the Bank’s approach and methodologies used to determine fair value measurements during the three and six months ended April 30, 2021. During the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, the Bank designated certain obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) as the instruments are part of a portfolio that is managed on a fair value basis and have been included in Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Carrying Value and Fair Value of Financial Instruments not carried at Fair Value

The following table reflects the fair value of the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value.

Financial Assets and Liabilities not carried at Fair Value1

(millions of Canadian dollars)    As at  
     April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020  
      Carrying value      Fair value     

Carrying

value

    

Fair

value

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                   

Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

           

Government and government-related securities

   $ 162,405      $ 162,793      $ 174,592      $ 175,500  

Other debt securities

     53,500        53,887        53,087        53,373  

Total debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses

     215,905        216,680        227,679        228,873  

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses

     708,436        715,048        717,523        727,197  

Total financial assets not carried at fair value

   $ 924,341      $ 931,728      $ 945,202      $ 956,070  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                   

Deposits

   $ 1,118,488      $ 1,119,182      $ 1,135,333      $ 1,137,624  

Securitization liabilities at amortized cost

     15,346        15,503        15,768        16,143  

Subordinated notes and debentures

     11,269        12,130        11,477        12,374  

Total financial liabilities not carried at fair value

   $   1,145,103      $   1,146,815      $   1,162,578      $   1,166,141  

 

1

This table excludes financial assets and liabilities where the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

Fair Value Hierarchy and Valuation of Assets and Liabilities Classified as Level 3

IFRS requires disclosure of a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the observability of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date.

There have been no significant changes to the unobservable inputs and sensitivities for assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 during the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, except for the impact of the significant transfers described under the “Movements of Level 3 instruments” section of this Note.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 54  


Table of Contents

The following table presents the levels within the fair value hierarchy for each of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as at April 30, 2021 and October 31, 2020.

Fair Value Hierarchy for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                            As at  
      April 30, 2021              October 31, 2020  
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total1      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total1  

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND COMMODITIES

                                                                       

Trading loans, securities, and other2

                                                                       

Government and government-related securities

                       

Canadian government debt

                       

Federal

   $ 2,047      $ 11,741      $ –      $ 13,788      $ 351      $ 21,141      $ –      $ 21,492  

Provinces

     –        7,325        –        7,325        –        8,468        –        8,468  

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and agencies debt

     –        15,028        –        15,028        –        22,809        16        22,825  

Other OECD government guaranteed debt

     –        5,990        –        5,990        –        4,563        –        4,563  

Mortgage-backed securities

     –        1,595        –        1,595        –        1,690        –        1,690  

Other debt securities

                       

Canadian issuers

     –        5,553        –        5,553        –        5,613        2        5,615  

Other issuers

     –        12,172        3        12,175        –        13,352        1        13,353  

Equity securities

                       

Common shares

     54,797        32        –        54,829        43,803        39        –        43,842  

Preferred shares

     38        –        –        38        37        –        –        37  

Trading loans

     –        12,759        –        12,759        –        12,959        –        12,959  

Commodities

     11,947        452        –        12,399        12,976        484        –        13,460  

Retained interests

     –        11        –        11        –        14        –        14  
       68,829        72,658        3        141,490        57,167        91,132        19        148,318  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                       

Securities

     163        5,398        662        6,223        232        4,027        571        4,830  

Loans

     –        2,989        3        2,992        –        3,715        3        3,718  
       163        8,387        665        9,215        232        7,742        574        8,548  

Derivatives

                       

Interest rate contracts

     6        11,846        –        11,852        22        17,937        –        17,959  

Foreign exchange contracts

     24        35,454        9        35,487        13        29,605        2        29,620  

Credit contracts

     –        32        –        32        –        19        –        19  

Equity contracts

     1        4,566        5        4,572        5        3,855        370        4,230  

Commodity contracts

     385        1,279        14        1,678        383        2,022        9        2,414  
       416        53,177        28        53,621        423        53,438        381        54,242  

Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss

                       

Securities2

     –        4,832        –        4,832        –        4,739        –        4,739  
       –        4,832        –        4,832        –        4,739        –        4,739  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                       

Government and government-related securities

                       

Canadian government debt

                       

Federal

     –        13,013        –        13,013        –        14,126        –        14,126  

Provinces

     –        17,845        –        17,845        –        16,502        –        16,502  

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and agencies debt

     –        25,518        –        25,518        –        33,034        –        33,034  

Other OECD government guaranteed debt

     –        8,131        –        8,131        –        10,756        –        10,756  

Mortgage-backed securities

     –        2,912        –        2,912        –        3,865        –        3,865  

Other debt securities

                       

Asset-backed securities

     –        7,657        –        7,657        –        10,006        –        10,006  

Corporate and other debt

     –        8,516        24        8,540        –        9,875        20        9,895  

Equity securities

                       

Common shares

     2,290        1        1,442        3,733        819        15        1,553        2,387  

Preferred shares

     364        –        37        401        186        –        26        212  

Loans

     –        1,849        –        1,849        –        2,502        –        2,502  
       2,654        85,442        1,503        89,599        1,005        100,681        1,599        103,285  

Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

     –        8,255        –        8,255        –        7,395        –        7,395  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                       

Trading deposits

     –        33,503        176        33,679        –        14,528        4,649        19,177  

Derivatives

                       

Interest rate contracts

     3        13,059        96        13,158        14        19,022        96        19,132  

Foreign exchange contracts

     35        36,246        –        36,281        14        27,300        –        27,314  

Credit contracts

     –        354        –        354        –        327        –        327  

Equity contracts

     –        6,543        94        6,637        –        3,360        1,077        4,437  

Commodity contracts

     249        1,337        3        1,589        355        1,611        27        1,993  
       287        57,539        193        58,019        383        51,620        1,200        53,203  

Securitization liabilities at fair value

     –        13,622        –        13,622        –        13,718        –        13,718  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     –        66,203        50        66,253        –        59,641        24        59,665  

Obligations related to securities sold short2

     1,118        37,962        –        39,080        1,039        33,960        –        34,999  

Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements

                       

Held-for-trading

     –        5,674        –        5,674        –        3,675        –        3,675  

Designated at fair value through profit or loss

     –        805        –        805        –        –        –        –  
       –        6,479        –        6,479        –        3,675        –        3,675  

 

1

Fair value is the same as carrying value.

2

Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of identical securities sold but not yet purchased (short positions).

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 55  


Table of Contents

The Bank’s policy is to record transfers of assets and liabilities between the different levels of the fair value hierarchy using the fair values as at the end of each reporting period. Assets are transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 depending on if there is sufficient frequency and volume in an active market.

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three months ended April 30, 2021. During the six months ended April 30, 2021, the Bank transferred $400 million of FVOCI Canadian government debt from Level 2 to Level 1 (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – no significant transfers).

Movements of Level 3 instruments

Significant transfers into and out of Level 3 occur mainly due to the following reasons:

•  

Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 occur when techniques used for valuing the instrument incorporate significant observable market inputs or broker-dealer quotes which were previously not observable.

•  

Transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 occur when an instrument’s fair value, which was previously determined using valuation techniques with significant observable market inputs, is now determined using valuation techniques with significant unobservable inputs.

Due to the unobservable nature of the inputs used to value Level 3 financial instruments there may be uncertainty about the valuation of these instruments. The fair value of Level 3 instruments may be drawn from a range of reasonably possible alternatives. In determining the appropriate levels for these unobservable inputs, parameters are chosen so that they are consistent with prevailing market evidence and management judgment.

During the three months ended April 30, 2021, significant transfers out of Level 3 and into Level 2 included $3,635 million of trading deposits and $1,156 million (net liabilities) of equity contracts which comprised of $625 million of derivative related assets and $1,781 million of derivative related liabilities due to changes in the degree of observability of certain inputs in the fair value measurement of these instruments (three months ended April 30, 2020 – no significant transfers).

The following tables reconcile changes in fair value of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant Level 3 unobservable inputs for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

 

Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

 

                               
(millions of Canadian dollars)  

Fair

value as at
February 1
2021

    Total realized and
unrealized gains (losses)
    Movements     Transfers    

Fair

value as at
April 30
2021

    Change in
unrealized
gains
(losses) on
instruments
still held5
 
     
Included
in income
 
1 
   
Included
in OCI
 
2,3 
   
Purchases/
Issuances
 
 
   
Sales/
Settlements
 
4 
   
Into
Level 3
 
 
   
Out of
Level 3
 
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                                                       

Trading loans, securities, and other

                                                                       

Government and government-related securities

                 

Canadian government debt

                 

Provinces

  $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –  

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments and agencies debt

    –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Other debt securities

                 

Canadian issuers

    1       –       –       –       –       –       (1 )      –       –  

Other issuers

    1       (1 )      –       –       –       3       –       3       –  
      2       (1 )      –       –       –       3       (1 )      3       –  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                 

Securities

    595       26       –       46       (5 )      –       –       662       23  

Loans

    3       –       –       –       –       –       –       3       –  
      598       26       –       46       (5 )      –       –       665       23  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                       

Other debt securities

                 

Corporate and other debt

    23       –       1       –       –       –       –       24       1  

Equity securities

                 

Common shares

    1,503       –       (1 )      4       (64 )      –       –       1,442       4  

Preferred shares

    32       –       5       –       –       –       –       37       1  
    $ 1,558     $ –     $ 5     $ 4     $ (64 )    $ –     $ –     $ 1,503     $ 6  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                       

Trading deposits6

  $ (5,024 )    $ (464 )    $ –     $ (5 )    $ 1,682     $ –     $ 3,635     $ (176 )    $ (21 ) 

Derivatives7

                 

Interest rate contracts

    (96 )      4       –       –       (4 )      –       –       (96 )      6  

Foreign exchange contracts

    5       5       –       –       –       –       (1 )      9       6  

Equity contracts

    (1,072 )      (310 )      –       (23 )      159       1       1,156       (89 )      (258 ) 

Commodity contracts

    4       9       –       –       (2 )      –       –       11       8  
      (1,159 )      (292 )      –       (23 )      153       1       1,155       (165 )      (238 ) 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    (31 )      (65 )      –       (96 )      142       –       –       (50 )      (65 ) 

Obligations related to securities sold short

    (1 )      –       –       –       –       –       1       –       –  

 

1

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest Income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.

2

Other comprehensive income.

3

Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI.

4

Includes foreign exchange.

5

Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).

6

Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.

7

As at April 30, 2021, consists of derivative assets of $28 million (February 1, 2021 – $576 million) and derivative liabilities of $193 million (February 1, 2021 – $1,735 million), which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS   Page 56


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

(millions of Canadian dollars)   

Fair

value as at
November 1
2020

    Total realized and
unrealized gains (losses)
    Movements     Transfers     Fair
value as at
April 30
2021
    Change in
unrealized
gains
(losses) on
instruments
still held4
 
     Included
in income1
    Included
in OCI2
    Purchases/
Issuances
    Sales/
Settlements3
    Into
Level 3
    Out of
Level 3
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                                                        

Trading loans, securities, and other

                                                                        

Government and government-related securities

                  

Canadian government debt

                  

Provinces

   $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –  

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments and agencies debt

     16       2       –       –       (18 )      –       –       –       –  

Other debt securities

                  

Canadian issuers

     2       –       –       –       –       –       (2 )      –       –  

Other issuers

     1       –       –       1       (1 )      2       –       3       –  
       19       2       –       1       (19 )      2       (2 )      3       –  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                  

Securities

     571       29       –       74       (11 )      –       (1 )      662       21  

Loans

     3       –       –       –       –       –       –       3       –  
       574       29       –       74       (11 )      –       (1 )      665       21  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                        

Other debt securities

                  

Corporate and other debt

     20       –       4       –       –       –       –       24       4  

Equity securities

                  

Common shares

     1,553       –       (1 )      24       (134 )      –       –       1,442       4  

Preferred shares

     26       –       11       –       –       –       –       37       6  
     $ 1,599     $ –     $ 14     $ 24     $ (134 )    $ –     $ –     $ 1,503     $ 14  

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                        

Trading deposits5

   $ (4,649 )    $ (998 )    $ –     $ (749 )    $ 2,592     $ (7 )    $ 3,635     $ (176 )    $ (24 ) 

Derivatives6

                  

Interest rate contracts

     (96 )      3       –       –       (3 )      –       –       (96 )      7  

Foreign exchange contracts

     2       8       –       –       –       –       (1 )      9       9  

Equity contracts

     (707 )      (749 )      –       (36 )      239       8       1,156       (89 )      (661 ) 

Commodity contracts

     (18 )      27       –       –       1       –       1       11       13  
       (819 )      (711 )      –       (36 )      237       8       1,156       (165 )      (632 ) 

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     (24 )      (61 )      –       (142 )      177       –       –       (50 )      (61 ) 

Obligations related to securities sold short

     –       –       –       –       –       (1 )      1       –       –  

 

1

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest Income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.

2

Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI.

3

Includes foreign exchange.

4

Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.

5

Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.

6

As at April 30, 2021, consists of derivative assets of $28 million (November 1, 2020 – $381 million) and derivative liabilities of $193 million (November 1, 2020 – $1,200 million), which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 57  


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

(millions of Canadian dollars)   

Fair

value as at
February 1
2020

    Total realized and
unrealized gains (losses)
    Movements     Transfers    

Fair

value as at
April 30
2020

    Change in
unrealized
gains
(losses) on
instruments
still held4
 
     Included
in income1
    Included
in OCI2
    Purchases/
Issuances
    Sales/
Settlements3
    Into
Level 3
    Out of
Level 3
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                                                        

Trading loans, securities, and other

                                                                        

Government and government-related securities

                  

Canadian government debt

                  

Provinces

   $ 8     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ (8 )    $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –  

Other debt securities

                  

Canadian issuers

     –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Other issuers

     9       –       –       7       –       3       (4 )      15       3  
       17       –       –       7       (8 )      3       (4 )      15       3  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                  

Securities

     500       (12 )      –       28       (20 )      –       –       496       (17 ) 

Loans

     5       –       –       –       (2 )      –       –       3       –  
       505       (12 )      –       28       (22 )      –       –       499       (17 ) 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                        

Other debt securities

                  

Corporate and other debt

     24       –       (4 )      –       –       –       –       20       –  

Equity securities

                  

Common shares

     1,518       –       (1 )      9       76       –       –       1,602       –  

Preferred shares

     45       –       (19 )      1       –       –       –       27       (19 ) 
     $ 1,587     $ –     $ (24 )    $ 10     $ 76     $ –     $ –     $ 1,649     $ (19 ) 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                        

Trading deposits5

   $ (4,209 )    $ 628     $ –     $ (1,083 )    $ 334     $ –     $ 8     $ (4,322 )    $ 573  

Derivatives6

                  

Interest rate contracts

     (85 )      (12 )      –       –       –       –       –       (97 )      (10 ) 

Foreign exchange contracts

     –       11       –       –       2       –       –       13       11  

Equity contracts

     (1,024 )      490       –       (27 )      31       (1 )      –       (531 )      485  

Commodity contracts

     (19 )      (66 )      –       –       22       –       –       (63 )      (50 ) 
       (1,128 )      423       –       (27 )      55       (1 )      –       (678 )      436  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

     (5 )      58       –       (66 )      6       –       –       (7 )      58  

Obligations related to securities sold short

     (3 )      –       –       –       –       –       3       –       –  

 

1

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.

2

Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI.

3

Includes foreign exchange.

4

Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.

5

Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.

6

As at April 30, 2020, consists of derivative assets of $337 million (February 1, 2020 – $630 million) and derivative liabilities of $1,015 million (February 1, 2020 – $1,758 million), which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 58  


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

(millions of Canadian dollars)  

Fair
value as at

November 1
2019

    Total realized and
unrealized gains (losses)
    Movements     Transfers    

Fair

value as at

April 30
2020

   

Change in
unrealized
gains
(losses) on

instruments
still held4

 
     Included
in income1
    Included
in OCI2
    Purchases/
Issuances
    Sales/
Settlements3
    Into
Level 3
    Out of
Level 3
 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

                                                                       

Trading loans, securities, and other

                                                                       

Government and government-related securities

                 

Canadian government debt

                 

Provinces

  $ 8     $ –     $ –     $ –     $ (8 )    $ –     $ –     $ –     $ –  

Other debt securities

                 

Canadian issuers

    3       –       –       –       (1 )      –       (2 )      –       –  

Other issuers

    1       –       –       7       (1 )      12       (4 )      15       3  
      12       –       –       7       (10 )      12       (6 )      15       3  

Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

                 

Securities

    493       (4 )      –       53       (46 )      –       –       496       (14 ) 

Loans

    5       –       –       –       (2 )      –       –       3       –  
      498       (4 )      –       53       (48 )      –       –       499       (14 ) 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                       

Other debt securities

                 

Corporate and other debt

    24       –       (4 )      –       –       –       –       20       –  

Equity securities

                 

Common shares

    1,507       –       (1 )      18       78       –       –       1,602       1  

Preferred shares

    44       –       (18 )      1       –       –       –       27       (18 ) 
    $ 1,575     $ –     $ (23 )    $ 19     $ 78     $ –     $ –     $ 1,649     $ (17 ) 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

                                                                       

Trading deposits5

  $ (4,092 )    $ 523     $ –     $ (1,797 )    $ 1,036     $ –     $ 8     $ (4,322 )    $ 494  

Derivatives6

                 

Interest rate contracts

    (83 )      (22 )      –       –       8       –       –       (97 )      (15 ) 

Foreign exchange contracts

    (1 )      10       –       –       3       1       –       13       11  

Equity contracts

    (925 )      357       –       (58 )      96       (1 )      –       (531 )      351  

Commodity contracts

    (17 )      (69 )      –       –       23       –       –       (63 )      (53 ) 
      (1,026 )      276       –       (58 )      130       –       –       (678 )      294  

Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    (21 )      65       –       (105 )      54       –       –       (7 )      65  

Obligations related to securities sold short

    –       –       –       –       –       (3 )      3       –       –  

 

1

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.

2

Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI.

3

Includes foreign exchange.

4

Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in AOCI.

5

Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.

6

As at April 30, 2020, consists of derivative assets of $337 million (November 1, 2019 – $604 million) and derivative liabilities of $1,015 million (November 1, 2019 – $1,630 million), which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 59  


Table of Contents

NOTE 5:  SECURITIES

Unrealized Securities Gains (Losses)

The following table summarizes the unrealized gains and losses as at April 30, 2021 and October 31, 2020.

 

Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Securities at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income  
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                   As at  
                     April 30, 2021                      October 31, 2020  
      Cost/
amortized
cost1
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
(losses)
    Fair
value
     Cost/
amortized
cost1
     Gross
unrealized
gains
     Gross
unrealized
(losses)
   

Fair

value

 

Government and government-related securities

                     

Canadian government debt

                     

Federal

   $ 12,897      $ 122      $ (6 )    $ 13,013      $ 13,967      $ 160      $ (1 )    $ 14,126  

Provinces

     17,622        244        (21 )      17,845        16,342        181        (21 )      16,502  

U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and agencies debt

     25,372        151        (5 )      25,518        32,875        192        (33 )      33,034  

Other OECD government guaranteed debt

     8,109        25        (3 )      8,131        10,720        39        (3 )      10,756  

Mortgage-backed securities

     2,906        6        –       2,912        3,855        11        (1 )      3,865  
       66,906        548        (35 )      67,419        77,759        583        (59 )      78,283  

Other debt securities

                     

Asset-backed securities

     7,641        30        (14 )      7,657        10,051        26        (71 )      10,006  

Corporate and other debt

     8,466        82        (8 )      8,540        9,853        79        (37 )      9,895  
       16,107        112        (22 )      16,197        19,904        105        (108 )      19,901  

Total debt securities

     83,013        660        (57 )      83,616        97,663        688        (167 )      98,184  

Equity securities

                     

Common shares

     3,677        143        (87 )      3,733        2,641        26        (280 )      2,387  

Preferred shares

     436        12        (47 )      401        303        –        (91 )      212  
       4,113        155        (134 )      4,134        2,944        26        (371 )      2,599  

Total securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

   $ 87,126      $ 815      $ (191 )    $ 87,750      $ 100,607      $ 714      $ (538 )    $ 100,783  

 

1

Includes the foreign exchange translation of amortized cost balances at the period-end spot rate.

Equity Securities Designated at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income

The Bank designated certain equity securities shown in the following table as equity securities at FVOCI. The designation was made because the investments are held for purposes other than trading.

 

Equity Securities Designated at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income

 

                          
(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at      For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
     April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020      April 30, 2021      April 30, 2020      April 30, 2021      April 30, 2020  
     Fair value      Dividend income recognized      Dividend income recognized  

Common shares

   $ 3,733      $ 2,387      $ 40      $ 24      $ 70      $ 51  

Preferred shares

     401        212        4        4        7        7  

Total

   $ 4,134      $ 2,599      $ 44      $ 28      $ 77      $ 58  

The Bank disposed of equity securities in line with the Bank’s investment strategy with a fair value of $55 million and $59 million during the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, respectively (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – $23 million and $28 million, respectively). The Bank realized a cumulative gain of $2 million during the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 (cumulative loss of $6 million during the three and six months ended April 30, 2020) on disposal of these equity securities and recognized dividend income of nil during the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

Securities Net Realized Gains (Losses)

The following table summarizes the net realized gains and losses for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

 

Securities Net Realized Gains (Losses)                                 
(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Debt securities at amortized cost

   $ (61 )    $ –     $ (61 )    $ –  

Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

     14       (12 )      34       (2 ) 

Total

   $ (47 )    $ (12 )    $ (27 )    $ (2 ) 

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 60  


Table of Contents

Credit Quality of Debt Securities

The Bank evaluates non-retail credit risk on an individual borrower basis, using both a borrower risk rating and facility risk rating, as detailed in the shaded area of the “Managing Risk” section of the 2020 MD&A. This system is used to assess all non-retail exposures, including debt securities.

The following table provides the gross carrying amounts of debt securities measured at amortized cost and debt securities at FVOCI by internal risk ratings for credit risk management purposes, presenting separately those debt securities that are subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3 allowances.

Debt Securities by Risk Ratings

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
     April 30, 2021              October 31, 2020  
      Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total      Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  

Debt securities

                       

Investment grade

   $ 297,170      $ –      $ n/a      $ 297,170      $ 322,842      $ –      $ n/a      $ 322,842  

Non-Investment grade

     2,245        82        n/a        2,327        2,762        244        n/a        3,006  

Watch and classified

     n/a        26        n/a        26        n/a        17        n/a        17  

Default

     n/a        n/a        –        –        n/a        n/a        –        –  

Total debt securities

     299,415        108        –        299,523        325,604        261        –        325,865  

Allowance for credit losses on debt securities at amortized cost

     2        –        –        2        2        –        –        2  

Debt securities, net of allowance

   $ 299,413      $ 108      $ –      $ 299,521      $ 325,602      $ 261      $ –      $ 325,863  

As at April 30, 2021, the allowance for credit losses on debt securities was $6 million (October 31, 2020 – $7 million), comprising of $2 million (October 31, 2020 – $2 million) for debt securities at amortized cost (DSAC) and $4 million (October 31, 2020 – $5 million) for debt securities at FVOCI. For the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, the Bank reported a provision for credit losses (PCL) of nil (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – $1 million) on DSAC. For the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, the Bank reported a recovery of credit losses on debt securities at FVOCI of $3 million and $2 million, respectively (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – PCL of $8 million).

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 61  


Table of Contents

NOTE 6:  LOANS, IMPAIRED LOANS, AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The following table provides the gross carrying amounts of loans and credit risk exposures on loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts by internal risk ratings for credit risk management purposes, presenting separately those that are subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3 allowances.

Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings

(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                            As at  
     April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020  
      Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total      Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  

Residential mortgages1,2,3

                       

Low Risk

   $ 198,153      $ 3,457      $ n/a      $ 201,610      $ 169,710      $ 3,125      $ n/a      $ 172,835  

Normal Risk

     37,285        8,309        n/a        45,594        56,663        9,938        n/a        66,601  

Medium Risk

     –        5,115        n/a        5,115        –        7,690        n/a        7,690  

High Risk

     –        3,141        275        3,416        –        4,120        443        4,563  

Default

     n/a        n/a        542        542        n/a        n/a        530        530  

Total

     235,438        20,022        817        256,277        226,373        24,873        973        252,219  

Allowance for loan losses

     23        166        56        245        32        205        65        302  

Loans, net of allowance

     235,415        19,856        761        256,032        226,341        24,668        908        251,917  

Consumer instalment and other personal4

                       

Low Risk

     88,019        1,219        n/a        89,238        77,178        1,199        n/a        78,377  

Normal Risk

     57,593        830        n/a        58,423        59,349        1,360        n/a        60,709  

Medium Risk

     22,633        4,017        n/a        26,650        28,094        3,631        n/a        31,725  

High Risk

     1,666        7,626        407        9,699        3,700        9,940        638        14,278  

Default

     n/a        n/a        456        456        n/a        n/a        371        371  

Total

     169,911        13,692        863        184,466        168,321        16,130        1,009        185,460  

Allowance for loan losses

     562        994        147        1,703        567        1,265        187        2,019  

Loans, net of allowance

     169,349        12,698        716        182,763        167,754        14,865        822        183,441  

Credit card

                       

Low Risk

     4,165        –        n/a        4,165        3,916        49        n/a        3,965  

Normal Risk

     8,978        47        n/a        9,025        7,027        129        n/a        7,156  

Medium Risk

     9,186        945        n/a        10,131        10,431        804        n/a        11,235  

High Risk

     606        5,106        177        5,889        3,493        6,180        206        9,879  

Default

     n/a        n/a        71        71        n/a        n/a        99        99  

Total

     22,935        6,098        248        29,281        24,867        7,162        305        32,334  

Allowance for loan losses

     665        1,191        194        2,050        624        1,726        204        2,554  

Loans, net of allowance

     22,270        4,907        54        27,231        24,243        5,436        101        29,780  

Business and government1,2,3,5,6

                       

Investment grade or Low/Normal Risk

     113,366        394        n/a        113,760        120,106        250        n/a        120,356  

Non-Investment grade or Medium Risk

     124,512        12,939        n/a        137,451        126,509        11,818        n/a        138,327  

Watch and classified or High Risk

     777        13,289        89        14,155        890        12,567        120        13,577  

Default

     n/a        n/a        963        963        n/a        n/a        982        982  

Total

     238,655        26,622        1,052        266,329        247,505        24,635        1,102        273,242  

Allowance for loan and acceptances losses

     1,118        1,540        343        3,001        1,321        1,706        388        3,415  

Loans and acceptances, net of allowance

     237,537        25,082        709        263,328        246,184        22,929        714        269,827  

Total loans and acceptances5,7

     666,939        66,434        2,980        736,353        667,066        72,800        3,389        743,255  

Total Allowance for loan losses7,8

     2,368        3,891        740        6,999        2,544        4,902        844        8,290  

Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance5,7

   $ 664,571      $ 62,543      $ 2,240      $ 729,354      $ 664,522      $ 67,898      $ 2,545      $ 734,965  

 

1

As at April 30, 2021, impaired loans with a balance of $122 million (October 31, 2020 – $111 million) did not have a related allowance for loan losses, as the realizable value of the collateral exceeded the loan amount.

2

As at April 30, 2021, excludes trading loans and non-trading loans at FVTPL with a fair value of $13 billion (October 31, 2020 – $13 billion) and $3 billion (October 31, 2020 – $4 billion), respectively.

3

As at April 30, 2021, includes insured mortgages of $84 billion (October 31, 2020 – $86 billion).

4

As at April 30, 2021, includes Canadian government-insured real estate personal loans of $11 billion (October 31, 2020 – $12 billion).

5

As at April 30, 2021, includes loans that are measured at FVOCI of $2 billion (October 31, 2020 – $3 billion) and customers’ liability under acceptances of $19 billion (October 31, 2020 – $15 billion).

6

As at April 30, 2021, includes loans guaranteed by government agencies of $26 billion (October 31, 2020 – $27 billion), which are primarily classified in Non-Investment grade or a lower risk rating based on the borrowers’ credit risk.

7

As at April 30, 2021, Stage 3 includes acquired credit-impaired (ACI) loans of $177 million (October 31, 2020 – $232 million) and a related allowance for loan losses of $6 million (October 31, 2020 – $10 million), which have been included in the “Default” risk rating category as they were impaired at acquisition.

8 

Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of $1 million as at April 30, 2021 (October 31, 2020 – $1 million).

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 62  


Table of Contents

Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings (Continued) – Off-Balance Sheet Credit Instruments1

(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                            As at  
     April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020  
      Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total      Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  

Retail Exposures2

                       

Low Risk

   $   215,718      $   170      $ n/a      $   215,888      $ 200,226      $ 724      $ n/a      $ 200,950  

Normal Risk

     79,318        389        n/a        79,707        78,448        1,124        n/a        79,572  

Medium Risk

     14,973        503        n/a        15,476        35,187        1,444        n/a        36,631  

High Risk

     925        1,312        –        2,237        2,004        3,025        –        5,029  

Default

     n/a        n/a        –        –        n/a        n/a        –        –  

Non-Retail Exposures3

                       

Investment grade

     192,349        –        n/a        192,349        194,182        –        n/a        194,182  

Non-Investment grade

     75,381        5,207        n/a        80,588        76,280        6,553        n/a        82,833  

Watch and classified

     38        5,718        –        5,756        18        4,416        –        4,434  

Default

     n/a        n/a        210        210        n/a        n/a        144        144  

Total off-balance sheet credit instruments

     578,702        13,299        210        592,211        586,345        17,286        144        603,775  

Allowance for off-balance sheet credit instruments

     381        563        26        970        381        672        34        1,087  

Total off-balance sheet credit instruments, net of allowance

   $ 578,321      $ 12,736      $ 184      $ 591,241      $ 585,964      $ 16,614      $ 110      $ 602,688  

 

1

Exclude mortgage commitments.

2

As at April 30, 2021, includes $312 billion (October 31, 2020 – $321 billion) of personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s discretion at any time.

3

As at April 30, 2021, includes $47 billion (October 31, 2020 – $43 billion) of the undrawn component of uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 63  


Table of Contents

The changes to the Bank’s allowance for loan losses, as at and for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020, are shown in the following tables.

Allowance for Loan Losses

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended  
     April 30, 2021     April 30, 2020  
       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3 1      Total       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3 1      Total  

Residential Mortgages

                

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 26     $ 214     $ 61     $ 301     $ 30     $ 28     $ 56     $ 114  

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 12

     36       (35 )      (1 )      –       4       (4 )      –       –  

Transfer to Stage 2

     (6 )      12       (6 )      –       (3 )      6       (3 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 3

     –       (3 )      3       –       –       (3 )      3       –  

Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage3

     (7 )      2       –       (5 )      (2 )      4       –       2  

New originations or purchases4

     2       n/a       n/a       2       4       n/a       n/a       4  

Net repayments5

     (1 )      (1 )      –       (2 )      –       –       –       –  

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)6

     (3 )      (11 )      (35 )      (49 )      (1 )      (1 )      (5 )      (7 ) 

Changes to risk, parameters, and models7

     (24 )      (10 )      39       5       3       25       14       42  

Disposals

     –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Write-offs

     –       –       (4 )      (4 )      –       –       (9 )      (9 ) 

Recoveries

     –       –       1       1       –       –       1       1  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments      –       (2 )      (2 )      (4 )      2       1       2       5  
Balance at end of period    $ 23     $ 166     $ 56     $ 245     $ 37     $ 56     $ 59     $ 152  

Consumer Instalment and Other Personal

                

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at beginning of period

   $ 529     $ 1,333     $ 176     $ 2,038     $ 728     $ 440     $ 185     $ 1,353  

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 12

     364       (362 )      (2 )      –       50       (45 )      (5 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 2

     (24 )      39       (15 )      –       (136 )      151       (15 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 3

     (3 )      (53 )      56       –       (4 )      (40 )      44       –  

Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage3

     (108 )      30       3       (75 )      (20 )      167       4       151  

New originations or purchases4

     55       n/a       n/a       55       99       n/a       n/a       99  

Net repayments5

     (25 )      (27 )      (5 )      (57 )      (20 )      (14 )      (3 )      (37 ) 

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)6

     (19 )      (41 )      (12 )      (72 )      (22 )      (10 )      (6 )      (38 ) 

Changes to risk, parameters, and models7

     (171 )      181       91       101       171       203       297       671  

Disposals

     –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Write-offs

     –       –       (233 )      (233 )      –       –       (346 )      (346 ) 

Recoveries

     –       –       91       91       –       –       58       58  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments      (11 )      (18 )      (3 )      (32 )      17       8       3       28  

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     587       1,082       147       1,816       863       860       216       1,939  
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments8      25       88       –       113       30       55       –       85  
Balance at end of period    $ 562     $ 994     $ 147     $ 1,703     $ 833     $ 805     $ 216     $ 1,854  

Credit Card9

                

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at beginning of period

   $ 842     $ 1,867     $ 222     $ 2,931     $ 952     $ 728     $ 367     $ 2,047  

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 12

     385       (380 )      (5 )      –       136       (130 )      (6 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 2

     (41 )      55       (14 )      –       (156 )      172       (16 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 3

     (2 )      (175 )      177       –       (2 )      (134 )      136       –  

Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage3

     (118 )      70       3       (45 )      (48 )      241       3       196  

New originations or purchases4

     26       n/a       n/a       26       55       n/a       n/a       55  

Net repayments5

     (52 )      (7 )      6       (53 )      (18 )      2       9       (7 ) 

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)6

     (12 )      (36 )      (54 )      (102 )      (29 )      (33 )      (62 )      (124 ) 

Changes to risk, parameters, and models7

     (152 )      166       65       79       205       667       304       1,176  

Disposals

     –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Write-offs

     –       –       (288 )      (288 )      –       –       (486 )      (486 ) 

Recoveries

     –       –       89       89       –       –       78       78  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments      (24 )      (43 )      (7 )      (74 )      32       17       16       65  

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     852       1,517       194       2,563       1,127       1,530       343       3,000  
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments8      187       326       –       513       250       360       –       610  

Balance at end of period

   $ 665     $ 1,191     $ 194     $ 2,050     $ 877     $ 1,170     $ 343     $ 2,390  

 

1

Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.

2

Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.

3

Represents the mechanical remeasurement between twelve-month (i.e., Stage 1) and lifetime ECLs (i.e., Stage 2 or 3) due to stage transfers necessitated by credit risk migration, as described in the “Significant Increase in Credit Risk” section of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 3, Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, holding all other factors impacting the change in ECLs constant.

4

Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.

5

Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments on loans outstanding.

6

Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.

7

Represents the changes in the allowance related to current period changes in risk (e.g., Probability of Default (PD)) caused by changes to macroeconomic factors, level of risk, parameters, and/or models, subsequent to stage migration. Refer to the “Measurement of Expected Credit Losses”, “Forward Looking Information” and “Expert Credit Judgment” sections of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 3, Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

8

The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.

9

Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 64  


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

        

(millions of Canadian dollars)

    

For the three months ended

 
    

April 30, 2021

      

April 30, 2020

 
       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3 1      Total        Stage 1        Stage 2        Stage 3 1       Total  

Business and Government2

                    

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at beginning of period

   $ 1,450     $ 1,877     $ 340     $ 3,667      $ 756      $ 735      $ 291      $ 1,782  

Provision for credit losses

                    

Transfer to Stage 13

     127       (125 )      (2 )      –        36        (35 )       (1 )       –  

Transfer to Stage 2

     (124 )      127       (3 )      –        (113 )       116        (3 )       –  

Transfer to Stage 3

     –       (38 )      38       –        (1 )       (17 )       18        –  

Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage3

     (31 )      40       –       9        (14 )       67        (1 )       52  

New originations or purchases3

     239       n/a       n/a       239        209        n/a        n/a        209  

Net repayments3

     (13 )      (62 )      (18 )      (93 )       (4 )       (11 )       (10 )       (25 ) 

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)3

     (181 )      (186 )      (112 )      (479 )       (86 )       (51 )       (79 )       (216 ) 

Changes to risk, parameters, and models3

     (143 )      101       184       142        294        362        350        1,006  

Disposals

     –       –       –       –        –        –        –        –  

Write-offs

     –       –       (60 )      (60 )       –        –        (58 )       (58 ) 

Recoveries

     –       –       11       11        –        –        11        11  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments      (37 )      (45 )      (9 )      (91 )       28        25        11        64  

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     1,287       1,689       369       3,345        1,105        1,191        529        2,825  

Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments4

     169       149       26       344        127        123        46        296  
Balance at end of period      1,118       1,540       343       3,001        978        1,068        483        2,529  

Total Allowance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     2,749       4,454       766       7,969        3,132        3,637        1,147        7,916  

Less: Total Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments

     381       563       26       970        407        538        46        991  

Total Allowance for Loan Losses at end of period5

   $ 2,368     $ 3,891     $ 740     $ 6,999      $ 2,725      $ 3,099      $ 1,101      $ 6,925  

 

1

Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.

2

Includes allowance for loan losses related to customers’ liability under acceptances.

3

For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the “Allowance for Loan Losses” table on the previous page in this Note.

4

The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.

5 

Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of $1 million as at April 30, 2021 (April 30, 2020 – nil).

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 65  


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the six months ended  
     April 30, 2021     April 30, 2020  
       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3 1      Total       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3 1      Total  

Residential Mortgages

                

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 32     $ 205     $ 65     $ 302     $ 28     $ 26     $ 56     $ 110  

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 12

     52       (51 )      (1 )      –       10       (10 )      –       –  

Transfer to Stage 2

     (18 )      29       (11 )      –       (4 )      10       (6 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 3

     –       (7 )      7       –       –       (6 )      6       –  

Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage3

     (10 )      5       –       (5 )      (5 )      6       –       1  

New originations or purchases4

     5       n/a       n/a       5       9       n/a       n/a       9  

Net repayments5

     (4 )      (2 )      –       (6 )      –       –       –       –  

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)6

     (4 )      (19 )      (40 )      (63 )      (2 )      (2 )      (10 )      (14 ) 

Changes to risk, parameters, and models7

     (28 )      12       42       26       (1 )      31       25       55  

Disposals

     –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Write-offs

     –       –       (8 )      (8 )      –       –       (16 )      (16 ) 

Recoveries

     1       (3 )      4       2       –       –       2       2  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments      (3 )      (3 )      (2 )      (8 )      2       1       2       5  
Balance at end of period    $ 23     $ 166     $ 56     $ 245     $ 37     $ 56     $ 59     $ 152  

Consumer Instalment and Other Personal

                

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at beginning of period

   $ 595     $ 1,330     $ 187     $ 2,112     $ 717     $ 417     $ 175     $ 1,309  

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 12

     633       (628 )      (5 )      –       134       (123 )      (11 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 2

     (67 )      98       (31 )      –       (172 )      199       (27 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 3

     (5 )      (105 )      110       –       (7 )      (76 )      83       –  

Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage3

     (210 )      79       4       (127 )      (55 )      210       7       162  

New originations or purchases4

     106       n/a       n/a       106       177       n/a       n/a       177  

Net repayments5

     (50 )      (54 )      (8 )      (112 )      (44 )      (22 )      (6 )      (72 ) 

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)6

     (40 )      (79 )      (19 )      (138 )      (43 )      (21 )      (11 )      (75 ) 

Changes to risk, parameters, and models7

     (352 )      481       245       374       138       267       553       958  

Disposals

     –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Write-offs

     –       –       (491 )      (491 )      –       –       (688 )      (688 ) 

Recoveries

     –       –       166       166       –       –       137       137  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments      (23 )      (40 )      (11 )      (74 )      18       9       4       31  

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     587       1,082       147       1,816       863       860       216       1,939  
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments8      25       88       –       113       30       55       –       85  
Balance at end of period    $ 562     $ 994     $ 147     $ 1,703     $ 833     $ 805     $ 216     $ 1,854  

Credit Card9

                

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at beginning of period

   $ 799     $ 2,181     $ 204     $ 3,184     $ 934     $ 673     $ 322     $ 1,929  

Provision for credit losses

                

Transfer to Stage 12

     763       (753 )      (10 )      –       297       (285 )      (12 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 2

     (83 )      112       (29 )      –       (211 )      240       (29 )      –  

Transfer to Stage 3

     (4 )      (355 )      359       –       (10 )      (267 )      277       –  

Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage3

     (279 )      132       5       (142 )      (110 )      325       15       230  

New originations or purchases4

     53       n/a       n/a       53       90       n/a       n/a       90  

Net repayments5

     (61 )      (9 )      12       (58 )      52       9       21       82  

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)6

     (24 )      (72 )      (99 )      (195 )      (54 )      (62 )      (165 )      (281 ) 

Changes to risk, parameters, and models7

     (267 )      382       180       295       104       877       673       1,654  

Disposals

     –       –       –       –       –       –       –       –  

Write-offs

     –       –       (570 )      (570 )      –       –       (938 )      (938 ) 

Recoveries

     –       –       156       156       –       –       162       162  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments      (45 )      (101 )      (14 )      (160 )      35       20       17       72  

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     852       1,517       194       2,563       1,127       1,530       343       3,000  
Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments8      187       326       –       513       250       360       –       610  

Balance at end of period

   $ 665     $ 1,191     $ 194     $ 2,050     $ 877     $ 1,170     $ 343     $ 2,390  

 

1

Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.

2

Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.

3

Represents the mechanical remeasurement between twelve-month (i.e., Stage 1) and lifetime ECLs (i.e., Stage 2 or 3) due to stage transfers necessitated by credit risk migration, as described in the “Significant Increase in Credit Risk” section of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 3, Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, holding all other factors impacting the change in ECLs constant.

4

Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.

5

Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments on loans outstanding.

6

Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.

7

Represents the changes in the allowance related to current period changes in risk (e.g., PD) caused by changes to macroeconomic factors, level of risk, parameters, and/or models, subsequent to stage migration. Refer to the “Measurement of Expected Credit Losses”, “Forward Looking Information” and “Expert Credit Judgment” sections of Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 3, Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

8

The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.

9

Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 66  


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)

 

        

(millions of Canadian dollars)

    

For the six months ended

 
    

April 30, 2021

      

April 30, 2020

 
       Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3 1      Total        Stage 1        Stage 2        Stage 3 1       Total  

Business and Government2

                    

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at beginning of period

   $ 1,499     $ 1,858     $ 422     $ 3,779      $ 736      $ 740      $ 208      $ 1,684  

Provision for credit losses

                    

Transfer to Stage 13

     230       (227 )      (3 )      –        78        (76 )       (2 )       –  

Transfer to Stage 2

     (262 )      269       (7 )      –        (137 )       145        (8 )       –  

Transfer to Stage 3

     (3 )      (65 )      68       –        (10 )       (77 )       87        –  

Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage3

     (57 )      77       (2 )      18        (32 )       101        (4 )       65  

New originations or purchases3

     561       n/a       n/a       561        319        n/a        n/a        319  

Net repayments3

     (6 )      (69 )      (67 )      (142 )       (12 )       (19 )       (18 )       (49 ) 

Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)3

     (380 )      (368 )      (174 )      (922 )       (167 )       (160 )       (119 )       (446 ) 

Changes to risk, parameters, and models3

     (216 )      305       321       410        300        509        454        1,263  

Disposals

     –       –       –       –        –        –        –        –  

Write-offs

     –       –       (191 )      (191 )       –        –        (105 )       (105 ) 

Recoveries

     –       –       25       25        –        –        29        29  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments      (79 )      (91 )      (23 )      (193 )       30        28        7        65  

Balance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     1,287       1,689       369       3,345        1,105        1,191        529        2,825  

Less: Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments4

     169       149       26       344        127        123        46        296  
Balance at end of period      1,118       1,540       343       3,001        978        1,068        483        2,529  

Total Allowance, including off-balance sheet instruments, at end of period

     2,749       4,454       766       7,969        3,132        3,637        1,147        7,916  

Less: Total Allowance for off-balance sheet instruments

     381       563       26       970        407        538        46        991  

Total Allowance for Loan Losses at end of period5

   $ 2,368     $ 3,891     $ 740     $ 6,999      $ 2,725      $ 3,099      $ 1,101      $ 6,925  

 

1

Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.

2

Includes allowance for loan losses related to customers’ liability under acceptances.

3

For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the “Allowance for Loan Losses” table on the previous page in this Note.

4

The allowance for loan losses for off-balance sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.

5 

Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of $1 million as at April 30, 2021 (April 30, 2020 – nil).

The allowance for loan losses on all remaining financial assets is not significant.

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

Relevant macroeconomic factors are incorporated in risk parameters as appropriate. Additional risk factors that are industry or segment specific are also incorporated, where relevant. The key macroeconomic variables used in determining ECLs include regional unemployment rates for all retail exposures and regional housing price indices for residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit. For business and government loans, the key macroeconomic variables include GDP, unemployment rates, interest rates, and credit spreads.

Forward-looking macroeconomic forecasts are generated by TD Economics as part of the ECL process: A base economic forecast is accompanied with upside and downside estimates of realistically possible economic conditions. All macroeconomic forecasts are updated quarterly for each variable on a regional basis where applicable and incorporated as relevant into the quarterly modelling of base, upside and downside risk parameters used in the calculation of ECL scenarios and probability-weighted ECLs. Since the second quarter of 2020, macroeconomic variables for the downside scenario were based on plausible scenario analyses of COVID-19 impacts, given the lack of comparable historical data for a shock of this nature. Starting in the first quarter of 2021, the upside scenario was based on plausible scenario analyses of a more rapid recovery from the COVID-19 shock.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 67  


Table of Contents

Macroeconomic Variables

Select macroeconomic variables are projected over the forecast period. The following table represents the average values of the macroeconomic variables over the four calendar quarters starting with the current quarter, and the remaining 4-year forecast period for the base forecast and upside and downside scenarios used in determining the Bank’s ECLs as at April 30, 2021. As the forecast period increases, information about the future becomes less readily available and projections are anchored on assumptions around structural relationships between economic parameters that are inherently much less certain. Compared with the forecast as of January 31, 2021, the overall economic outlook has been upgraded, reflecting greater economic resilience and additional fiscal supports resulting in a faster normalization of economic activity and lower expected unemployment rates. As the economy moves farther away from the initial economic shocks of the pandemic, and given the substantial government supports, uncertainty around the economic forecast continues to decrease.

Macroeconomic Variables

      Base Forecast            Upside Scenario     Downside Scenario  
     Calendar Quarters1    

Average

Q2 2021-

Q1 20222

   

Remaining

4-year

period2

   

Average

Q2 2021-
Q1 20222

   

Remaining

4-year

period2

   

Average

Q2 2021-

Q1 20222

   

Remaining

4-year

period2

 
      

Q2

2021

 

   

Q3

2021

 

   

Q4

2021

 

   

Q1

2022

 

Unemployment rate

                    

Canada

     7.6 %      6.6 %      6.3 %      6.2 %      6.7 %      5.9 %      6.3 %      5.6 %      7.2 %      6.4 % 

United States

     5.9       5.5       5.0       4.5       5.2       3.9       4.7       3.8       5.8       4.5  

Real GDP

                    

Canada

     5.5       6.1       4.5       3.9       7.6       2.0       9.1       1.9       5.0       2.5  

United States

     7.0       6.8       5.1       4.1       7.3       2.3       9.0       2.1       4.7       2.8  

Home prices

                    

Canada (average existing price)3

     12.5       (1.7 )      (3.4 )      (6.3 )      15.8       (0.8 )      17.7       (0.7 )      13.2       (0.6 ) 

United States (CoreLogic HPI)4

     6.5       5.5       5.0       4.5       7.7       3.4       9.8       3.3       5.2       3.6  

Central bank policy interest rate

                    

Canada

     0.25       0.25       0.25       0.25       0.25       0.72       0.25       0.91       0.25       0.56  

United States

     0.25       0.25       0.25       0.25       0.25       0.81       0.25       1.02       0.25       0.64  

U.S. 10-year treasury yield

     1.58       1.63       1.68       1.73       1.66       2.07       1.83       2.50       1.47       1.92  

U.S. 10-year BBB spread (%-pts)

     1.40       1.55       1.70       1.80       1.61       1.80       1.52       1.76       1.78       1.82  
   

Exchange rate (U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar)

   $ 0.80     $ 0.81     $ 0.81     $ 0.81     $ 0.81     $ 0.79     $ 0.83     $ 0.81     $ 0.78     $ 0.76  

 

1

Quarterly figures for real GDP and home prices are presented as the quarter on quarter change, seasonally adjusted annualized rate.

2

The numbers represent average values for the quoted periods, and average of year-on-year growth for real GDP and home prices.

3

The average home price is the average transacted sale price of homes sold via the Multiple Listing Service (MLS); data is collected by the Canadian Real Estate Association (CREA).

4

The CoreLogic home price index (HPI) is a repeat-sales index which tracks increases and decreases in the same home’s sales price over time.

SENSITIVITY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

ECLs are sensitive to the inputs used in internally developed models, the macroeconomic variables in the forward-looking forecasts and respective probability weightings in determining the probability-weighted ECLs, and other factors considered when applying expert credit judgment. Changes in these inputs, assumptions, models, and judgments would affect the assessment of significant increase in credit risk and the measurement of ECLs.

The following table presents the base ECL scenario compared to the probability-weighted ECLs, with the latter derived from three ECL scenarios for performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments. The difference reflects the impact of deriving multiple scenarios around the base ECLs and resultant change in ECLs due to non-linearity and sensitivity to using macroeconomic forecasts.

Change from Base to Probability-Weighted ECLs

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)           As at  
      April 30, 2021     October 31, 2020  

Probability-weighted ECLs

   $ 7,203     $ 8,500  

Base ECLs

     7,174       8,157  

Difference – in amount

   $ 29     $ 343  

Difference – in percentage

     0.4 %      4.0 % 

ECLs for performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments consist of an aggregate amount of Stage 1 and Stage 2 probability-weighted ECLs which are twelve-month ECLs and lifetime ECLs, respectively. Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 ECLs result from a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the loan. The following table shows the estimated impact of staging on ECLs by presenting all performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments calculated using twelve-month ECLs compared to the current aggregate probability-weighted ECLs, holding all risk profiles constant.

 

Incremental Lifetime ECLs Impact

                 

(millions of Canadian dollars)

              As at
       April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020

Aggregate Stage 1 and 2 probability-weighted ECLs

   $ 7,203      $ 8,500  

All performing loans and off-balance sheet instruments using 12-month ECLs

     5,363        6,482  

Incremental lifetime ECLs impact

   $ 1,840      $ 2,018  

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 68  


Table of Contents

FORECLOSED ASSETS

Foreclosed assets are repossessed non-financial assets where the Bank gains title, ownership, or possession of individual properties, such as real estate properties, which are managed for sale in an orderly manner with the proceeds used to reduce or repay any outstanding debt. The Bank does not generally occupy foreclosed properties for its business use. The Bank predominantly relies on third-party appraisals to determine the carrying value of foreclosed assets. Foreclosed assets held for sale were $62 million as at April 30, 2021 (October 31, 2020 – $77 million), and were recorded in Other assets on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.

LOANS PAST DUE BUT NOT IMPAIRED

A loan is classified as past due when a borrower has failed to make a payment by the contractual due date. The following table summarizes loans that are past due but not impaired. Loans less than 31 days contractually past due are excluded as they do not generally reflect a borrower’s ability to meet their payment obligations.

 

Loans Past Due but not Impaired1,2,3                                                
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                            As at  
     April 30, 2021      October 31, 2020  
      31-60 days      61-89 days      Total      31-60 days      61-89 days      Total  

Residential mortgages

   $ 215      $ 81      $ 296      $ 221      $ 64      $ 285  

Consumer instalment and other personal

     383        153        536        590        200        790  

Credit card

     145        106        251        218        149        367  

Business and government

     648        187        835        723        329        1,052  

Total

   $ 1,391      $ 527      $ 1,918      $ 1,752      $ 742      $ 2,494  
1 

Certain comparative amounts have been restated to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.

3

Loans deferred under a bank-led COVID-19 relief program are not considered past due. Where such loans were already past due, they are not aged further during the deferral period. Aging for deferred loans commences subsequent to the deferral period.

MODIFIED FINANCIAL ASSETS

To provide financial relief to customers affected by the economic consequences of COVID-19, the Bank is offering certain relief programs, including payment deferral options. Gains and losses resulting from these modifications were insignificant.

TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS QUALIFYING FOR DERECOGNITION

Canada Emergency Business Account Program

Under the Canada Emergency Business Account (CEBA) Program, with funding provided by Her Majesty in Right of Canada (the “Government of Canada”) and Export Development Canada (EDC) as the Government of Canada’s agent, the Bank provides eligible business banking customers with an interest-free, partially forgivable loan of up to $60,000 until December 31, 2022. If the loan is not repaid by December 31, 2022, it will be extended for an additional 3-year term bearing an interest rate of 5% per annum. As of April 30, 2021, the Bank had provided approximately 206,000 customers (October 31, 2020 – 184,000) with CEBA loans and had funded approximately $11.0 billion (October 31, 2020 – $7.3 billion) in loans under the program.

 

NOTE 7:  INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES

INVESTMENT IN THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION

The Bank has significant influence over The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”) and the ability to participate in the financial and operating policy-making decisions of Schwab through a combination of the Bank’s ownership, board representation and the insured deposit account agreement between the Bank and Schwab (the “Schwab IDA Agreement”). As such, the Bank accounts for its investment in Schwab using the equity method. The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings available to common shareholders is reported with a one-month lag. The Bank takes into account changes in the subsequent period that would significantly affect the results.

As at April 30, 2021, the Bank’s reported investment in Schwab was 13.44% (October 31, 2020 – 13.51%) of the outstanding voting and non-voting common shares of Schwab with a fair value of $22 billion (US$18 billion) (October 31, 2020 – $14 billion (US$10 billion)) based on the closing price of US$70.40 (October 31, 2020 – US$41.11) on the New York Stock Exchange.

The Bank and Schwab are party to a stockholder agreement (the “Stockholder Agreement”) under which the Bank has the right to designate two members of Schwab’s Board of Directors and has representation on two Board Committees, subject to the Bank meeting certain conditions. The Bank’s designated directors currently are the Bank’s Group President and Chief Executive Officer and the Bank’s Chair of the Board. Under the Stockholder Agreement, the Bank is not permitted to own more than 9.9% voting common shares of Schwab, and the Bank is subject to customary standstill and lockup restrictions, including, subject to certain exceptions, transfer restrictions.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 69  


Table of Contents

The condensed financial statements of Schwab, based on its consolidated financial statements converted into Canadian dollars, are included in the following tables.

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet   

(millions of Canadian dollars)

     As at  
      
March 31
2021
 
 

Assets

  

Receivables from brokerage clients, net

   $ 91,831  

Available for sale securities

     420,377  

Other assets

     180,365  

Total assets

   $ 692,573  

Liabilities

  

Bank deposits

   $ 454,660  

Payables to brokerage clients

     124,561  

Other liabilities

     45,019  

Total liabilities

     624,240  

Stockholders’ equity1

     68,333  

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 692,573  

 

1 

The difference between the carrying value of the Bank’s investment in Schwab and the Bank’s share of Schwab’s stockholders’ equity is comprised of goodwill, other intangibles, and cumulative translation adjustment.

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income                 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)

     For the three months ended       For the six months ended  
       March 31, 2021       March 31, 2021  

Net Revenues

    

Net interest revenue

     $2,420       $4,777  

Asset management and administration fees

     1,287       2,573  

Trading revenue and other

     2,265       4,063  

Total net revenues

     5,972       11,413  

Expenses Excluding Interest

    

Compensation and benefits

     1,811       3,633  

Other

     1,678       3,375  

Total expenses excluding interest

     3,489       7,008  

Income before taxes on income

     2,483       4,405  

Taxes on income

     603       1,047  

Net income

     1,880       3,358  

Preferred stock dividends and other

     122       233  

Net Income available to common stockholders1

     1,758       3,125  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (5,720 )      (6,100 ) 

Total comprehensive income

     $(3,962 )      $(2,975 ) 

Earnings per common shares outstanding – basic (Canadian dollars)

     $0.93       $1.67  

Earnings per common shares outstanding – diluted (Canadian dollars)

     0.93       1.67  

 

1 

The Bank’s share of net income from the investment in Schwab is based on the published consolidated financial statements of Schwab after converting into Canadian dollars and is subject to adjustments relating to the amortization of certain intangibles.

 

NOTE 8:  GOODWILL

 

Goodwill by Segment                                    
(millions of Canadian dollars)    Canadian
Retail
     U.S.
Retail1
     Wholesale
Banking
     Total  

Carrying amount of goodwill as at November 1, 2019

   $ 2,836      $ 13,980      $ 160      $ 16,976  

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     10        162        –        172  

Carrying amount of goodwill as at October 31, 20202

   $ 2,846      $ 14,142      $ 160      $ 17,148  

Additions (disposals)

     (3 )       –        –        (3 ) 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     (67 )       (1,098 )       (1 )       (1,166 ) 

Carrying amount of goodwill as at April 30, 20212

   $ 2,776      $ 13,044      $ 159      $ 15,979  

 

1 

Goodwill predominantly relates to U.S. personal and commercial banking.

2 

Accumulated impairment as at April 30, 2021 and October 31, 2020 was nil.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 70  


Table of Contents

NOTE 9: OTHER ASSETS

Other Assets

(millions of Canadian dollars)            As at  
      April 30
2021
     October 31
2020
 

Accounts receivable and other items

   $ 9,169      $ 10,799  

Accrued interest

     2,166        2,336  

Current income tax receivable

     1,356        2,294  

Defined benefit asset

     267        9  

Insurance-related assets, excluding investments

     1,959        2,268  

Prepaid expenses

     1,146        1,150  

Total

   $ 16,063      $ 18,856  

 

NOTE 10: DEPOSITS

Demand deposits are those for which the Bank does not have the right to require notice prior to withdrawal and are in general chequing accounts.

Notice deposits are those for which the Bank can legally require notice prior to withdrawal and are in general savings accounts.

Term deposits are payable on a given date of maturity and are purchased by customers to earn interest over a fixed period, with terms ranging from one day to ten years and generally include fixed term deposits, guaranteed investment certificates, senior debt, and similar instruments. The aggregate amount of term deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more as at April 30, 2021, was $274 billion (October 31, 2020 – $287 billion).

Deposits

(millions of Canadian dollars)    As at  
     By Type            By Country           

April 30

2021

     October 31
2020
 
      Demand      Notice      Term1            Canada      United
States
     International            Total      Total  

Personal

   $ 22,096      $ 549,612      $ 54,754        $ 285,399      $ 341,063      $ –        $ 626,462      $ 625,200  

Banks2

     14,008        418        11,748          19,850        36        6,288          26,174        28,969  

Business and government3

     129,075        198,594        138,183          315,309        145,863        4,680          465,852        481,164  
Trading2      –        –        33,679          15,602        4,461        13,616          33,679        19,177  

Designated at fair value through profit or loss2,4

     –        –        66,195                34,214        29,159        2,822                66,195        59,626  

Total

   $ 165,179      $ 748,624      $ 304,559              $ 670,374      $ 520,582      $ 27,406              $ 1,218,362      $ 1,214,136  

Non-interest-bearing deposits included above

                           

In domestic offices

                         $ 65,345      $ 55,920  

In foreign offices

                           78,346        76,099  

Interest-bearing deposits included above

                           

In domestic offices

                           605,029        604,625  

In foreign offices

                           469,634        472,913  

U.S. federal funds deposited2

                                                                           8        4,579  

Total3,5

                                                                         $ 1,218,362      $ 1,214,136  

 

1

Includes $33.54 billion (October 31, 2020 – $27.58 billion) of senior debt which is subject to the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime. This regime provides certain statutory powers to the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation, including the ability to convert specified eligible shares and liabilities into common shares in the event that the Bank becomes non-viable.

2

Includes deposits and advances with the Federal Home Loan Bank.

3

As at April 30, 2021, includes $34.6 billion relating to covered bondholders (October 31, 2020 – $40.5 billion) and $1.2 billion (October 31, 2020 – $1.2 billion) due to TD Capital Trust lV.

4

Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet consist of deposits designated at FVTPL and $58 million (October 31, 2020 – $39 million) of loan commitments and financial guarantees designated at FVTPL.

5

As at April 30, 2021, includes deposits of $692 billion (October 31, 2020 – $708 billion) denominated in U.S. dollars and $45 billion (October 31, 2020 – $44 billion) denominated in other foreign currencies.

Redemption of TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 3

On May 17, 2021, TD Capital Trust IV announced its intention to redeem all of the outstanding TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 3 on June 30, 2021. The proceeds from the issuances of TD Capital Trust IV Notes were invested in Bank deposit notes and are reported in Deposits on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 71  


Table of Contents

NOTE 11: OTHER LIABILITIES

Other Liabilities

(millions of Canadian dollars)    As at  
     

April 30

2021

    

October 31

2020

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other items

   $ 4,454      $ 6,571  

Accrued interest

     828        1,142  

Accrued salaries and employee benefits

     2,966        2,900  

Cheques and other items in transit

     2,069        2,440  

Current income tax payable

     142        275  

Deferred tax liabilities

     265        284  

Defined benefit liability

     1,819        3,302  

Lease liabilities

     5,588        6,095  

Liabilities related to structured entities

     3,991        5,898  

Provisions

     1,421        1,569  

Total

   $ 23,543      $ 30,476  

 

 

NOTE 12: EQUITY

The following table summarizes the changes to the shares issued and outstanding, and treasury shares held as at and for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

Common and Preferred Shares Issued and Outstanding and Treasury Shares Held

(millions of shares and millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     April 30, 2021     April 30, 2020     April 30, 2021     April 30, 2020  
      Number
of shares
    Amount     Number
of shares
    Amount     Number
of shares
    Amount     Number
of shares
    Amount  

Common Shares

                

Balance as at beginning of period

     1,818.5     $ 22,645       1,810.0     $ 21,773       1,816.1     $ 22,487       1,812.5     $ 21,713  

Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options

     0.7       44       0.2       12       1.6       90       1.0       53  

Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan

     1.2       101       1.3       74       2.7       213       2.2       143  

Purchase of shares for cancellation and other

     –       –       (7.8 )      (93 )      –       –       (12.0 )      (143 ) 

Balance as at end of period

     1,820.4     $ 22,790       1,803.7     $ 21,766       1,820.4     $ 22,790       1,803.7     $ 21,766  

Preferred Shares – Class A

                

Balance as at beginning of period

     226.0     $ 5,650       232.0     $ 5,800       226.0     $ 5,650       232.0     $ 5,800  

Redemption of shares1

     (28.0 )      (700 )      –       –       (28.0 )      (700 )      –       –  

Balance as at end of period

     198.0     $ 4,950       232.0     $ 5,800       198.0     $ 4,950       232.0     $ 5,800  

Treasury shares – common2

                

Balance as at beginning of period

     2.5     $ (171 )      1.8     $ (131 )      0.5     $ (37 )      0.6     $ (41 ) 

Purchase of shares

     33.4       (2,688 )      38.1       (2,359 )      78.1       (5,833 )      68.6       (4,635 ) 

Sale of shares

     (34.2 )      2,736       (39.6 )      2,465       (76.9 )      5,747       (68.9 )      4,651  

Balance as at end of period

     1.7     $ (123 )      0.3     $ (25 )      1.7     $ (123 )      0.3     $ (25 ) 

Treasury shares – preferred2

                

Balance as at beginning of period

     0.2     $ (4 )      0.3     $ (7 )      0.1     $ (4 )      0.3     $ (6 ) 

Purchase of shares

     1.8       (45 )      1.8       (31 )      3.3       (79 )      3.6       (69 ) 

Sale of shares

     (1.8 )      44       (1.9 )      35       (3.2 )      78       (3.7 )      72  

Balance as at end of period

     0.2     $ (5 )      0.2     $ (3 )      0.2     $ (5 )      0.2     $ (3 ) 

 

1

On April 30, 2021, the Bank redeemed all of its 28 million outstanding Non-Cumulative 5-Year Rate Reset Class A First Preferred Shares NVCC, Series 12 (“Series 12 Shares”), at a redemption price of $25.00 per Series 12 Share, for a total redemption cost of $700 million.

2

When the Bank purchases its own shares as part of its trading business, they are classified as treasury shares and the cost of these shares is recorded as a reduction in equity.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 72  


Table of Contents

NOTE 13:  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

For the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, the Bank recognized compensation expense for stock option awards of $5.9 million and $15.9 million, respectively (three and six months ended April 30, 2020 – $3.1 million and $7.0 million, respectively).

During the three months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020, nil stock options were granted by the Bank. During the six months ended April 30, 2021, 2.2 million (six months ended April 30, 2020 – 2.1 million) stock options were granted by the Bank at a weighted-average fair value of $8.90 per option (April 30, 2020 – $5.55 per option).

The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of options for the six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

 

Assumptions Used for Estimating the Fair Value of Options1                
(in Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

    

April 30

2020

 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.71  %       1.59  % 

Option contractual life

     10 years         10 years   

Expected volatility2

     18.50  %       12.90  % 

Expected dividend yield

     3.61  %       3.50  % 

Exercise price/share price

   $ 71.88      $ 72.84  

 

1 

Prior period disclosure has been updated to align with the current period disclosure.

2 

Expected volatility is calculated based on the average daily volatility measured over a historical period.

 

NOTE 14:  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The following table summarizes expenses for the Bank’s principal pension and non-pension post-retirement defined benefit plans and the Bank’s significant other defined benefit pension and post-retirement benefit plans, for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

Defined Benefit Plan Expenses

(millions of Canadian dollars)    Principal pension plans     

Principal 

post-retirement

benefit plan

    

Other pension and

post-retirement
benefit plans1

 
             For the three months ended  
     

April 30

2021

    

April 30

2020

    

April 30

2021

    

April 30

2020

    

April 30

2021

    

April 30

2020

 

Service cost – benefits earned

   $ 131      $ 117      $ 3      $ 4      $ 2      $ 2  

Net interest cost on net defined benefit liability

     6        3        2        4        5        7  

Past service cost (credit)

     –        –        –        –        –        –  

Defined benefit administrative expenses

     2        3        –        –        1        2  

Total

   $ 139      $ 123      $ 5      $ 8      $ 8      $ 11  
             For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

    

April 30

2020

    

April 30

2021

    

April 30

2020

    

April 30

2021

    

April 30

2020

 

Service cost – benefits earned

   $ 261      $ 234      $ 5      $ 8      $ 4      $ 4  

Net interest cost on net defined benefit liability

     12        7        5        9        10        14  

Past service cost (credit)

     –        –        –        –        1        –  

Defined benefit administrative expenses

     5        5        –        –        2        3  

Total

   $ 278      $ 246      $ 10      $ 17      $ 17      $ 21  

 

1

Includes Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit pension plan, TD Auto Finance retirement plans, and supplemental employee retirement plans. Other employee benefit plans operated by the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries are not considered material for disclosure purposes. The TD Banknorth defined benefit pension plan was frozen as of December 31, 2008, and no service credits can be earned after that date. Certain TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension plans were frozen as of April 1, 2012, and no service credits can be earned after March 31, 2012.

The following table summarizes expenses for the Bank’s defined contribution plans for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

Defined Contribution Plan Expenses

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

      

April 30

2020

    

April 30

2021

      

April 30

2020

 

Defined contribution pension plans1

   $ 42        $ 41      $ 94        $ 85  

Government pension plans2

     91          88        211          205  

Total

   $ 133        $ 129      $ 305        $ 290  

 

1

Includes defined contribution portion of the TD Pension Plan (Canada) and TD Bank, N.A. defined contribution 401(k) plan.

2

Includes Canada Pension Plan, Quebec Pension Plan, and U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 73  


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income for the Bank’s principal pension and post-retirement defined benefit plans for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

Remeasurement of Defined Benefit Plans1,2,3

(millions of Canadian dollars)    Principal pension plans    

Principal

post-retirement
benefit plan

 
   For the three months ended  
      April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
     April 30
2020
 

Actuarial gains (losses) – defined benefit plan obligations

   $ 1,143     $ 318     $ 38      $ 42  

Actuarial gains (losses) – return on plan assets less interest income

     (85 )      (348 )      –        –  

Total

   $ 1,058     $ (30 )    $ 38      $ 42  
     For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
     April 30
2020
 

Actuarial gains (losses) – defined benefit plan obligations

   $ 1,390     $ (111 )    $ 42      $ 6  

Actuarial gains (losses) – return on plan assets less interest income

     217       (89 )      –        –  

Total

   $ 1,607     $ (200 )    $ 42      $ 6  

 

1 

Excludes the Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit pension plan, TD Auto Finance retirement plans, supplemental employee retirement plans, and other employee benefit plans as these plans are not remeasured on a quarterly basis.

2 

Changes in discount rates and return on plan assets are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. All other assumptions are updated annually.

3 

Amounts are presented on a pre-tax basis.

 

NOTE 15:  INCOME TAXES

The Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), Revenu Québec Agency (RQA) and Alberta Tax and Revenue Administration (ATRA) are denying certain dividend deductions claimed by the Bank. During this quarter, the RQA reassessed the Bank for $8 million of additional income tax and interest in respect to the Bank’s 2015 taxation year. To date, the CRA has reassessed the Bank for $1,032 million of income tax and interest for the years 2011 to 2015, the RQA has reassessed the Bank for $34 million for the years 2011 to 2015, and the ATRA has reassessed the Bank for $33 million for the years 2011 to 2014. In total, the Bank has been reassessed for $1,099 million of income tax and interest for these periods. The Bank expects the CRA, RQA, and ATRA to continue to reassess open years on the same basis. The Bank is of the view that its tax filing positions were appropriate and intends to challenge all reassessments.

 

NOTE 16:  EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the same method as basic earnings per share except that certain adjustments are made to net income attributable to common shareholders and the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential common shares that are assumed to be issued by the Bank.

The following table presents the Bank’s basic and diluted earnings per share for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
     April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
     April 30
2020
 

Basic earnings per share

           

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 3,630      $ 1,447      $ 6,842      $ 4,369  

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions)

     1,817.4        1,803.0        1,815.7        1,807.0  

Basic earnings per share (Canadian dollars)

   $ 2.00      $ 0.80      $ 3.77      $ 2.42  

Diluted earnings per share

           

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 3,630      $ 1,447      $ 6,842      $ 4,369  

Net income available to common shareholders including impact of dilutive securities

     3,630        1,447        6,842        4,369  

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions)

     1,817.4        1,803.0        1,815.7        1,807.0  

Effect of dilutive securities

           

Stock options potentially exercisable (millions)1

     2.5        1.4        2.1        2.0  

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding – diluted (millions)

     1,819.9        1,804.4        1,817.8        1,809.0  

Diluted earnings per share (Canadian dollars)1

   $ 1.99      $ 0.80      $ 3.76      $ 2.42  

 

1

For the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, no outstanding options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share. For the three and six months ended April 30, 2020, the computation of diluted earnings per share excluded average options outstanding of 7.8 million and 5.3 million, respectively, with a weighted-average exercise price of $70.16 and $71.42, respectively, as the option price was greater than the average market price of the Bank’s common shares.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 74  


Table of Contents

NOTE 17:  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Other than as described below, there have been no new significant events or transactions as previously identified in Note 27 of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS

LITIGATION

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal and regulatory actions, including but not limited to civil claims and lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations, audits and requests for information by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions. The Bank establishes provisions when it becomes probable that the Bank will incur a loss and the amount can be reliably estimated. The Bank also estimates the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses (RPL) in its legal and regulatory actions (that is, those which are neither probable nor remote), in excess of provisions. As at April 30, 2021, the Bank’s RPL is from zero to approximately $1.4 billion (October 31, 2020 – from zero to approximately $951 million). The Bank’s provisions and RPL represent the Bank’s best estimates based upon currently available information for actions for which estimates can be made, but there are a number of factors that could cause the Bank’s provisions and/or RPL to be significantly different from its actual or RPL. For example, the Bank’s estimates involve significant judgment due to the varying stages of the proceedings, the existence of multiple defendants in many proceedings whose share of liability has yet to be determined, the numerous yet-unresolved issues in many of the proceedings, some of which are beyond the Bank’s control and/or involve novel legal theories and interpretations, the attendant uncertainty of the various potential outcomes of such proceedings, and the fact that the underlying matters will change from time to time. In addition, some actions seek very large or indeterminate damages.

In management’s opinion, based on its current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, the ultimate disposition of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or the consolidated cash flows of the Bank. However, because of the factors listed above, as well as other uncertainties inherent in litigation and regulatory matters, there is a possibility that the ultimate resolution of legal or regulatory actions may be material to the Bank’s consolidated results of operations for any particular reporting period.

Stanford Litigation – On November 30, 2020, the Southern District of Texas (S.D. Tex.) Court stayed and administratively closed Smith v. Independent Bank, et al., subject to reinstatement on the parties’ motion. On January 29, 2021, the removing bank defendant and plaintiffs requested that the S.D. Tex. Court extend the current stay and administrative closure for an additional period of 60 days. On February 1, 2021, the S.D. Tex. Court granted the request. On February 3, 2021, the Fifth Circuit affirmed the Court’s denial of intervention. On February 17, 2021, the Bank and the other bank appellees filed a petition for rehearing of the Fifth Circuit’s decision regarding the Official Stanford Investors Committee’s (OSIC) standing to pursue the intervenors’ claims. On March 12, 2021, the Fifth Circuit denied the petition for rehearing, but clarified its prior holding regarding the OSIC’s standing to pursue the intervenors’ claims.

On March 19, 2021, plaintiffs in Rotstain v. Trustmark National Bank, et al. filed a notice abandoning four of the seven claims asserted against the Bank: (i) aiding, abetting, or participation in fraudulent transfers; (ii) aiding, abetting or participation in a fraudulent scheme; (iii) aiding, abetting or participation in conversion; and (iv) civil conspiracy. On March 25, 2021, the Northern District of Texas (N.D. Tex.) Court struck the May 6, 2021 ready-for-trial date to allow the trial court to set appropriate deadlines after remand. On April 2, 2021, the S.D. Tex. Court granted a further stay of Smith v. Independent Bank, et al. until July 31, 2021, and the case remains administratively closed.

The trial in the Canadian action began on January 11, 2021 and closing arguments were heard at the end of April 2021. The trial judge has taken the case under reserve.

Credit Card Fees – The Bank, together with the other defendants remaining, has entered into a settlement in principle with the class. This settlement is subject to the approval of the five courts in which the remaining five actions were filed.

TD Ameritrade Stockholder Litigation – On May 12, 2020, a stockholder of TD Ameritrade Holding Corporation (“Ameritrade”) filed a class action complaint captioned Hawkes v. Bettino, et al., CA No. 2020-0360-PAF, in the Delaware Court of Chancery challenging the transaction between Ameritrade and The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”). Among other claims, the initial complaint alleged that the merger was subject to Delaware’s interested stockholder statute but violated that statute because it had not been conditioned on approval of 66 2/3% of Ameritrade’s shares, excluding those held by the Bank and Schwab. On June 4, 2020, a sufficient percentage of Ameritrade’s shares were voted to approve the transaction and the plaintiff thereafter dismissed that claim. On February 5, 2021, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint naming as defendants the Bank, certain TD Bank-affiliated entities, the five former Ameritrade directors designated by the Bank, certain other former officers and directors of Ameritrade, and Schwab. The amended complaint alleges that the Bank was a controlling stockholder of Ameritrade and breached its fiduciary duties by negotiating an amended Insured Deposit Account Agreement with Schwab that improperly diverted merger consideration from Ameritrade’s other stockholders. The amended complaint further asserts breach of fiduciary duty claims against the Bank-designated directors and the other individual defendants based on the same allegations. Finally, the amended complaint alleges that Schwab aided and abetted the breaches by the other defendants. On April 29, 2021, all defendants moved to dismiss the complaint for failure to state a claim.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 75  


Table of Contents

NOTE 18:  SEGMENTED INFORMATION

For management reporting purposes, the Bank reports its results under three key business segments: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the Canadian personal and commercial banking businesses, Canadian credit cards, TD Auto Finance Canada, and the Canadian wealth and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the U.S. personal and business banking operations, U.S. credit cards, TD Auto Finance U.S., U.S. wealth business, and the Bank’s investment in Schwab; and Wholesale Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped into the Corporate segment.

The following table summarizes the segment results for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020.

Results by Business Segment1,2

(millions of Canadian dollars)    Canadian Retail      U.S. Retail     Wholesale Banking3      Corporate3     Total  
     For the three months ended  
      April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Net interest income

   $ 2,873     $ 3,002      $ 1,950     $ 2,311     $ 648     $ 493      $ 364     $ 394     $ 5,835     $ 6,200  

Non-interest income

     3,189       3,021        663       491       509       768        32       48       4,393       4,328  

Total revenue

     6,062       6,023        2,613       2,802       1,157       1,261        396       442       10,228       10,528  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (37 )      1,153        (213 )      1,137       (63 )      374        (64 )      554       (377 )      3,218  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       671        –       –       –       –        –       –       441       671  

Non-interest expenses

     2,689       2,588        1,594       1,680       705       616        741       237       5,729       5,121  

Income (loss) before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     2,969       1,611        1,232       (15 )      515       271        (281 )      (349 )      4,435       1,518  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     787       439        162       (117 )      132       62        (119 )      (134 )      962       250  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade4,5

     –       –        246       234       –       –        (24 )      13       222       247  

Net income (loss)

   $ 2,182     $ 1,172      $ 1,316     $ 336     $ 383     $ 209      $ (186 )    $ (202 )    $ 3,695     $ 1,515  
     For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 5,851     $ 6,169      $ 3,981     $ 4,507     $ 1,309     $ 850      $ 724     $ 843     $ 11,865     $ 12,369  

Non-interest income (loss)

     6,556       6,109        1,316       1,197       1,158       1,457        145       5       9,175       8,768  

Total revenue

     12,407       12,278        5,297       5,704       2,467       2,307        869       848       21,040       21,137  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     105       1,544        (78 )      1,456       (43 )      391        (48 )      746       (64 )      4,137  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     1,221       1,451        –       –       –       –        –       –       1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses

     5,343       5,224        3,282       3,273       1,416       1,268        1,472       823       11,513       10,588  

Income (loss) before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     5,738       4,059        2,093       975       1,094       648        (555 )      (721 )      8,370       4,961  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     1,519       1,098        232       (72 )      274       158        (236 )      (275 )      1,789       909  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade4,5

     –       –        455       435       –       –        (64 )      17       391       452  

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,219     $ 2,961      $ 2,316     $ 1,482     $ 820     $ 490      $ (383 )    $ (429 )    $ 6,972     $ 4,504  

Total assets

   $ 486,910     $ 443,828      $ 550,878     $ 536,865     $ 487,415     $ 554,898      $ 143,855     $ 138,154     $ 1,669,058     $ 1,673,745  

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

The retailer program partners’ share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an offsetting amount (representing the partners’ net share) recorded in Non-interest expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate reported Net income (loss). The Net income (loss) included in the U.S. Retail segment includes only the portion of revenue and credit losses attributable to the Bank under the agreements.

3

Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB). The TEB adjustment reflected in Wholesale Banking is reversed in the Corporate segment.

4

The after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade are recorded in the Corporate segment.

5

The Bank’s share of Schwab’s and TD Ameritrade’s earnings is reported with a one-month lag. Refer to Note 7 for further details.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 76  


Table of Contents

NOTE 19:  INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

The following table presents interest income and interest expense by basis of accounting measurement.

Interest Income and Expense1

(millions of Canadian dollars)            For the three months ended  
     April 30, 2021       April 30, 2020  
     Interest income      Interest expense      Interest income      Interest expense  

Measured at amortized cost

   $ 6,264      $ 873      $ 7,331      $ 1,823  

Measured at FVOCI

     133        –        636        –  
     6,397        873        7,967        1,823  

Not measured at amortized cost or FVOCI2

     829        518        1,508        1,452  

Total

   $ 7,226      $ 1,391      $ 9,475      $ 3,275  
     
             For the six months ended  
     April 30, 2021       April 30, 2020  
     Interest income      Interest expense      Interest income      Interest expense  

Measured at amortized cost

   $ 12,875      $ 1,915      $ 15,288      $ 4,340  

Measured at FVOCI

     310        –        1,281        –  
     13,185        1,915        16,569        4,340  

Not measured at amortized cost or FVOCI2

     1,651        1,056        3,294        3,154  

Total

   $ 14,836      $ 2,971      $ 19,863      $ 7,494  

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been restated to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Includes interest income, interest expense, and dividend income for financial instruments that are measured or designated at FVTPL and equities designated at FVOCI.

 

NOTE 20:  REGULATORY CAPITAL

The Bank manages its capital under guidelines established by OSFI. The regulatory capital guidelines measure capital in relation to credit, market, and operational risks. The Bank has various capital policies, procedures, and controls which it utilizes to achieve its goals and objectives.

During the six months ended April 30, 2021, the Bank complied with the OSFI Basel III guidelines related to capital ratios and the leverage ratio. Effective January 1, 2016, OSFI’s target Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios for Canadian banks designated as domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs) includes a 1% common equity capital surcharge bringing the targets to 8%, 9.5%, and 11.5%, respectively. On June 25, 2018, OSFI provided greater transparency related to previously undisclosed Pillar 2 CET1 capital buffers through the introduction of the public domestic stability buffer which is held by D-SIBs against Pillar 2 risks. The current buffer is set at 1% of total risk-weighted assets and must be met with CET1 Capital, effectively raising the CET1 minimum to 9%. In addition, on November 22, 2019, the Bank was designated a global systemically important bank (G-SIB). The OSFI target includes the greater of the D-SIB or G-SIB surcharge, both of which are currently 1%.

The following table summarizes the Bank’s regulatory capital positions as at April 30, 2021 and October 31, 2020.

Regulatory Capital Position1

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)           As at  
      April 30
2021
    October 31
2020
 

Capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

   $ 64,628     $ 62,616  

Tier 1 Capital

     69,887       69,091  

Total Capital

     81,924       80,021  

Risk-weighted assets used in the calculation of capital ratios

     455,010       478,909  

Capital and leverage ratios

    

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio

     14.2 %      13.1 % 

Tier 1 Capital ratio

     15.4       14.4  

Total Capital ratio

     18.0       16.7  

Leverage ratio

     4.6       4.5  

 

1

Includes capital adjustments provided by OSFI in response to COVID-19 pandemic. Refer to “Capital Position” section of the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report for additional detail.

 

NOTE 21:  RISK MANAGEMENT

The risk management policies and procedures of the Bank are provided in the MD&A. The shaded sections of the “Managing Risk” section of the MD&A relating to market, liquidity, and insurance risks are an integral part of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 77  


Table of Contents

NOTE 22:  SIGNIFICANT AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS, AND PENDING ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of Wells Fargo’s Canadian Direct Equipment Finance Business

On May 1, 2021, the Bank acquired the Canadian Direct Equipment Finance business of Wells Fargo & Company (“Wells Fargo”) which had a net book value of approximately $1.4 billion, for consideration of approximately $1.5 billion. The acquisition is accounted for as a business combination under the purchase method. On finalization of the purchase price allocation, the excess of accounting consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired will be allocated to goodwill. The results of the acquired business will be consolidated from the acquisition date and will be included in the Canadian Retail segment.

Announced Acquisition of Headlands Tech Global Markets, LLC

On March 23, 2021, the Bank and Headlands Tech Holdings, LLC announced a definitive agreement for the Bank to acquire Headlands Tech Global Markets, LLC, a Chicago-based quantitative fixed income trading company. The transaction is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2021, subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. The results of the acquired business will be consolidated from the acquisition date and will be included in the Wholesale Banking segment.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS     Page 78  


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION

 

Shareholder Services

 

If you:   And your inquiry relates to:   Please contact:
     
Are a registered shareholder (your name appears on your TD share certificate)   Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate questions, address changes to the share register, dividend bank account changes, the dividend reinvestment plan, eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving annual and quarterly reports  

Transfer Agent:

AST Trust Company (Canada)

P.O. Box 700, Station B

Montréal, Québec H3B 3K3

1-800-387-0825 (Canada and U.S. only)

or 416-682-3860

Facsimile: 1-888-249-6189

inquiries@astfinancial.com or www.astfinancial.com/ca-en

 

     

Hold your TD shares through the

Direct Registration System

in the United States

  Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate questions, address changes to the share register, eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving annual and quarterly reports  

Co-Transfer Agent and Registrar:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

P.O. Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233, or

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600

Louisville, KY 40202

1-866-233-4836

TDD for hearing impaired: 1-800-231-5469

Shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6578

TDD shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6610
www.computershare.com/investor

 

     
Beneficially own TD shares that are held in the name of an intermediary, such as a bank, a trust company, a securities broker or other nominee   Your TD shares, including questions regarding the dividend reinvestment plan and mailings of shareholder materials   Your intermediary

For all other shareholder inquiries, please contact TD Shareholder Relations at 416-944-6367 or 1-866-756-8936 or email tdshinfo@td.com. Please note that by leaving us an e-mail or voicemail message, you are providing your consent for us to forward your inquiry to the appropriate party for response.

General Information

Products and services: Contact TD Canada Trust, 24 hours a day, seven days a week: 1-866-567-8888

French: 1-866-233-2323

Cantonese/Mandarin: 1-800-328-3698

Telephone device for the hearing impaired (TTY): 1-800-361-1180

Website: www.td.com

Email: customer.service@td.com

Quarterly Earnings Conference Call

TD Bank Group will host an earnings conference call in Toronto, Ontario on May 27, 2021. The call will be audio webcast live through TD’s website at 1:30 p.m. ET. The call will feature presentations by TD executives on the Bank’s financial results for the second quarter and discussions of related disclosures, followed by a question-and-answer period with analysts. The presentation material referenced during the call will be available on the TD website at www.td.com/investor on May 27, 2021 by approximately 1:30 p.m. ET. A listen-only telephone line is available at 416-641-6150 or 1-866-696-5894 (toll free) and the passcode is 2727354#.

The audio webcast and presentations will be archived at www.td.com/investor. Replay of the teleconference will be available from 5:00 p.m. ET on May 27, 2021, until 11:59 p.m. ET on June 11, 2021 by calling 905-694-9451 or 1-800-408-3053 (toll free). The passcode is 7300743#.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION     Page 79  

Exhibit 99.2

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

EARNINGS COVERAGE ON SUBORDINATED NOTES AND DEBENTURES,

PREFERRED SHARES CLASSIFIED AS EQUITY, AND LIABILITIES FOR

PREFERRED SHARES AND CAPITAL TRUST SECURITIES

FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 2021

TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) dividend requirements on all its outstanding preferred shares and adjusted to a before-tax equivalent using an effective tax rate of 14.3% for the twelve months ended April 30, 2021, amounted to $297.1 million. The Bank’s interest and dividend requirements on all subordinated notes and debentures, preferred shares and liabilities for preferred shares and capital trust securities, after adjustment for new issues and retirement, amounted to $778.6 million for the twelve months ended April 30, 2021. The Bank’s reported net income, before interest on subordinated debt and liabilities for preferred shares and capital trust securities and income taxes was $15,726 million for the twelve months ended April 30, 2021, which was 20.2 times the Bank’s aggregate dividend and interest requirement for this period.

On an adjusted basis, the Bank’s net income before interest on subordinated debt and liabilities for preferred shares and capital trust securities and income taxes for the twelve months ended April 30, 2021, was $14,516 million, which was 18.6 times the Bank’s aggregate dividend and interest requirement for this period.

The Bank’s financial results are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the current generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The Bank refers to results prepared in accordance with IFRS as “reported” results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures referred to as “adjusted” results to assess each of its businesses and to measure overall Bank performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank removes “items of note”, from reported results. The items of note relate to items which management does not believe are indicative of underlying business performance. The Bank believes that adjusted results provide the reader with a better understanding of how management views the Bank’s performance. As explained, adjusted results are different from reported results determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted results, items of note, and related terms used herein are not defined terms under IFRS, and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers. Please refer to the “Financial Results Overview – How the Bank Reports” section of the Bank’s 2020 Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) and the “How We Performed – How the Bank Reports” section of the Bank’s second quarter 2021 MD&A for a reconciliation between the Bank’s reported and adjusted results.

Exhibit 99.3

 

  RETURN ON ASSETS, DIVIDEND PAYOUTS, AND EQUITY TO ASSETS RATIOS1,2

 

     For the three months ended     For the year ended  
      April 30, 2021     January 31, 2021     October 31, 2020  

Return on Assets – reported3

     0.86  %      0.73  %      0.72  % 

Return on Assets – adjusted4

     0.88       0.75       0.60  

Dividend Payout Ratio – reported5

     39.5       44.6       48.4  

Dividend Payout Ratio – adjusted6

     38.7       43.2       57.9  

Equity to Asset Ratio7

     5.4       5.4       5.7  
1 

Calculated pursuant to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Industry Guide 3.

2 

TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) financial results prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the current generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), are referred to as “reported” results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures referred to as “adjusted” results (reported results excluding “items of note”, net of income taxes) to assess each of its businesses and measure overall Bank performance. Refer to the “How We Performed” section in the Bank’s second quarter 2021 Report to Shareholders (www.td.com/investor) for further explanation, reported basis results, a list of the items of note, and a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures.

3 

Calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders and non-controlling interests (NCI) in subsidiaries divided by average total assets.

4 

Calculated as adjusted net income available to common shareholders and NCI in subsidiaries divided by average total assets.

5 

Calculated as dividends declared per common share divided by reported basic earnings per share.

6 

Calculated as dividends declared per common share divided by adjusted basic earnings per share.

7 

Calculated as average total equity (including NCI in subsidiaries) divided by average total assets.

Exhibit 99.4

 

 

     LOGO

 

  

TD Bank Group Reports Second Quarter 2021 Results

Earnings News Release • Three and six months ended April 30, 2021

 

This quarterly Earnings News Release should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s unaudited second quarter 2021 Report to Shareholders for the three and six months ended April 30, 2021, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), which is available on our website at http://www.td.com/investor/. This analysis is dated May 26, 2021. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars, and have been primarily derived from the Bank’s Annual or Interim Consolidated Financial Statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. Certain comparative amounts have been revised to conform to the presentation adopted in the current period. Additional information relating to the Bank is available on the Bank’s website at http://www.td.com, as well as on SEDAR at http://www.sedar.com and on the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) website at http://www.sec.gov (EDGAR filers section).

Reported results conform to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted measures are non-GAAP measures. Refer to the “How the Bank Reports” section of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) for an explanation of reported and adjusted results.

SECOND QUARTER FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS, compared with the second quarter last year:

•  

Reported diluted earnings per share were $1.99, compared with $0.80.

•  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share were $2.04, compared with $0.85.

•  

Reported net income was $3,695 million, compared with $1,515 million.

•  

Adjusted net income was $3,775 million, compared with $1,599 million.

YEAR-TO-DATE FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS, six months ended April 30, 2021, compared with the corresponding period last year:

•  

Reported diluted earnings per share were $3.76, compared with $2.42.

•  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share were $3.86, compared with $2.51.

•  

Reported net income was $6,972 million, compared with $4,504 million.

•  

Adjusted net income was $7,155 million, compared with $4,671 million.

SECOND QUARTER ADJUSTMENTS (ITEMS OF NOTE)

The second quarter reported earnings figures included the following items of note:

•  

Amortization of acquired intangibles of $69 million ($62 million after-tax or 3 cents per share), compared with $68 million ($59 million after-tax or 3 cents per share) in the second quarter last year.

•  

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction of $19 million ($18 million after-tax or 1 cent per share).

TORONTO, May 27, 2021 – TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) today announced its financial results for the second quarter ended April 30, 2021. Reported earnings were $3.7 billion, up 144% compared with the second quarter last year, and adjusted earnings were $3.8 billion, up 136%.

“TD reported strong results in the second quarter, reflecting the underlying strength of our diversified businesses, improving economic conditions and our prudent approach to managing risk,” said Bharat Masrani, Group President and CEO, TD Bank Group. “We continued to invest in our people, capabilities and technology to position our business for growth as economies re-open and consumer and business activity recovers.”

“While we are encouraged by the progress being made on vaccinations, COVID-19 continues to be a factor in our lives and our focus remains on the safety of our people and on supporting the evolving needs of our customers and clients,” added Masrani. “As we look toward the future, we will continue to advance our strategy and contribute to a robust and inclusive recovery, guided by our purpose to enrich the lives of our customers, colleagues and communities.”

Canadian Retail

Canadian Retail reported net income was $2,182 million, an increase of 86% compared with the second quarter last year, mainly reflecting lower provisions for credit losses (PCL) and record results in wealth and insurance. Revenue increased 1%, reflecting growth in non-interest income and strong loan and deposit volumes, partially offset by lower margins and premium rebates for customers in the insurance business. PCL was lower by $1,190 million from the prior year, reflecting lower impaired and performing PCL. Reported expenses increased 4%, with higher volume-driven and employee-related expenses, partially offset by prior year charges related to the Greystone acquisition.

Business momentum accelerated this quarter, with mortgage originations up strongly, credit card transactions rising, and good account growth across all of the businesses. TD Insurance continued to take market share, becoming the third largest home and auto personal insurance provider in Canada, with strong customer engagement in its end-to-end digital capabilities. For the fourth year in a row, TD Auto Finance was ranked Highest in Dealer Satisfaction among Non-Captive Lenders with Retail Credit by J.D. Power. Canadian Retail continues to invest in its advice and service capabilities to help customers navigate change and plan for their financial future through personalized advice and tools. TD was also recognized by the Business Intelligence Group for its AI-powered digital experiences and, as of April 2021, continues to lead in the number of Interac e-Transfer and Flash transactions.

U.S. Retail

U.S. Retail net income was $1,316 million (US$1,047 million), an increase of 292% compared with the second quarter last year. The Bank’s investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”) contributed $246 million (US$194 million) in earnings, compared with the contribution of $234 million (US$174 million) from TD Ameritrade a year ago.

The U.S. Retail Bank, which excludes the Bank’s investment in Schwab, reported net income of $1,070 million (US$853 million), an increase of 949% from the second quarter last year, mainly reflecting lower PCL. In U.S. dollars, revenue increased 2% reflecting higher non-interest income, partially offset by lower deposit margins. PCL was lower by US$987 million ($1,350 million) reflecting lower impaired and performing PCL. Expenses increased 4%, reflecting store optimization costs and higher employee-related expenses, partly offset by lower legal provisions. In Canadian dollars, revenue and expenses declined 7% and 5%, respectively, primarily as a result of appreciation in the Canadian dollar since the second quarter last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 1


The U.S. Retail Bank continued to advance key strategic initiatives to enhance the customer experience this quarter, introducing the new Double Up Credit Card with one of the most valuable cash back offerings in the market. For small business customers, TD continued to facilitate access to Small Business Administration (SBA) Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) financing, ranking seventh nationwide through Round 2 of the program. TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient Bank® was also proud to be recognized by Forbes as a Best Employer for Diversity 2021 for the third consecutive year.

Wholesale

Wholesale Banking reported net income of $383 million this quarter, an increase of 83% compared to the second quarter last year, reflecting lower PCL, partially offset by lower revenue and higher non-interest expenses. Revenue for the quarter was $1,157 million, a decrease of 8% from a year ago, primarily reflecting lower trading-related revenue. PCL was lower by $437 million from the prior year, reflecting lower impaired and performing PCL.

The Wholesale Bank’s results benefited from its diversified business mix and client-focused franchise, which provides trusted advice and critical access to markets. This quarter, TD announced an agreement to acquire Headlands Tech Global Markets LLC, a Chicago-based quantitative fixed income trading company, to strengthen its electronic bond trading infrastructure, deliver data-driven innovation and grow its global platform. The deal is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2021, subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions.

Capital

TD’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 14.2%.

Conclusion

“TD is strong and well-capitalized, and we continue to adapt and grow through this time of disruption. Our performance demonstrates the strength of our proven business model, brought to life through the efforts and resilience of our 90,000 colleagues across the globe who live our purpose and demonstrate a deep commitment to the Bank, those we serve, and the communities where we live and work,” concluded Masrani.

The foregoing contains forward-looking statements. Please refer to the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

 

Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

From time to time, the Bank (as defined in this document) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including in this document, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in other communications. In addition, representatives of the Bank may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbour” provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, applicable Canadian and U.S. securities legislation, including the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in this document under the heading “How We Performed”, including under the sub-headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “The Bank’s Response to COVID-19”, and under the heading “Managing Risk”, and statements made in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“2020 MD&A”) in the Bank’s 2020 Annual Report under the headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “The Bank’s Response to COVID-19”, for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments under headings “Key Priorities for 2021”, and for the Corporate segment, “Focus for 2021”, and in other statements regarding the Bank’s objectives and priorities for 2021 and beyond and strategies to achieve them, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates, the Bank’s anticipated financial performance, and the potential economic, financial and other impacts of the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19). Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “will”, “would”, “should”, “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “goal”, “target”, “may”, and “could”.

By their very nature, these forward-looking statements require the Bank to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific. Especially in light of the uncertainty related to the physical, financial, economic, political, and regulatory environments, such risks and uncertainties – many of which are beyond the Bank’s control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict – may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Risk factors that could cause, individually or in the aggregate, such differences include: strategic, credit, market (including equity, commodity, foreign exchange, interest rate, and credit spreads), operational (including technology, cyber security, and infrastructure), model, insurance, liquidity, capital adequacy, legal, regulatory compliance and conduct, reputational, environmental and social, and other risks. Examples of such risk factors include the economic, financial, and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic; general business and economic conditions in the regions in which the Bank operates; geopolitical risk; the ability of the Bank to execute on long-term strategies and shorter-term key strategic priorities, including the successful completion of acquisitions and dispositions, business retention plans, and strategic plans; technology and cyber security risk (including cyber-attacks or data security breaches) on the Bank’s information technology, internet, network access or other voice or data communications systems or services; model risk; fraud to which the Bank is exposed; the failure of third parties to comply with their obligations to the Bank or its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information, and other risks arising from the Bank’s use of third-party service providers; the impact of new and changes to, or application of, current laws and regulations, including without limitation tax laws, capital guidelines and liquidity regulatory guidance and the bank recapitalization “bail-in” regime; regulatory oversight and compliance risk; increased competition from incumbents and new entrants (including Fintechs and big technology competitors); shifts in consumer attitudes and disruptive technology; environmental and social risk; exposure related to significant litigation and regulatory matters; ability of the Bank to attract, develop, and retain key talent; changes to the Bank’s credit ratings; changes in currency and interest rates (including the possibility of negative interest rates); increased funding costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR) transition risk; critical accounting estimates and changes to accounting standards, policies, and methods used by the Bank; existing and potential international debt crises; environmental and social risk; and the occurrence of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims resulting from such events. The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and other factors could also adversely affect the Bank’s results. For more detailed information, please refer to the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2020 MD&A, as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders and news releases (as applicable) related to any events or transactions discussed under the heading “Significant and Subsequent Events, and Pending Acquisitions” in the relevant MD&A, which applicable releases may be found on www.td.com. All such factors, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements, should be considered carefully when making decisions with respect to the Bank. The Bank cautions readers not to place undue reliance on the Bank’s forward-looking statements.

Material economic assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out in the 2020 MD&A under the headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “The Bank’s Response to COVID-19”, for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments, “Key Priorities for 2021”, and for the Corporate segment, “Focus for 2021”, each as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders.

Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank’s shareholders and analysts in understanding the Bank’s financial position, objectives and priorities and anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on its behalf, except as required under applicable securities legislation.

This document was reviewed by the Bank’s Audit Committee and was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors, on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, prior to its release.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 2


TABLE 1:  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    As at or for the three months ended     As at or for the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    January 31
2021
    April 30
2020
   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Results of operations

          

Total revenue

   $ 10,228     $ 10,812     $ 10,528     $ 21,040     $ 21,137  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (377 )      313       3,218       (64 )      4,137  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780       671       1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses – reported

     5,729       5,784       5,121       11,513       10,588  

Non-interest expenses – adjusted1

     5,691       5,744       5,051       11,435       10,448  

Net income – reported

     3,695       3,277       1,515       6,972       4,504  

Net income – adjusted1

     3,775       3,380       1,599       7,155       4,671  

Financial position (billions of Canadian dollars)

          

Total loans net of allowance for loan losses

   $ 708.4     $ 706.0     $ 747.0     $ 708.4     $ 747.0  

Total assets

         1,669.1           1,735.6           1,673.7           1,669.1           1,673.7  

Total deposits

     1,118.5       1,139.2       1,078.3       1,118.5       1,078.3  

Total equity

     94.5       95.4       93.3       94.5       93.3  

Total Common Equity Tier 1 Capital risk-weighted assets

     455.0       467.2       524.0       455.0       524.0  

Financial ratios

          

Return on common equity (ROE) – reported

     16.7  %      14.3  %      6.9  %      15.5  %      10.5  % 

Return on common equity – adjusted1,2

     17.1       14.7       7.3       15.9       10.9  

Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE)2

     23.0       19.9       9.6       21.5       14.5  

Return on tangible common equity – adjusted1,2

     23.1       20.1       9.8       21.6       14.7  

Efficiency ratio – reported

     56.0       53.5       48.6       54.7       50.1  

Efficiency ratio – adjusted1

     55.6       53.1       48.0       54.4       49.4  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses as a % of net average loans and acceptances3

     (0.21 )      0.17       1.76       (0.02 )      1.15  

Common share information – reported (Canadian dollars)

          

Per share earnings

          

Basic

   $ 2.00     $ 1.77     $ 0.80     $ 3.77     $ 2.42  

Diluted

     1.99       1.77       0.80       3.76       2.42  

Dividends per share

     0.79       0.79       0.79       1.58       1.53  

Book value per share

     49.25       49.44       48.54       49.25       48.54  

Closing share price4

     84.50       72.46       58.16       84.50       58.16  

Shares outstanding (millions)

          

Average basic

     1,817.4       1,814.2       1,803.0       1,815.7       1,807.0  

Average diluted

     1,819.9       1,815.8       1,804.4       1,817.8       1,809.0  

End of period

     1,818.7       1,816.0       1,803.4       1,818.7       1,803.4  

Market capitalization (billions of Canadian dollars)

   $ 153.7     $ 131.6     $ 104.9     $ 153.7     $ 104.9  

Dividend yield5

     3.9  %      4.5  %      5.0  %      4.2  %      4.4  % 

Dividend payout ratio

     39.5       44.6       98.2       41.9       63.2  

Price-earnings ratio6

     10.9       11.0       10.2       10.9       10.2  

Total shareholder return (1 year)7

     52.1       4.1       (20.6 )      52.1       (20.6 ) 

Common share information – adjusted (Canadian dollars)1

          

Per share earnings

          

Basic

   $ 2.04     $ 1.83     $ 0.85     $ 3.87     $ 2.51  

Diluted

     2.04       1.83       0.85       3.86       2.51  

Dividend payout ratio

     38.7  %      43.2  %      92.8  %      40.8  %      60.8  % 

Price-earnings ratio6

     12.6       13.1       9.9       12.6       9.9  

Capital ratios

          

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio2

     14.2  %      13.6  %      11.0  %      14.2  %      11.0  % 

Tier 1 Capital ratio2

     15.4       14.8       12.3       15.4       12.3  

Total Capital ratio2

     18.0       17.4       15.3       18.0       15.3  

Leverage ratio

     4.6       4.5       4.2       4.6       4.2  

 

1

Adjusted measures are non-GAAP measures. Refer to the “How the Bank Reports” section of this document for an explanation of reported and adjusted results.

2

Metrics are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to the “Return on Common Equity” and “Return on Tangible Common Equity” sections of this document for an explanation.

3

Excludes acquired credit-impaired (ACI) loans.

4

Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) closing market price.

5

Dividend yield is calculated as the annualized dividend per common share paid divided by daily average closing stock price in the relevant period. Dividend per common share is derived as follows: a) for the quarter – by annualizing the dividend per common share paid during the quarter; and b) for the year-to-date – by annualizing the year-to-date dividend per common share paid.

6

Price-earnings ratio is calculated based on a trailing four quarters’ earnings per share (EPS).

7

Total shareholder return is calculated based on share price movement and dividends reinvested over a trailing one-year period.

 

HOW WE PERFORMED

ECONOMIC SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to have a profound impact on the global economy. A successful vaccination campaign globally will be key to sustaining the economic recovery. During this third wave of the pandemic, advanced economies appear to have adapted to restrictions on activity, and the economic disruption from subsequent lockdowns has been less severe than last year. However, until large segments of the population are immunized, including emerging markets where vaccination rates have lagged, the spread of more contagious variants may continue to cause periodic setbacks.

In Europe, a slow start to the vaccination campaign (outside the United Kingdom) saw a third wave of the virus take hold in several countries. It now appears to be subsiding and economic activity in the region is picking up again. Conditions are less favourable in emerging markets, many of which continue to struggle with inadequate vaccine supplies. In China, where progress on vaccination fueled a strong recovery, GDP growth is now moderating, as authorities tighten monetary policy to shift the economy back to a more balanced growth path.

By contrast, the U.S. economy has been a stand-out on the global stage. The vaccination rollout has outpaced that in many peer countries, with the benefits evident in resurgent activity. The economy grew by 6.4% annualized in the first calendar quarter and looks set to accelerate in the second quarter. Several rounds of economic stimulus payments have boosted consumer spending, which grew by 10.7% annualized in the first calendar quarter. Business investment has also been stronger than expected, led by information technology equipment and software investment, reflecting rapid growth in digital adoption. Housing has been another source of strength, as strong demand and limited supply have pushed home price growth into double-digit territory across much of the country.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 3


Fiscal policy is expected to remain supportive. In addition to the US$1.9 trillion American Rescue Plan signed into law in March, the Biden administration has recently proposed additional infrastructure and social spending plans, which it intends to finance in part through higher taxes on corporations and high net worth individuals. It remains to be seen which parts of the plans will pass Congress and when, but the underlying composition of spending has the potential to add to economic momentum in the years ahead.

While acknowledging stronger domestic economic growth, the Federal Reserve has thus far reiterated its commitment to keeping the federal funds rate at the current range of 0.0% to 0.25%. In part, this reflects a deliberate strategy to allow a modest overshoot of the Federal Reserve’s long-run 2% inflation target for a period of time. By the second half of 2022, TD Economics expects the unemployment rate to have returned to near historic lows and inflation to have exceeded the 2% threshold for several quarters. Should this materialize, the Federal Reserve is likely to begin raising its policy rate in the final calendar quarter of 2022, bringing it to a range of 0.25% to 0.50%.

Canada’s economy also appears to have started calendar 2021 on a relatively strong footing, growing at an estimated 5.8% annualized rate. In the months since, much of Canada has been hit hard by a third wave of COVID-19. Thanks to more effective treatments and a vaccination program targeted at more vulnerable groups, death rates have been much lower than in previous rounds of the pandemic. Still, to relieve the pressure on healthcare systems, renewed restrictions on businesses were implemented across much of the country this spring. This is likely to interrupt the labour market recovery in the near-term, but the overall economy is expected to continue growing, as households and businesses have demonstrated greater adaptability during successive waves of the pandemic. Vaccination rates increased during the first calendar quarter and have accelerated since. This should permit some easing in restrictions during the second calendar quarter and beyond. Growth will continue to benefit from government supports for workers and businesses, which were extended until the fall of 2021 in the spring Federal Budget.

The Canadian housing market has been a pillar of strength, even through the third wave of the pandemic. Low mortgage rates continue to spur demand in a tightly supplied market, and an upcoming tightening of mortgage qualification rules may result in some pull forward in demand this spring. Eroding affordability is expected to put some natural limits on demand, but a tight supply of highly sought after detached homes is likely to maintain a solid floor under home prices.

Reflecting the resilience of the Canadian economy and housing market, as well as ongoing support from fiscal policy, the Bank of Canada upgraded its economic forecasts. The central bank now expects economic slack to be absorbed and inflation to be at its 2% goal in the latter half of 2022, versus a previous expectation for 2023. This is consistent with TD Economics’ own forecast. Alongside the Federal Reserve, the Bank of Canada is expected to raise its overnight rate in the final calendar quarter of 2022. With similar policy rates in both countries, TD Economics expects the Canadian dollar to remain in a range of 79-81 U.S. cents over the next two years.

THE BANK’S RESPONSE TO COVID-19

Although economic conditions in Canada and the U.S. are improving, the COVID-19 pandemic continues to have a significant impact on economies around the world. While the commencement of vaccination against COVID-19 constitutes an encouraging development, some uncertainty remains as to the effectiveness, supply and distribution of vaccines, as well as their acceptance by the public, and governments’ ability to inoculate a sufficient proportion of the population quickly enough to enable widespread easing of containment measures and support the transition to a fully reopened economy. It also remains uncertain how effective vaccines will be against new variants of COVID-19, some of which may be more contagious or harmful. TD remains actively engaged with governments, supervisory agencies and public health authorities in the response to COVID-19, guided by the principles of supporting the well-being of its customers and colleagues and maintaining the Bank’s operational and financial resilience.

In fiscal 2020, the Bank offered several forms of direct financial assistance to customers experiencing financial hardship due to COVID-19, including deferral of loan payments. The bulk of this assistance has now largely run its course, except for deferrals of real estate secured loans in the U.S., where the original program allowed deferrals to be extended for up to 12 months. There have been few other customer requests for extensions. As of April 30, 2021, the gross loan balances that remained subject to COVID-related deferral programs was approximately $0.04 billion in Canada ($0.7 billion as at January 31, 2021), primarily reflecting Small Business Banking and Commercial Lending portfolios and US$1.1 billion in the United States (US$1.4 billion as at January 31, 2021), primarily in the Real Estate Secured Lending portfolio. Delinquency rates for customers that have exited deferral are higher than for the broader population but remain low in absolute terms, reflecting the continuation of government support and TD’s proactive outreach to clients. The Bank continues to provide advice and assistance to customers through its usual channels, TD Helps in Canada and TD Cares in the U.S. Any financial relief offered through these channels is not included in the balances disclosed above.

In addition to direct financial assistance, the Bank continues to support programs for individuals and businesses introduced by the Canadian and U.S. governments described below.

Canada Emergency Business Account Program

Under the Canada Emergency Business Account (CEBA) Program, with funding provided by Her Majesty in Right of Canada (the “Government of Canada”) and Export Development Canada (EDC) as the Government of Canada’s agent, the Bank provides eligible business banking customers with an interest-free, partially forgivable loan of up to $60,000 until December 31, 2022. If the loan is not repaid by December 31, 2022, it will be extended for an additional 3-year term bearing an interest rate of 5% per annum. As of April 30, 2021, the Bank had provided approximately 206,000 customers (January 31, 2021 – 194,000) with CEBA loans and had funded approximately $11.0 billion (January 31, 2021 – $9.8 billion) in loans under the program.

U.S. Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, Paycheck Protection Program

Under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) implemented by the Small Business Administration (SBA), the Bank provides loans to small businesses to assist them in retaining workers, maintaining payroll, and covering other expenses. PPP loans have a 2-year or 5-year term, bear an interest rate of 1% per annum, and are 100% guaranteed by the SBA. The full principal amount of the loan and any accrued interest are eligible for forgiveness if the loan is used for qualifying expenses. The Bank will be paid by the SBA for any portion of the loan that is forgiven. As of April 30, 2021, the Bank had approximately 98,000 PPP loans outstanding (January 31, 2021 – 79,000) with a gross carrying amount of approximately US$9.8 billion (January 31, 2021 – US$7.5 billion). During the three months ended April 30, 2021, approximately 45,000 new PPP loans (US$3.4 billion) were originated (three months ended January 31, 2021 – nil) and approximately 26,000 PPP loans (US$1.1 billion) were forgiven (three months ended January 31, 2021 – 6,000 PPP loans, US$0.7 billion).

Other Programs

The Bank continues to work with federal Crown Corporations, including EDC and the Business Development Bank of Canada (BDC) to deliver various other guarantee and co-lending programs for the Bank’s clients. This includes the Highly Affected Sectors Credit Availability Program (HASCAP) Guarantee to provide support to Canadian businesses that have been highly affected by and are facing economic hardship as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic which launched in the second fiscal quarter. In addition, TD is working with Canada’s federal government to facilitate access to the Canada Recovery Benefit (CRB) and Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy (CEWS) through Canada Revenue Agency direct deposit.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 4


HOW THE BANK REPORTS

The Bank prepares its Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS and refers to results prepared in accordance with IFRS as “reported” results. The Bank also utilizes non-GAAP financial measures referred to as “adjusted” results to assess each of its businesses and to measure the Bank’s overall performance. The Bank believes that adjusted results provide the reader with a better understanding of how management views the Bank’s performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank removes “items of note”, from reported results. The items of note relate to items which management does not believe are indicative of underlying business performance. The items of note are disclosed in Table 3. As explained, adjusted results differ from reported results determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted results, items of note, and related terms used in this document are not defined terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

The Bank’s U.S. strategic cards portfolio comprises agreements with certain U.S. retailers pursuant to which TD is the U.S. issuer of private label and co-branded consumer credit cards to the retailers’ U.S. customers. Under the terms of the individual agreements, the Bank and the retailers share in the profits generated by the relevant portfolios after the provision for credit losses (PCL). Under IFRS, TD is required to present the gross amount of revenue and PCL related to these portfolios in the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Statement of Income. The Corporate segment reflects the retailer program partners’ share of revenues and PCL, with an offsetting amount reflecting the partners’ net share recorded in Non-interest expenses. This results in no impact to the Corporate segment reported net income (loss). The U.S. Retail segment reflects only the portion of revenue and PCL attributable to TD under the agreements in its reported net income.

On October 6, 2020, the Bank acquired an approximately 13.5% stake in Schwab following the completion of Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade (“Schwab transaction”). The Bank accounts for its investment in Schwab using the equity method and reports its after-tax share of Schwab’s earnings with a one-month lag. The U.S. Retail segment reflects the Bank’s share of net income from its investment in Schwab. The Corporate segment net income (loss) includes amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction.

The following table provides the operating results on a reported basis for the Bank. 

 

TABLE 2:  OPERATING RESULTS – Reported1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
      
April 30
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
    
April 30
2020
 
 
    
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 

Net interest income

   $ 5,835     $ 6,030      $ 6,200      $ 11,865     $ 12,369  

Non-interest income

     4,393       4,782        4,328        9,175       8,768  

Total revenue

         10,228           10,812            10,528            21,040           21,137  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (377 )      313        3,218        (64 )      4,137  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780        671        1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses

     5,729       5,784        5,121        11,513       10,588  

Income before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     4,435       3,935        1,518        8,370       4,961  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     962       827        250        1,789       909  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     222       169        247        391       452  

Net income – reported

     3,695       3,277        1,515        6,972       4,504  

Preferred dividends

     65       65        68        130       135  

Net income available to common shareholders and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

   $ 3,630     $ 3,212      $ 1,447      $ 6,842     $ 4,369  

Attributable to:

            

Common shareholders

   $ 3,630     $ 3,212      $ 1,447      $ 6,842     $ 4,369  

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 5


The following table provides a reconciliation between the Bank’s adjusted and reported results.

 

TABLE 3:  NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income1

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
    January 31
2021
     April 30
2020
    April 30
2021
    April 30
2020
 

Operating results – adjusted

           

Net interest income

   $ 5,835     $ 6,030      $ 6,200     $ 11,865     $ 12,369  

Non-interest income

     4,393       4,782        4,328       9,175       8,768  

Total revenue

         10,228           10,812            10,528           21,040           21,137  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (377 )      313        3,218       (64 )      4,137  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780        671       1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses2

     5,691       5,744        5,051       11,435       10,448  

Income before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     4,473       3,975        1,588       8,448       5,101  

Provision for income taxes

     970       836        260       1,806       930  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade3

     272       241        271       513       500  

Net income – adjusted

     3,775       3,380        1,599       7,155       4,671  

Preferred dividends

     65       65        68       130       135  

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

     3,710       3,315        1,531       7,025       4,536  

Pre-tax adjustments for items of note

           

Amortization of acquired intangibles4

     (69 )      (74 )       (68 )      (143 )      (138 ) 

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction5

     (19 )      (38 )       –       (57 )      –  

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone2

     –       –        (26 )      –       (50 ) 

Less: Impact of income taxes

           

Amortization of acquired intangibles

     (7 )      (9 )       (9 )      (16 )      (20 ) 

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction5

     (1 )      –        –       (1 )      –  

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone

     –       –        (1 )      –       (1 ) 

Total adjustments for items of note

     (80 )      (103 )       (84 )      (183 )      (167 ) 

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

   $ 3,630     $ 3,212      $ 1,447     $ 6,842     $ 4,369  

 

1

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.

2

Adjusted non-interest expenses exclude the following items of note related to the Bank’s own asset acquisitions and business combinations:

  i.

Amortization of acquired intangibles – Q2 2021: $35 million, Q1 2021: $39 million, Q2 2020: $44 million, Q1 2020: $46 million. These charges are reported in the Corporate segment.

  ii.

The Bank’s own integration costs related to the Schwab transaction – Q2 2021: $3 million, Q1 2021: $1 million. These costs are reported in the Corporate segment.

  iii.

Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone – Q2 2020: $26 million, Q1 2020: $24 million. These charges were reported in the Canadian Retail segment.

3

Adjusted share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade excludes the following items of note on an after-tax basis. The earnings impact of both items is reported in the Corporate segment:

  i.

Amortization of Schwab and TD Ameritrade-related acquired intangibles – Q2 2021: $34 million, Q1 2021: $35 million, Q2 2020: $24 million, Q1 2020: $24 million; and

  ii.

The Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade – Q2 2021: $16 million, Q1 2021: $37 million.

4

Amortization of acquired intangibles relates to intangibles acquired as a result of asset acquisitions and business combinations, including the after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles relating to the Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade, both reported in the Corporate segment. Refer to footnotes 2 and 3 for amounts.

5

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction include the Bank’s own integration costs, as well as the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade on an after-tax basis, both reported in the Corporate segment. Refer to footnotes 2 and 3 for amounts.

 

TABLE 4:  RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED TO ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE1

 

(Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended      For the six months ended  
      April 30
2021
     January 31
2021
     April 30
2020
     April 30
2021
     April 30
2020
 

Basic earnings per share – reported

   $ 2.00      $ 1.77      $ 0.80      $ 3.77      $ 2.42  

Adjustments for items of note2

     0.04        0.06        0.05        0.10        0.09  

Basic earnings per share – adjusted

   $ 2.04      $ 1.83      $ 0.85      $ 3.87      $ 2.51  

Diluted earnings per share – reported

   $ 1.99      $ 1.77      $ 0.80      $ 3.76      $ 2.42  

Adjustments for items of note2

     0.04        0.06        0.05        0.10        0.09  

Diluted earnings per share – adjusted

   $     2.04      $     1.83      $     0.85      $     3.86      $     2.51  

 

1

EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Numbers may not add due to rounding.

2

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

Return on Common Equity

The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity. The consolidated Bank adjusted ROE is calculated as adjusted net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity. Adjusted ROE is a non-GAAP financial measure as it is not a defined term under IFRS. Readers are cautioned that earnings and other measures adjusted to a basis other than IFRS do not have standardized meanings under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

The Bank’s methodology for allocating capital to its business segments is largely aligned with the common equity capital requirements under Basel III. Capital allocated to the business segments is based on 9% Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital in fiscal 2021. Capital allocated to the business segments was decreased to 9% CET1 Capital effective the second quarter of 2020 compared with 10.5% in the first quarter of 2020.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 6


TABLE 5:  RETURN ON COMMON EQUITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      
April 30
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 
   
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 

Average common equity

   $     89,069     $     89,211     $     85,603     $     89,049     $     83,876  

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

     3,630       3,212       1,447       6,842       4,369  

Items of note, net of income taxes1

     80       103       84       183       167  

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

   $ 3,710     $ 3,315     $ 1,531     $ 7,025     $ 4,536  

Return on common equity – reported

     16.7  %      14.3  %      6.9  %      15.5  %      10.5  % 

Return on common equity – adjusted

     17.1       14.7       7.3       15.9       10.9  

 

1

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

Return on Tangible Common Equity

Tangible common equity (TCE) is calculated as common shareholders’ equity less goodwill, imputed goodwill and intangibles on the investments in Schwab and TD Ameritrade and other acquired intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE is calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders after adjusting for the after-tax amortization of acquired intangibles, which are treated as an item of note, as a percentage of average TCE. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated using reported net income available to common shareholders, adjusted for all items of note, as a percentage of average TCE. Adjusted ROTCE provides a useful measure of the performance of the Bank’s income producing assets, independent of whether they were acquired or developed internally. TCE, ROTCE, and adjusted ROTCE are each non-GAAP financial measures and are not defined terms under IFRS. Readers are cautioned that earnings and other measures adjusted to a basis other than IFRS do not have standardized meanings under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.

 

TABLE 6:  RETURN ON TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
      
April 30
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 
   
April 30
2021
 
 
   
April 30
2020
 
 

Average common equity

   $     89,069     $     89,211     $     85,603     $     89,049     $     83,876  

Average goodwill

     16,320       16,743       17,531       16,530       17,280  

Average imputed goodwill and intangibles on investments in Schwab and TD Ameritrade

     6,670       6,903       4,217       6,786       4,160  

Average other acquired intangibles1

     366       407       531       387       548  

Average related deferred tax liabilities

     (167 )      (173 )      (265 )      (170 )      (263 ) 

Average tangible common equity

     65,880       65,331       63,589       65,516       62,151  

Net income available to common shareholders – reported

     3,630       3,212       1,447       6,842       4,369  

Amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income taxes2

     62       65       59       127       118  

Net income available to common shareholders adjusted for amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income taxes

     3,692       3,277       1,506       6,969       4,487  

Other items of note, net of income taxes2

     18       38       25       56       49  

Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted

   $ 3,710     $ 3,315     $ 1,531     $ 7,025     $ 4,536  

Return on tangible common equity

     23.0  %      19.9  %      9.6  %      21.5  %      14.5  % 

Return on tangible common equity – adjusted

     23.1       20.1       9.8       21.6       14.7  

 

1

Excludes intangibles relating to software and asset servicing rights.

2

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

SIGNIFICANT AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS, AND PENDING ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of Wells Fargo’s Canadian Direct Equipment Finance Business

On May 1, 2021, the Bank acquired the Canadian Direct Equipment Finance business of Wells Fargo & Company (“Wells Fargo”) which had a net book value of approximately $1.4 billion, for consideration of approximately $1.5 billion. The acquisition is accounted for as a business combination under the purchase method. On finalization of the purchase price allocation, the excess of accounting consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired will be allocated to goodwill. The results of the acquired business will be consolidated from the acquisition date and will be included in the Canadian Retail segment.

Announced Acquisition of Headlands Tech Global Markets, LLC

On March 23, 2021, the Bank and Headlands Tech Holdings, LLC announced a definitive agreement for the Bank to acquire Headlands Tech Global Markets, LLC, a Chicago-based quantitative fixed income trading company. The transaction is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2021, subject to receipt of regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other customary closing conditions. The results of the acquired business will be consolidated from the acquisition date and will be included in the Wholesale Banking segment.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 7


 

HOW OUR BUSINESSES PERFORMED

For management reporting purposes, the Bank reports its results under three key business segments: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the personal and business banking operations, wealth management services, and the Bank’s investment in Schwab; and Wholesale Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped into the Corporate segment.

Results of each business segment reflect revenue, expenses, assets, and liabilities generated by the businesses in that segment. Where applicable, the Bank measures and evaluates the performance of each segment based on adjusted results and ROE, and for those segments, the Bank indicates that the measure is adjusted. For further details, refer to the “How We Performed” section of this document including the Bank’s response to COVID-19, the “Business Focus” section in the Bank’s 2020 MD&A, and Note 29 Segmented Information of the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended October 31, 2020.

PCL related to performing (Stage 1 and Stage 2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees is recorded within the respective segment.

Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB), which means that the value of non-taxable or tax-exempt income, including certain dividends, is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value. Using TEB allows the Bank to measure income from all securities and loans consistently and makes for a more meaningful comparison of net interest income with similar institutions. The TEB increase to net interest income and provision for income taxes reflected in Wholesale Banking’s results are reversed in the Corporate segment. The TEB adjustment for the quarter was $37 million, compared with $42 million in the prior quarter and $30 million in the second quarter last year.

Share of net income from investment in Schwab is reported in the U.S. Retail segment. Amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction are recorded in the Corporate segment.

 

TABLE 7:  CANADIAN RETAIL

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

   

January 31

2021

   

April 30

2020

   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Net interest income

   $ 2,873     $ 2,978     $ 3,002     $ 5,851     $ 6,169  

Non-interest income

     3,189       3,367       3,021       6,556       6,109  

Total revenue

     6,062       6,345       6,023       12,407       12,278  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     191       167       365       358       685  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     (228 )      (25 )      788       (253 )      859  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (37 )      142       1,153       105       1,544  

Insurance claims and related expenses

     441       780       671       1,221       1,451  

Non-interest expenses – reported

     2,689       2,654       2,588       5,343       5,224  

Non-interest expenses – adjusted1

     2,689       2,654       2,562       5,343       5,174  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – reported

     787       732       439       1,519       1,098  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes – adjusted1

     787       732       440       1,519       1,099  

Net income – reported

     2,182       2,037       1,172       4,219       2,961  

Net income – adjusted1

   $ 2,182     $ 2,037     $ 1,197     $ 4,219     $ 3,010  

Selected volumes and ratios

          

Return on common equity – reported2

     51.3  %      46.0  %      27.2  %      48.6  %      32.4  % 

Return on common equity – adjusted1,2

     51.3       46.0       27.8       48.6       33.0  

Net interest margin (including on securitized assets)

     2.61       2.65       2.83       2.63       2.88  

Efficiency ratio – reported

     44.4       41.8       43.0       43.1       42.5  

Efficiency ratio – adjusted1

     44.4       41.8       42.5       43.1       42.1  

Assets under administration (billions of Canadian dollars)

   $ 514     $ 484     $ 406     $ 514     $ 406  

Assets under management (billions of Canadian dollars)

     397       380       346       397       346  

Number of Canadian retail branches

     1,085       1,087       1,087       1,085       1,087  

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

         41,064           40,714           40,712           40,886           41,056  

 

1

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

2

Capital allocated to the business segment was reduced to 9% CET1 effective the second quarter of 2020 compared with 10.5% in the first quarter of 2020.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Canadian Retail reported net income for the quarter was $2,182 million, an increase of $1,010 million, or 86%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting lower PCL and insurance claims. On an adjusted basis, net income increased $985 million, or 82%. The reported and adjusted annualized ROE for the quarter was 51.3%, compared with 27.2% and 27.8%, respectively, in the second quarter last year.

Canadian Retail revenue is derived from the personal and business banking, wealth, and insurance businesses. Revenue for the quarter was $6,062 million, an increase of $39 million, or 1%, compared with the second quarter last year.

Net interest income was $2,873 million, a decrease of $129 million, or 4%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting lower deposit margins, partially offset by volume growth. Average loan volumes increased $20 billion, or 5%, reflecting 5% growth in personal loans and 2% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $72 billion, or 20%, reflecting 14% growth in personal deposits, 27% growth in business deposits, and 29% growth in wealth deposits. Net interest margin was 2.61%, a decrease of 22 basis points (bps), reflecting lower interest rates.

Non-interest income was $3,189 million, an increase of $168 million, or 6%, reflecting higher transaction and fee-based revenue in the wealth and banking businesses and higher insurance volumes, partially offset by premium rebates for customers in the insurance business and a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in insurance claims.

Assets under administration (AUA) were $514 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of $108 billion, or 27%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting market appreciation and new asset growth. Assets under management (AUM) were $397 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of $51 billion, or 15%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting market appreciation and new asset growth.

PCL was a recovery of $37 million, lower by $1,190 million compared with the second quarter last year. PCL – impaired for the quarter was $191 million, a decrease of $174 million, or 48%, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios, largely related to the continued impact of government economic support programs. PCL – performing was a recovery of $228 million, lower by $1,016 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.03%, or a decrease of 110 bps compared with the second quarter last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 8


Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter were $441 million, a decrease of $230 million, or 34%, compared with the second quarter last year reflecting lower current year claims, a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

Reported non-interest expenses for the quarter were $2,689 million, an increase of $101 million, or 4%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting higher volume-driven expenses and employee-related expenses, partially offset by prior year charges related to the Greystone acquisition. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses increased $127 million, or 5%, compared with the second quarter last year.

The reported and adjusted efficiency ratio for the quarter was 44.4%, compared with 43.0% and 42.5%, respectively, in the second quarter last year.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Canadian Retail net income for the quarter increased $145 million, or 7%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting lower insurance claims and PCL, partially offset by lower revenue. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 51.3%, compared with 46.0%, in the prior quarter.

Revenue decreased $283 million, or 4%, compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income decreased $105 million, or 4%, largely reflecting fewer days in the second quarter and lower deposit margins, partially offset by volume growth. Average loan volumes increased $6 billion, or 1%, reflecting 1% growth in personal loans and 2% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $9 billion, or 2%, reflecting 1% growth in personal deposits, 3% growth in business deposits, and 4% growth in wealth deposits. Net interest margin was 2.61%, a decrease of 4 bps, reflecting changes in asset mix and the ongoing impact of the low interest rate environment.

Non-interest income decreased $178 million, or 5%, reflecting impact of premium rebates for customers in the insurance business and a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in insurance claims, partially offset by higher transaction revenue in the wealth business.

AUA increased $30 billion, or 6%, and AUM increased $17 billion, or 4%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting market appreciation and new asset growth.

PCL was lower by $179 million compared with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired increased $24 million, or 14%, primarily reflected in the commercial lending portfolios. PCL – performing was a recovery of $228 million, lower by $203 million, primarily reflecting an allowance release in the consumer and commercial lending portfolios this quarter, largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.03%, or a decrease of 15 bps.

Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter decreased $339 million, or 43%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting lower current year claims, a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

Non-interest expenses increased $35 million, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter.

The efficiency ratio was 44.4%, compared with 41.8%, in the prior quarter.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Canadian Retail reported net income for the six months ended April 30, 2021, was $4,219 million, an increase of $1,258 million, or 42%, compared with same period last year. The increase in earnings reflects lower PCL and insurance claims. On an adjusted basis, net income for the period was $4,219 million, an increase of $1,209 million, or 40%. The reported and adjusted annualized ROE for the period was 48.6%, compared with 32.4% and 33.0%, respectively, in the same period last year.

Revenue for the period was $12,407 million, an increase of $129 million, or 1%, compared with same period last year. Net interest income decreased $318 million, or 5%, reflecting lower deposit margins, partially offset by volume growth. Average loan volumes increased $19 billion, or 4%, reflecting 5% growth in personal loans and 3% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $73 billion, or 20%, reflecting 15% growth in personal deposits, 26% growth in business deposits, and 36% growth in wealth deposits. Net interest margin was 2.63%, a decrease of 25 bps, reflecting the ongoing impact of the low interest rate environment.

Non-interest income increased $447 million, or 7%, reflecting higher transaction and fee-based revenue in the wealth business and higher insurance volumes, partially offset by impact of premium rebates for customers in the insurance business and a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in insurance claims.

PCL was $105 million, lower by $1,439 million, compared with the same period last year. PCL – impaired was $358 million, a decrease of $327 million, or 48%, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios, largely related to the continued impact of government economic support programs. PCL – performing was a recovery of $253 million, lower by $1,112 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this period largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.05%, or a decrease of 66 bps.

Insurance claims and related expenses were $1,221 million, a decrease of $230 million, or 16%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in non-interest income, lower current year claims, and more favourable prior years’ claims development.

Reported non-interest expenses were $5,343 million, an increase of $119 million, or 2%, compared with the same period last year. The increase primarily reflects higher volume-driven expenses and employee-related expenses, partially offset by prior year charges related to the Greystone acquisition. On an adjusted basis, non-interest expenses were $5,343 million, an increase of $169 million or 3%.

The reported and adjusted efficiency ratios for the period were 43.1%, compared with 42.5% and 42.1%, respectively, for the same period last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 9


TABLE 8:  U.S. RETAIL

 

(millions of dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
Canadian Dollars   

April 30

2021

   

January 31

2021

   

April 30

2020

   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Net interest income

   $ 1,950     $ 2,031     $ 2,311     $ 3,981     $ 4,507  

Non-interest income

     663       653       491       1,316       1,197  

Total revenue

     2,613       2,684       2,802       5,297       5,704  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     117       190       287       307       560  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     (330 )      (55 )      850       (385 )      896  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (213 )      135       1,137       (78 )      1,456  

Non-interest expenses

     1,594       1,688       1,680       3,282       3,273  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     162       70       (117 )      232       (72 ) 

U.S. Retail Bank net income

     1,070       791       102       1,861       1,047  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade1,2

     246       209       234       455       435  

Net income

   $ 1,316     $ 1,000     $ 336     $ 2,316     $ 1,482  

U.S. Dollars

                                        

Net interest income

   $ 1,548     $ 1,579     $ 1,679     $ 3,127     $ 3,347  

Non-interest income

     528       507       358       1,035       894  

Total revenue

     2,076       2,086       2,037       4,162       4,241  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     91       147       208       238       416  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     (264 )      (44 )      606       (308 )      641  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (173 )      103       814       (70 )      1,057  

Non-interest expenses

     1,267       1,313       1,218       2,580       2,428  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes

     129       55       (82 )      184       (48 ) 

U.S. Retail Bank net income

     853       615       87       1,468       804  

Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade1,2

     194       161       174       355       326  

Net income

   $ 1,047     $ 776     $ 261     $ 1,823     $ 1,130  

Selected volumes and ratios

          

Return on common equity3

     13.9  %      9.8  %      3.7  %      11.8  %      7.6  % 

Net interest margin4

     2.15       2.24       2.93       2.20       3.00  

Efficiency ratio

     61.0       62.9       59.8       62.0       57.3  

Assets under administration (billions of U.S. dollars)

   $ 27     $ 26     $ 21     $ 27     $ 21  

Assets under management (billions of U.S. dollars)

     44       43       38       44       38  

Number of U.S. retail stores

     1,141       1,223       1,220       1,141       1,220  

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

         25,892           26,333           26,389             26,116           26,325  

 

1

The Bank’s share of Schwab’s and TD Ameritrade’s earnings is reported with a one-month lag. Refer to Note 7 of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

2

The after-tax amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade are recorded in the Corporate segment.

3

Capital allocated to the business segment was reduced to 9% CET1 effective the second quarter of 2020 compared with 10.5% in the first quarter of 2020.

4

Net interest margin excludes the impact related to sweep deposits arrangements and the impact of intercompany deposits and cash collateral. In addition, the value of tax-exempt interest income is adjusted to its equivalent before-tax value.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

U.S. Retail net income for the quarter was $1,316 million (US$1,047 million), an increase of $980 million (US$786 million), compared with the second quarter last year. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 13.9%, compared with 3.7%, in the second quarter last year.

U.S. Retail net income includes contributions from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment in Schwab. Net income for the quarter from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment in Schwab was $1,070 million (US$853 million) and $246 million (US$194 million), respectively.

The contribution from Schwab of US$194 million increased US$20 million, or 11%, compared with the contribution from TD Ameritrade in the second quarter last year.

U.S. Retail Bank net income of US$853 million increased US$766 million, primarily reflecting lower PCL and higher revenue, partially offset by higher expenses.

U.S. Retail Bank revenue is derived from the personal and business banking and wealth management businesses. Revenue for the quarter was US$2,076 million, an increase of US$39 million, or 2%, compared with the second quarter last year. Net interest income decreased US$131 million, or 8%, as lower deposit margins more than offset growth in deposit volumes and PPP loans. Net interest margin was 2.15%, a decrease of 78 bps, reflecting continued deposit margin compression and balance sheet mix. Non-interest income increased US$170 million, or 47%, primarily reflecting higher valuation of certain investments, fee income growth from increased customer activity, and higher gains on the sale of mortgage loans.

Average loan volumes increased US$2 billion, or 1%, compared with the second quarter last year. Personal loans decreased 1%, primarily reflecting lower card balances. Business loans increased 3%, primarily as a result of PPP originations. Excluding PPP loans, average business loan volumes decreased US$5 billion, or 6%, reflecting paydowns and lower line usage on commercial loans. Average deposit volumes increased US$72 billion, or 23%, reflecting a 33% increase in business deposits, a 23% increase in personal deposits, and an 18% increase in sweep deposits.

AUA were US$27 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of US$6 billion, or 29%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting net asset growth. AUM were US$44 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of US$6 billion, or 16%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting market appreciation, partially offset by net asset outflows.

PCL for the quarter was a recovery of US$173 million, lower by US$987 million compared with the second quarter last year. PCL – impaired was US$91 million, a decrease of US$117 million, or 56%, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios, largely related to the continued impact of government economic support programs. PCL – performing was a recovery of US$264 million, lower by US$870 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.41%, a decrease of 244 bps, compared with the second quarter last year.

Non-interest expenses for the quarter were US$1,267 million, an increase of US$49 million, or 4%, compared with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting US$49 million in store optimization costs, and higher employee-related expenses, partially offset by lower legal provisions.

The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 61.0%, compared with 59.8%, in the second quarter last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 10


Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

U.S. Retail net income of $1,316 million (US$1,047 million) increased $316 million (US$271 million), or 32% (35% in U.S. dollars) compared with the prior quarter. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 13.9%, compared with 9.8% in the prior quarter.

The contribution from Schwab of US$194 million increased US$33 million, or 20%, primarily reflecting elevated trading volumes and client asset growth, partially offset by higher volume-related expenses and net interest margin compression.

U.S. Retail Bank net income of US$853 million increased US$238 million, or 39%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting lower PCL.

Revenue for the quarter decreased US$10 million compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income decreased US$31 million, or 2%, reflecting fewer days in the second quarter, partially offset by accelerated fee amortization from PPP loan forgiveness. Net interest margin was 2.15%, a decrease of 9 bps primarily reflecting balance sheet mix. Non-interest income increased US$21 million, or 4%, primarily reflecting higher valuation of certain investments.

Average loan volumes decreased US$2 billion, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter. Personal loans decreased 3%, primarily reflecting lower credit card balances and paydowns of residential mortgages. Business loans were flat, as growth in PPP originations was offset by paydowns and lower line usage on commercial loans. Average deposit volumes increased US$10 billion, or 3%, reflecting a 6% increase in personal deposits, and a 3% increase in business deposits.

AUA were US$27 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of US$1 billion, or 4%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting net asset growth. AUM were US$44 billion as at April 30, 2021, an increase of US$1 billion, or 2%, reflecting market appreciation, partially offset by net asset outflows.

PCL was lower by US$276 million compared with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired decreased US$56 million, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios. PCL – performing was a recovery of US$264 million, lower by US$220 million, primarily reflecting an allowance release in the commercial and consumer lending portfolios this quarter, largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.41%, or a decrease of 66 bps.

Non-interest expenses for the quarter were US$1,267 million, a decrease of US$46 million, or 4%, primarily reflecting lower store optimization costs.

The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 61.0%, compared with 62.9% in the prior quarter.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

U.S. Retail net income for the six months ended April 30, 2021, was $2,316 million (US$1,823 million), an increase of $834 million (US$693 million), or 56% (61% in U.S. dollars), compared with the same period last year. The annualized ROE for the period was 11.8%, compared with 7.6%, in the same period last year. Net income from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment in Schwab was $1,861 million (US$1,468 million) and $455 million (US$355 million), respectively.

The contribution from Schwab was US$355 million, an increase of US$29 million, or 9%, compared with the contribution from TD Ameritrade for the same period last year.

U.S. Retail Bank net income for the period was US$1,468 million, an increase of US$664 million, or 83%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting lower PCL and higher non-interest income, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income.

Revenue for the period was US$4,162 million, a decrease of US$79 million, or 2%, compared with same period last year. Net interest income decreased US$220 million, or 7%, as lower deposit margins more than offset income from PPP loans and higher deposit volumes. Net interest margin was 2.20%, a decrease of 80 bps, primarily reflecting deposit margin compression and balance sheet mix. Non-interest income increased US$141 million, or 16%, reflecting higher valuation of certain investments and higher gains on the sale of mortgage loans.

Average loan volumes increased US$5 billion, or 3%, compared with the same period last year. Personal loans were flat. Business loans increased 6%, primarily as a result of PPP originations. Excluding PPP loans, average business loan volumes decreased 3%, reflecting paydowns and lower line usage on commercial loans. Average deposit volumes increased US$80 billion, or 27%, reflecting a 35% increase in business deposit volumes, a 27% increase in sweep deposit volumes, and a 22% increase in personal deposit volumes.

PCL was a recovery of US$70 million, lower by US$1,127 million compared with the same period last year. PCL – impaired was US$238 million, a decrease of US$178 million, or 43%, primarily reflected in the consumer lending portfolios, largely related to the continued impact of government economic support programs. PCL – performing was a recovery of US$308 million, lower by US$949 million, reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this period largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was -0.11 %, a decrease of 144 bps.

Non-interest expenses for the period were US$2,580 million, an increase of US$152 million, or 6%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting US$125 million in store optimization costs as well as higher employee-related expenses, partially offset by lower legal provisions and productivity savings.

The efficiency ratio for the period was 62.0%, compared with 57.3%, for the same period last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 11


TABLE 9:  WHOLESALE BANKING

 

(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

   

January 31

2021

   

April 30

2020

   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Net interest income (TEB)

   $ 648     $ 661     $ 493     $ 1,309     $ 850  

Non-interest income

     509       649       768       1,158       1,457  

Total revenue

     1,157       1,310       1,261       2,467       2,307  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired

     12       10       194       22       246  

Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing

     (75 )      10       180       (65 )      145  

Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses

     (63 )      20       374       (43 )      391  

Non-interest expenses

     705       711       616       1,416       1,268  

Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (TEB)

     132       142       62       274       158  

Net income

   $ 383     $ 437     $ 209     $ 820     $ 490  

Selected volumes and ratios

          

Trading-related revenue (TEB)

   $ 558     $ 744     $ 625     $ 1,302     $ 1,237  

Average gross lending portfolio (billions of Canadian dollars)1

     60.3       58.7       65.5       59.5       60.3  

Return on common equity2

     20.0  %      21.3  %      10.4  %      20.7  %      12.2  % 

Efficiency ratio

     60.9       54.3       48.9       57.4       55.0  

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

     4,757       4,678       4,549       4,717       4,533  
1

Includes gross loans and bankers’ acceptances relating to Wholesale Banking, excluding letters of credit, cash collateral, credit default swaps (CDS), and allowance for credit losses.

2

Capital allocated to the business segment was reduced to 9% CET1 effective the second quarter of 2020 compared with 10.5% in the first quarter of 2020.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Wholesale Banking net income for the quarter was $383 million, an increase of $174 million, or 83%, compared with the second quarter last year, reflecting lower PCL, partially offset by lower revenue and higher non-interest expenses.

Wholesale Banking revenue is derived primarily from capital markets and corporate and investment banking services provided to corporate, government, and institutional clients. Wholesale Banking generates revenue from corporate lending, advisory, underwriting, sales, trading and research, client securitization, trade finance, cash management, prime services, and trade execution services. Revenue for the quarter was $1,157 million, a decrease of $104 million, or 8%, compared with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting lower trading-related revenue and lower debt underwriting, partially offset by higher advisory fees.

PCL for the quarter was a recovery of $63 million, lower by $437 million compared with the second quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $12 million, a decrease of $182 million primarily reflecting credit migration in the prior year. PCL – performing was a recovery of $75 million, lower by $255 million, primarily reflecting a performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook.

Non-interest expenses were $705 million, an increase of $89 million, or 14%, compared with the second quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher variable compensation.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Wholesale Banking net income for the quarter was $383 million, a decrease of $54 million, or 12%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting lower revenue, partially offset by lower PCL and lower non-interest expenses.

Revenue for the quarter decreased $153 million, or 12%, primarily reflecting lower trading-related revenue, partially offset by higher other revenue.

PCL was lower by $83 million. PCL – impaired was $12 million, an increase of $2 million. PCL – performing was a recovery of $75 million, lower by $85 million primarily reflecting an allowance release this quarter largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook.

Non-interest expenses for the quarter decreased $6 million, or 1%.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Wholesale Banking net income for the six months ended April 30, 2021 was $820 million, an increase of $330 million, or 67%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher revenue and lower PCL, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses.

Revenue was $2,467 million, an increase of $160 million, or 7%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher trading-related revenue, higher loan fees, higher equity underwriting fees, and higher advisory fees, partially offset by lower other revenue.

PCL was a recovery of $43 million, lower by $434 million compared with the same period last year. PCL – impaired was $22 million, lower by $224 million primarily reflecting credit migration in the prior year. PCL – performing was a recovery of $65 million, lower by $210 million primarily reflecting performing allowance increase in the prior year, and a release this year largely related to an improvement in the economic outlook.

Non-interest expenses were $1,416 million, an increase of $148 million, or 12%, compared with the same period last year, reflecting higher variable compensation.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 12


TABLE 10:  CORPORATE

 

(millions of Canadian dollars)    For the three months ended     For the six months ended  
     

April 30

2021

   

January 31

2021

    

April 30

2020

   

April 30

2021

   

April 30

2020

 

Net income (loss) – reported

   $ (186 )    $ (197 )     $ (202 )    $ (383 )    $ (429 ) 

Adjustments for items of note1

           

Amortization of acquired intangibles before income taxes

     69       74        68       143       138  

Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction

     19       38        –       57       –  

Less: impact of income taxes

     8       9        9       17       20  

Net income (loss) – adjusted

   $ (106 )    $ (94 )     $ (143 )    $ (200 )    $ (311 ) 

Decomposition of items included in net income (loss) – adjusted

           

Net corporate expenses

   $ (186 )    $ (182 )     $ (199 )    $ (368 )    $ (378 ) 

Other

     80       88        56       168       67  

Net income (loss) – adjusted

   $ (106 )    $ (94 )     $ (143 )    $ (200 )    $ (311 ) 

Selected volumes

           

Average number of full-time equivalent staff

     17,736       17,720        17,833       17,728       17,644  

 

1

For explanations of items of note, refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the quarter was $186 million, compared with a reported net loss of $202 million in the second quarter last year. The year-over-year decrease reflects a higher contribution from other items and lower net corporate expenses, partially offset by acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction. The increase in other items primarily reflects higher revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities this quarter. Net corporate expenses decreased $13 million compared to the same quarter last year. The adjusted net loss for the quarter was $106 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $143 million in the second quarter last year.

Quarterly comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q1 2021

Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the quarter was $186 million, compared with a reported net loss of $197 million in the prior quarter. The quarter-over-quarter decrease reflects lower acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction, partially offset by a smaller contribution from other items and higher net corporate expenses. The decrease in other items primarily reflects lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities this quarter. Net corporate expenses increased $4 million compared to the prior quarter. The adjusted net loss for the quarter was $106 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $94 million in the prior quarter.

Year-to-date comparison – Q2 2021 vs. Q2 2020

Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the six months ended April 30, 2021 was $383 million, compared with a reported net loss of $429 million in the same period last year. The $46 million decrease primarily reflects a higher contribution from other items, partially offset by acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction. Other items increased $101 million, largely reflecting higher revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities and an unfavourable adjustment relating to hedge accounting in the prior period. Net corporate expenses decreased $10 million compared to the same period last year. Adjusted net loss for the six months ended April 30, 2021 was $200 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $311 million in the same period last year.

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 13


SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION

 

Shareholder Services

     
If you:   And your inquiry relates to:   Please contact:
     

Are a registered shareholder (your

name appears on your TD share certificate)

  Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate questions, address changes to the share register, dividend bank account changes, the dividend reinvestment plan, eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving annual and quarterly reports  

Transfer Agent:

AST Trust Company (Canada)

P.O. Box 700, Station B

Montréal, Québec H3B 3K3

1-800-387-0825 (Canada and U.S. only)

or 416-682-3860

Facsimile: 1-888-249-6189

inquiries@astfinancial.com or www.astfinancial.com/ca-en

     

Hold your TD shares through the

Direct Registration System

in the United States

  Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate questions, address changes to the share register, eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving annual and quarterly reports  

Co-Transfer Agent and Registrar:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

P.O. Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233, or

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600

Louisville, KY 40202

1-866-233-4836

TDD for hearing impaired: 1-800-231-5469

Shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6578

TDD shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6610

www.computershare.com/investor

     

Beneficially own TD shares that are held

in the name of an intermediary, such as a bank, a trust company, a securities broker or other nominee

  Your TD shares, including questions regarding the dividend reinvestment plan and mailings of shareholder materials   Your intermediary

For all other shareholder inquiries, please contact TD Shareholder Relations at 416-944-6367 or 1-866-756-8936 or email tdshinfo@td.com. Please note that by leaving us an e-mail or voicemail message, you are providing your consent for us to forward your inquiry to the appropriate party for response.

Access to Quarterly Results Materials

Interested investors, the media and others may view the second quarter earnings news release, results slides, supplementary financial information, and the Report to Shareholders on the TD Investor Relations website at www.td.com/investor/.

Quarterly Earnings Conference Call

TD Bank Group will host an earnings conference call in Toronto, Ontario on May 27, 2021. The call will be audio webcast live through TD’s website at 1:30 p.m. ET. The call will feature presentations by TD executives on the Bank’s financial results for the second quarter and discussions of related disclosures, followed by a question-and-answer period with analysts. The presentation material referenced during the call will be available on the TD website at www.td.com/investor on May 27, 2021 by approximately 1:30 p.m. ET. A listen-only telephone line is available at 416-641-6150 or 1-866-696-5894 (toll free) and the passcode is 2727354#.

The audio webcast and presentations will be archived at www.td.com/investor. Replay of the teleconference will be available from 5:00 p.m. ET on May 27, 2021, until 11:59 p.m. ET on June 11, 2021 by calling 905-694-9451 or 1-800-408-3053 (toll free). The passcode is 7300743#.

About TD Bank Group

The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). TD is the fifth largest bank in North America by assets and serves over 26 million customers in three key businesses operating in a number of locations in financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, including TD Canada Trust, TD Auto Finance Canada, TD Wealth (Canada), TD Direct Investing, and TD Insurance; U.S. Retail, including TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient Bank®, TD Auto Finance U.S., TD Wealth (U.S.), and an investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation; and Wholesale Banking, including TD Securities. TD also ranks among the world’s leading online financial services firms, with more than 15 million active online and mobile customers. TD had CDN$1.7 trillion in assets on April 30, 2021. The Toronto-Dominion Bank trades under the symbol “TD” on the Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges.

For further information contact:

Gillian Manning, Head of Investor Relations, 416-308-6014

Lynsey Wynberg, Senior Manager, Media Relations, 416-756-8391

 

TD BANK GROUP • SECOND QUARTER 2021 • EARNINGS NEWS RELEASE

  Page 14

Exhibit 99.5

TD BANK GROUP DECLARES DIVIDENDS

(all amounts in Canadian dollars)

TORONTO – May 27, 2021 - The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the “Bank”) today announced that a dividend in an amount of seventy-nine cents (79 cents) per fully paid common share in the capital stock of the Bank has been declared for the quarter ending July 31, 2021, payable on and after July 31, 2021, to shareholders of record at the close of business on July 9, 2021.

In lieu of receiving their dividends in cash, holders of the Bank’s common shares may choose to have their dividends reinvested in additional common shares of the Bank in accordance with the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”).

Under the Plan, the Bank has the discretion to either purchase the additional common shares in the open market or issue them from treasury. If issued from treasury, the Bank may decide to apply a discount of up to 5% to the Average Market Price (as defined in the Plan) of the additional shares. For the July 31, 2021 dividend, the Bank will issue the additional shares from treasury, with no discount.

Registered holders of record of the Bank’s common shares wishing to join the Plan can obtain an Enrolment Form from AST Trust Company (Canada) (1-800-387-0825) or on the Bank’s website, www.td.com/investor/drip.jsp. In order to participate in the Plan in time for this dividend, Enrolment Forms for registered holders must be received by AST Trust Company (Canada) at P.O. Box 4229, Postal Station A, Toronto, Ontario, M5W 0G1, or by facsimile at 1-888-488-1416, before the close of business on July 9, 2021. Beneficial or non-registered holders of the Bank’s common shares wishing to join the Plan must contact their financial institution or broker for instructions on how to enroll in advance of the above date.

Registered holders who participate in the Plan and who wish to terminate that participation so that cash dividends to which they are entitled to be paid on and after July 31, 2021 are not reinvested in common shares under the Plan must deliver written notice to AST Trust Company (Canada) at the above address by no later than July 9, 2021. Beneficial or non-registered holders who participate in the Plan and who wish to terminate that participation so that cash dividends to which they are entitled to be paid on and after July 31, 2021 are not reinvested in common shares under the Plan must contact their financial institution or broker for instructions on how to terminate participation in the Plan in advance of July 9, 2021.

The Bank also announced that dividends have been declared on the following Non-Cumulative Redeemable Class A First Preferred Shares of the Bank, payable on and after July 31, 2021, to shareholders of record at the close of business on July 9, 2021:

 

•  

Series 1, in an amount per share of $0.228875;

•  

Series 3, in an amount per share of $0.2300625;

•  

Series 5, in an amount per share of $0.24225;

•  

Series 7, in an amount per share of $0.2000625;

•  

Series 9, in an amount per share of $0.202625;

•  

Series 14, in an amount per share of $0.303125;

•  

Series 16, in an amount per share of $0.28125;

•  

Series 18, in an amount per share of $0.29375;


•  

Series 20, in an amount per share of $0.296875;

•  

Series 22, in an amount per share of $0.325; and

•  

Series 24, in an amount per share of $0.31875.

The Bank for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any similar provincial legislation advises that the dividend declared for the quarter ending July 31, 2021 and all future dividends will be eligible dividends unless indicated otherwise.

About TD Bank Group

The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). TD is the fifth largest bank in North America by assets and serves over 26 million customers in three key businesses operating in a number of locations in financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, including TD Canada Trust, TD Auto Finance Canada, TD Wealth (Canada), TD Direct Investing, and TD Insurance; U.S. Retail, including TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient Bank®, TD Auto Finance U.S., TD Wealth (U.S.), and an investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation; and Wholesale Banking, including TD Securities. TD also ranks among the world’s leading online financial services firms, with more than 15 million active online and mobile customers. TD had CDN$1.7 trillion in assets on April 30, 2021. The Toronto-Dominion Bank trades under the symbol “TD” on the Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges.

-30-

 

For more information contact:    Jennifer dela Cruz
   Senior Legal Officer, Corporate
   Legal Department – Shareholder Relations
   (416) 944-6367
   Toll free 1-866-756-8936
   Natasha Ferrari
   Media Relations, Corporate & Public Affairs
   (416) 400-9098

 

Exhibit 99.6

FORM 52-109F2

CERTIFICATION OF INTERIM FILINGS

FULL CERTIFICATE

I, Bharat Masrani, Group President and Chief Executive Officer of The Toronto-Dominion Bank, certify the following:

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the “interim filings”) of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the “issuer”) for the interim period ended April 30, 2021.

2. No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

4. Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the end of the period covered by the interim filings

(a) designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

(i) material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the interim filings are being prepared; and

(ii) information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

(b) designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria) in 2013.


5.2 N/A

5.3 N/A

6. Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its interim MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on February 1, 2021 and ended on April 30, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

Date: May 27, 2021

/s/ Bharat Masrani
Bharat Masrani
Group President and Chief Executive Officer


FORM 52-109F2

CERTIFICATION OF INTERIM FILINGS

FULL CERTIFICATE

I, Riaz Ahmed, Group Head and Chief Financial Officer of The Toronto-Dominion Bank, certify the following:

1. Review: I have reviewed the interim financial report and interim MD&A (together, the “interim filings”) of The Toronto-Dominion Bank (the “issuer”) for the interim period ended April 30, 2021.

2. No misrepresentations: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim filings do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, with respect to the period covered by the interim filings.

3. Fair presentation: Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the interim financial report together with the other financial information included in the interim filings fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, financial performance and cash flows of the issuer, as of the date of and for the periods presented in the interim filings.

4. Responsibility: The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the issuer.

5. Design: Subject to the limitations, if any, described in paragraphs 5.2 and 5.3, the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have, as at the end of the period covered by the interim filings

(a) designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that

(i) material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which the interim filings are being prepared; and

(ii) information required to be disclosed by the issuer in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and

(b) designed ICFR, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP.

5.1 Control framework: The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s ICFR is based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria) in 2013.


5.2 N/A

5.3 N/A

6. Reporting changes in ICFR: The issuer has disclosed in its interim MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that occurred during the period beginning on February 1, 2021 and ended on April 30, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR.

Date: May 27, 2021

/s/ Riaz Ahmed
Riaz Ahmed
Group Head and Chief Financial Officer